C24 Btests Till GBT Class XI

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS-IIT
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF COMMON BTEST 1 (ORIENTATION BATCH) - DATED 3rd JULY 2022
Exam Pattern: – Mains Level Exam Mode: BT Online Portal
PHYSICS
 Introduction of Forces
l
ia
 Vectors (except dot product and cross product)
er
 Newton's Laws of Motion Complete (Except Pseudo Forces and not Requiring Calculus)
at
CHEMISTRY:
M
 Laws of Chemical Combination, Dalton’s Atomic Theory, Modern Atomic Theory
 y
Atomic Mass, Average Atomic Mass, Mole Concept, POAC,
ud
 Concept of Limiting Reagent Stoichiometric Calculations Empirical Formula
St
 Concentration Terms (Excl. Normality)
MATH:
 Number Systems (Definition, Divisibility Rules, LCM, HCF, Surds, Indices, Rationalising Factor, Algebric
Identities, Factor Theorem, Remainder Theorem, Properties of Ratios including "Componendo - Dividendo")
 Set Theory (Without Relations),
 Arithmetic Progression, Geometric Progression
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-1 PHYSICS (ORIENTATION BATCH - APR)
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 If the vector 2i − 3 j + 7k is inclined at angles  ,  ,  with the coordinate axes, then
(A) 3cos  = 2 / 62 (B) 2cos  = −3 / 62
(C) cos  = 7 / 62 (D) 2cos  = −3cos  = 7cos 

Solution : (C)
Q.2 The sum of magnitudes of two forces acting at a point is 16 N. If their resultant is normal to the
smaller force and has a magnitude of 8 N, the forces are :
(A) 6N, 10N (B) 8N, 8N (C) 4N, 12N (D) 2N, 14N
l
Solution : (A)
ia
er
Q.3 The component of a vector is :
at
(A) always less than its magnitude (B) always greater than its magnitude
(C) always equal to its magnitude (D) None of these
yM
Solution : (D)
A displacement vector, at an angle of 30 with y-axis has a x-component of 10 units. The magnitude
ud
Q.4
of the vector is :
St
(A) 5.0 (B) 10 (C) 11.5 (D) 20

Solution : (D)
Q.5 A displacement vector r has a magnitude of 25m and makes an angle of 210 with the x-axis. Its y-
component is : ( î and ĵ are unit vectors along x & y axes)
(A) 21.7iˆ (B) −21.7ˆj (C) 12.5jˆ (D) −12.5jˆ

Solution : (D)
Q.6 Resultant of which of the following may be equal to zero?

(A) 10N; 10N; 30N (B) 10N; 20N; 30N; 40N
(C) 5N; 10N; 20N; 40N (D) None of these
1
Bakliwal Tutorials |Camp| FC Rd| PaudRoad|Wanowrie|Aundh|VimanNagar|Deccan|SataraRd|Pimple Saudagar|PCMC|www.bakliwaltutorialsiit.com
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (B)
Q.7 A particle is moving eastward with a velocity of 5m/s. In 10 seconds the velocity changes to 5m/s
v
northwards. The average acceleration in this time is :
t
(A) Zero (B) 1/ 2m / s 2 towards north-west
(C) 1/ 2m / s 2 towards north-east (D) 1/ 2m / s 2 towards north

Solution : (B)
Q.8 Forces proportional to AB, BC and 2CA act along the sides of triangle ABC in order. Their resultant
represented in magnitude and direction as:
(A) CA (B) AC (C) BC (D) CB
l
Solution : (A)
ia
er
Q.9 The magnitude of resultant of two forces of magnitudes 3P and 2P is R. If the first force is doubled,
the magnitude of the resultant is also doubled. The angle between the two forces is :
at
(A) 30 (B) 60 (C) 120 (D) 150
yM
Solution : (C)
ud
Q.10 The resultant of two vectors u and v is perpendicular to the vector u and its magnitude is equal to
half of the magnitude of vector v , The angle between u and v in degrees is

St
(A) 120 (B) 60 (C) 90 (D) 150

Solution : (D)
Q.11 Choose the wrong statement

(A) Three vectors of different magnitudes may be combined to give zero resultant.
(B) Two vectors of different magnitudes can be combined to give a zero resultant.
(C) The product of a scalar and a vector is a vector quantity.
(D) All of the above statements are wrong.
Solution : (B)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.12 The unit vector along î + ˆj is
î + ˆj î + ˆj
(A) k̂ (B) î + ˆj (C) (D)
2 2
Solution : (C)
Q.13 If |A + B| = |A| + |B| , then angle between A and B will be

(A) 90° (B) 120° (C) 0° (D) 60°
Solution : (C)
Q.14 If | A − B | = | A | = | B |, the angle between A and B is

(A) 60° (B) 0° (C) 120° (D) 90°
Solution : (A)
l
Q.15
ia
Two equal forces (P each) act at a point inclined to each other at an angle of 120°. The magnitude of
er
their resultant is
at
(A) P / 2 (B) P / 4 (C) P (D) 2P
yM
Solution : (C)
Q.16 The sum of these three vectors is :

ud
St
(A) 4𝑖ˆ + 4𝑗 (B) 5𝑖ˆ − 2𝑗 (C) 4𝑖ˆ + 3𝑗 (D) 5𝑖ˆ + 8𝑗ˆ
Solution : (D)
(10cos 37𝑖ˆ + 10sin 37𝑗) + (6√2cos 45(−𝑖ˆ) + 6√2sin 45𝑗) + (5cos 53𝑖ˆ + 5sin 53(−𝑗))
= (8𝑖ˆ + 6𝑗) + (−6𝑖ˆ + 6𝑗) + (3𝑖ˆ − 4𝑗ˆ) = 5𝑖ˆ + 8𝑗
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.17 For the figure
(A) A + B = C (B) B + C = A (C) C + A = B (D) A + B + C = 0

Solution : (C)
Q.18 If the sum of two unit vectors is a unit vector, then magnitude of difference is
l
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 1 / 2 (D) 5
Solution : (B)
ia
er
at
Q.19 The vectors 5i + 8j and 2i + 7j are added. The magnitude of the sum of these vector is
yM
(A) 274 (B) 38 (C) 238 (D) 560

Solution : (A)
ud
St
Q.20 In the regular hexagon shown in figure AB + AC + AD + AE + AF can be expressed as
(A) 4AO (B) 3AD (C) 8AD (D) Zero

Solution : (B)
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 A person goes 3 km north and 4 km east. What will be displacement from initial point
Solution : (5)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.22 If a body is in equilibrium under a set of collinear forces, then the minimum number of forces has to
be
Solution : (2)
Q.23 How many minimum number of non-zero vectors in different planes can be added to give zero
resultant
Solution : (4)
Q.24 The maximum and minimum magnitude of the resultant of two given vectors are 17 units and 7 unit
respectively. If these two vectors are at right angles to each other, the magnitude of their resultant is
Solution : (13)
The horizontal component of a force of 10 N inclined at 30 to vertical is :
l
Q.25
ia
Solution : (5) er
Q.26 Six forces, 9.81 N each, acting at a point are coplanar. If the angles between neighboring forces are
at
equal, then the resultant is
yM
Solution : (0)
Q.27 The distance between the point p (2 m, 3 m, 4 m) and the x-axis is

ud
Solution : (5)
St
Q.28 If a vector A makes angles ,  and  respectively with the X, Y and Z axes respectively then find
the value of sin 2  + sin 2  + sin 2 

Solution : (2)
Q.29 The magnitude of the X and Y components of P are 7 and 6. Also, the magnitude of the X and Y
components P + Q are 11 and 9 respectively. What is the magnitude of Q?
Solution : (5)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 The sum of the magnitudes of two forces acting at a point is 18 N and the magnitude of their
resultant is 12N. If the resultant makes an angle of 90 with the force of smaller magnitude, what is
the magnitude of the smallest force (in Newton)?
Solution : (5)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
6
COMP2024 BTEST-1 CHEMISTRY (ORIENTATION BATCH – APR)
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
[Atomic number and mass number of elements: 1H1, 1D2, 2He4, 6C12, 7N14, 8O16, 10Ne20,
24
12Mg , 13Al27, 16S32, 20Ca40]
Q.1 Total number of neutrons present in 4 g of heavy water ( D O) is: (Where represents Avogadro's
number)
(a) 2.4 (b) 4 (c) 1.2 (d) 2
Solution: (d)
moles of O= = mole
l
1 mole of O contains 10 mole Neutrons
ia
mole of D O ⟶ 10 × N Neutrons
= 2 Neutrons
er
at
M
Q.2 30 g of element contains 18.069 × 10 atoms of . Calculate gram-molecular mass of .

(a) 20amu (b) 10amu (c) 10 g (d) 20 g
dy
Solution: (d)
18.069 × 10 atoms is having wt 30 g
u
St
6.02 × 10 atoms will have wt.
30 × 6.02 × 10
=
18.06 × 10
= 10 g
Ans GMM of = 20
Q.3 If a sample of CuSO ⋅ 5H O contains 64 g S. Calculate mass of present in sample.

( = 32, Cu = 63.5)
(a) 10 g (b) 20 g (c) 5 g (d) 40 g
Solution: (b)
In CuSO ⋅ 5H O
32 g of Sulphur ⟶ 10 g of H
64 g of sulphur ⟶ 20 g of H
Q.4 Volume at STP (1 atm) of 0.44 gm CO2 is the same as that of
(a) 0.02 gm of hydrogen gas (b) 0.085 gm of (NH3) ammonia gas

(c) 320 mg of (SO2) Sulphur dioxide gas (d) none of the above
Solution: (a)
.
moles of CO ( )
= = 0.01
.
A) moles of H = = 0.01
.
(B) moles of NH = = 0.00 5
l
×
(C) moles of S = = 5 × 10
ia
Q.5 er
Two sample of copper oxide were separately reduced to metallic copper by heating in a current of
at
hydrogen. The weight of copper from one oxide was half the weight of copper obtained from the
M
other oxide. The data illustrates:

(a) Law of reciprocal proportions (b) Law of constant proportions
(c) Law of conservation of mass (d) Law of multiple proportions
u dy
Solution: (d)
St
Q.6 Among the following pairs of compounds, the one that illustrates the law of multiple proportion
(molar mass of Cu =63.5g/mole and Fe =56g/mole)
(A) NH 3 and NCl3 (B) H 2S and SO 2
(C) CuO and Cu 2 O (D) CS2 and FeSO 4
Solution : (C)
Q.7 A sample of ammonium phosphate ( NH ) PO contains 3.18 mol of H atoms. The number of moles
of O atoms in the sample is :
(a) 0.265 (b) 0.795 (c) 1.06 (d) 3.18
Solution: (c)
12 moles of H ⟶ 4 moles of O
3.18 moles of H ⟶ × 3.18 mole
= 1.06 mole
Q.8 x gm of substance ''P '' reacts with y gm of substance ''Q'' to form ' Z' gm of substance ''A '' and
' W ' gm of substance ''B''
Reaction: P  Q  A  B
Select the correct relation regarding above reaction:
(a) x  y  Z (b) x  y  Z  W (c) x  y  Z  W (d) x  W  Z  y
Solution: (c)
l
Q.9 The molar mass of normal water is ... as compared to heavy water (D2O).
ia
(a) 10% less (b) 10% high (c) 2% less (d) zero % less
Solution: (a)
molar mass of H O = 18 g
er
at
molar man of O = 20 g
M
Q.10 Under the same conditions, two gases have the same number of molecules. They must :
dy
(a) be noble gases (b) have equal volumes

u
(c) have a volume of 22.4dm each (d) have an equal number of atoms
St
Solution: (b)
Avogadro's law
Q.11 Which of the following sets of compounds correctly illustrate the law of reciprocal proportions:
(a) NaCl, NaBr, NaI (b) MgO, Mg OH2 , MgCl2
(c) H 2 O, PH 3 , P2 O3 (d) SnCl2 ,SnCl4
Solution: (c)
Q.12 All samples of carbon dioxide contain carbon and oxygen in the mass ratio 3 : 8. This is governed by
(A) Law of multiple proportion (B) Law of constant proportion
(C) Law of reciprocal proportion (D) None of the above

Solution : (B)
Q.13 If the mass of 0.25 moles of an element is 2.25 g, the mass of one atom of is about:
(a) 1.5 × 10 g (b) 2.5 × 10 g (c) 1.5 × 10 g (d) 2.5 × 10 g
Solution: (c)
0.25 moles ⟶ 2.25 g
.
1 mole ⟶ .
= 9g
one atom of = 9 amu
= 9 × 1.67 × 10 g
= 15.03 × 10 g
= 1.5 × 10 g
l
ia
Q.14 The number of molecules of water in 333 g of Al ( SO ) ⋅ 18H O is :
(a) 18 × 6.022 × 10 er
(b) 9 × 6.022 × 10
at
(c) 18 (d) 36
Solution: (b)
M
moles of Al ( SO ) ⋅ 18H O
dy
= = mole
moles of H O = × 18 = 9 mole
u
St
Q.15 One part of an element a combines with two parts of another element b. 6 parts of element c
combines with 2 parts of b. If a and c combine together the ratio of their weights, will be governed
by :
(A) law of definite proportion (B) law of multiple proportion
(C) law of reciprocal proportion (D) None
Solution : (C)
Q.16 Select incorrect statement regarding Dalton’s theory:

(a) Atoms of different elements differ in properties and have different masses and sizes
(b) Atoms can not be created, destroyed or transformed into atoms of other elements
(c) Atoms of one element are non identical to each other. They have different mass and size
(d) Elements are made up of minute indivisible particles called atoms.
Solution: (c)
Q.17 The number of electrons in 3.1mg NO is :

(a) 32 (b) 1.6 × 10 (c) 9.6 × 10 (d) 9.6 × 10
Solution: (c)
. ×
moles of electron = × 32 = 1.6 × 10
No of e = 1.6 × 10 × 6.02 × 10 = 9.6 × 10
Q.18 The number of neutrons in 0.45 g water, assuming that all the hydrogen atoms are H atoms and all
l
the oxygen atoms are O atoms, is :
ia
(a) 8 (b) 0.2 (c) 1.2 × 10 (d) 4.8 × 10
Solution: (c)
1 mole of H O = 8 mole of Neutrons
er
at
.
mole of H O =
M
= 0.025
dy
mole of Neutron = 0.025 × 8

u
= 0.2
St
Q.19 The largest number of molecules is in :

(a) 34 g of water (b) 28 g of CO (c) 46 g of CH OH (d) 54 g of N O
Solution: (a)
(A) moles = = 1.88
(B) moles = = 0.63
(C) moles = = 1
(D) moles = =
Q.20 Weight of 9.5 gm atoms of He is (He = 4)

(a) 38 gm (b) 48 gm (c) 40 gm (d) 3.8 gm
Solution: (a)
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 400 gm mercury (Hg) has how many gm atoms? (Hg = 200)
Solution: (2)
Q.22 The total number of protons in 1 molecule of H 2SO5 and 2 molecules of H 2O are y. find y
Solution: (78)
In H 2SO 5  2  16  40  58
In H 2 O  2  8  10
l
Total protons  20  58  78
ia
Q.23 The vapour density of C2H6 is x. Find x er
at
Solution: (15)
m.m 30
M
V.D    15
2 2
dy
Q.24 In the following reaction

2COg  O2g  2CO 2g
u
St
What will be the volume of CO2g formed if 8 litres COg reacts with excess oxygen to form CO2g
at constant temperature and pressure conditions?

Solution: (8)
Q.25 The molecular mass of SO2 is x amu. Find x
Solution: (64)
Molecular mass of SO2 = 32 + 32 = 64 amu
Q.26 Number of moles of atoms present in 98 g- molecule of H 2SO4 is x. Find x.
Solution: (686)
98 g-molecule = 98 mole of H 2SO4
Atoms = 98 x 7 mole
= 686 mole
Q.27 Number of moles of electrons present in 8 g-ion of oxide ion O2  are y. Find y.
Solution: (80)
8g .ion = 8 mole ion
1 mole ion contains 10 mole e-
8 mole ion will contain – 80 mole e-
Q.28 Ratio of number of protons in 20g of Ne to 10 g of Ca is x : 1. Find x.

Solution: (2)
20
 1mole Ne  10 mole proton
20
10 1 1
 mole Ca   20  5 mole proton
l
40 4 4
ia
10 2

5 1
x2 er
at
Q.29 There are x mole of electrons present in 18g of H 2O . Find x.
M
Solution: (10)
mole of H 2O  1
dy
mole of e  10
u
St
Q.30 Oxygen and ozone gases are present at 300K and 1 atm pressure and volume of both gases at these
conditions is 2 litre what would be value of z. If z = 2  ratio of atoms of ozone and oxygen
Solution: (3)
3
z  2  3
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-1 MATHS (ORIENTATION BATCH - APR)
Single correct
Q.1 If = 3 − √8 , then + is equal to
(A) 6 (B) 198 (C) 6 √2 (D) 102
Solution: (B)
√
If = 3 − √8 , then = . = 3 + √8, which gives + = 6
√ √
Cubing on both sides we get, + + 3( + ) = 216 ,
l
ia
Therefore + = 216 − 3( 6) = 198
Q.2 If = , then =
er
at
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 0
M
Solution: (C)
dy
= , which gives x+2=-2+2x or x=4

u
Q.3 Let ∈ , ∈ , Which of the following statement is always WRONG?

St
(A) ∈ (B) / ∈ , whenever defined

(C) √2x + y ∈ Q (D) / ∈ , whenever defined
Solution: (B)
= , as we know that irrational/rational is always irrational
Q.4 The number 3.145 when expressed as a rational number in lowest form, is equal to_______.
(A) 173/ 55 (B) 133/ 99 (C) 173/99 (D) None
Solution: (A)
Let number be = 3.145 ,or 10 = 31. 45
Now multiply by 100 on both sides to get 1000 = 3145.45
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Now subtracting the two equations we get 1000 − 10 = 3145 − 31
To get = 3114/ 990 =173/ 55
Q.5 If A and B are two sets, then ∪ = ∩ iff-

(A) A ⊆ B (B) B ⊆ A (C) A = B (D) None of these
Solution: (C)
Clearly A = B
Q.6 If ( ) = + 4 + 2 . Find the sum of all real numbers for which ( − 2) is a factor of
( )
(A) 8 (B) – 8 (C) 4 (D) None
Solution: (B)
l
ia
If ( − 2) is a factor of ( ) then ( 2) = 0
So we get, 2 + 4 2 + 2
Sum of the roots of equation =−8

= 0 or 2 + 16
er
+ 8k = 0
at
M
Q.7 If + + = 0 and + + = 1 then the value of + + is equal to

(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) (D) 16
dy
Solution: (C)
u
St
Squaring first equation , ( + + ) = 0 or + + + 2( ab + bc + ca) = 0
ab + bc + ca = − , …( 1) ,
Squaring second equation , ( + + ) = 1 , or
+ + + 2( a b + b c + c a ) = 1 …( 2)
Squaring ( 1) we get a b + b c + c a + 2abc( a + b + c) =
Or a b + b c + c a = , put in ( 2) to get + + + 2 = 1
Or + + =
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 A/ B, where B = and A = √1 + √2 + √5 − √10 is -
√ √
(A) a negative integer (B) a prime integer

(C) a positive integer (D) an even-natural number
Solution: (C)
√ √ ( √ √ )
Rationalising denominator of B = . =
√ √ √ √ √ √
( √ √ )
= , again rationalizing the denominator we get
√
12 3 + √5 − √8 √5 − 1
= . = √1 + √2 + √5 − √10 = A
6 √5 + 1 √5 − 1
Therefore = 1
l
ia
er
at
Q.9 Which of the following statements is true?
M
(A) 3 ⊆ {1,3,5} (B) 3 ∈ {1,3,5}

(C) { 3} ∈ { 1,3,5} (D) {3,5} ∈ { 1,3,5}
dy
Solution: (B)
u
By definition
St
Q.10 The value of satisfying the equation = is
(A) / (B) 2 / (C) /3 (D) /2
Solution: (A)
( ) ( )
Given = ,
( ) ( )
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get =
Cross-multiplying, we get = or =
Solving we get , =
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 Out of 40 children, 30 can swim, 27 can play chess and only 5 can do neither. How many can swim
only?
(A) 30 (B) 22 (C) 12 (D) 8
Solution: (D)
Let n(A)=30, n(B)=27, ( ∪ ) = 40 − 5 = 35
So ( ∪ ) = n( A) + n( B) − n( ∩ ) , which gives n( ∩ ) =22
n(A only)= n(A)- n( ∩ ) =30-22=8
Q.12 The expression 3( + 1) + 2( − 1) ( + 1) − 5( − 1) − 4( 0.75 + 3 − 1) when

simplified reduces to :
(A) 2 − (B) 2 − (C) 2 (D) 2
l
ia
Solution: (A)
3( + 1 ) + 2( − 1) ( + 1) − 5( − 1) − 4 er
3
4
+ 3 −1
at
= 3 + 3+ 6 + 2 −2 + 2 −2−5 − 5 + 10 − 3 − 12 + 4
M
= 2 −
dy
Q.13 If + + 3 = 1 , then possible value of + is :

(A) −2 (B) −1 (C) 2 (D) 0
u
Solution: (A)
St
− + ( −1) = 3 ( −1) ⇒ Either + + ( −1) = 0 or = = −1
Q.14 If the number 12a3b is divisible by 12, then the number of pairs (a, b) is
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
Solution: (B)
Given number = 12a3b is divisible by 12 i.e. by 3 and 4
If N is div by 4, then 3b is divisible by 4, which gives b=2,6
Also N is divisible by 3, Sum of digits=6+a+b must be divisible by 3,which gives

a+b=0,3,6,9,12,15,18
But b=2,6 Possible values of a are 1,4,7 (for b=2) and 0,3,6,9 (for b=6)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
number of pairs (a, b) is 7
Q.15 The expression a + b + 2 √ab + a + b − 2 √ab, b > > 0 , when simplified, becomes
(A) 2 √ (B) 2 √b (C) −2 √ (D) −2 √b
Solution: (B)
We can see that a + b + 2 √ab = √a + √b
a + b + 2 √ab + a + b − 2 √ab = √a + √b + ( √b -√a) =2√b
Q.16 Limiting value of the expression 3 + is

⋯
(A) 7 (B) 4 (C) ∞ (D) None of these

Solution: (B)
l
ia
Let = 3+ , on observing
= 3+
⋯
, simplifying we get equation

er
− 3 − 4 = 0 , y=-1,4
at
M
So ans is y=4
Q.17 An algebraic polynomial P( x) is such that P( 2) = 4 & ( 1) = 1 . If remainder when P( x) is divided

dy
by − 3 + 2 is ( ) , then ( 10) is
(A) 100 (B) 30 (C) 98 (D) 28
u
St
Solution: (D)
We can see that P( x) = x for x=1,2
Therefore P( x) − x = 0 has two factors (x-1) and (x-2)
So we get P( x) − x = ( x − 1) ( x − 2) Q( x) or P( x) = x + ( x − 1) ( x − 2) Q( x)
Or P( x) = x − 3x + 2 + ( x − 1) ( x − 2) Q( x) + 3x − 2
So Remainder R(x)=3x-2 or R(10)=28
Q.18 If x = 1 + √2 , then the value of −4 + 3 + 2 is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 2 √2 (D) 0
Solution: (D)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Sol Given x = 1 + √2, ( x − 1) = 2 or −2 −1 = 0
−4 + 3 + 2 = x( x − 2x − 1) − 2x + 4x + 2 = 0 − 2( − 2 − 1) = 0
Q.19 If + = 4& = 1 , then the value of + is

(A) 194 (B) 256 (C) 196 (D) 254
Solution: (A)
Squaring first equation ( + ) = 16 or + + 2 = 16
So we get + = 14 , again squaring we get
+ + 2 = 196 or + = 194
Q.20 If + 39 is a perfect square, then number of integral values of is
l
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 1 (D) 8
ia
Solution: (B)
Let + 39 = y or − x = 39 er
at
(y-x)(x+y)=39, so possible positive values of (y-x) and (x+y) are (1,39) and (3,13)
M
Ordered pairs of positive (x,y)are (19,20) (5,8)

dy
number of integral values of x is 4 ,i.e. ± 19, ± 5

u
St
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 The expression √ √ is simplified to where is equal to
Solution: (4)
Given expression becomes = a a = a
Q.22 If A is the set of the divisors of the number 15, B is the set of prime numbers smaller than 10 and C is
the set of even numbers smaller than 9 , then number of elements in set ( ∪ ) ∩ is
Solution: (3)
= { 1,3,5,15} , B = {2,3,5,7} and = { …, −2,0,2,4,6,8}
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
( ∪ )∩ = {2,3,5}
Q.23 The number of solution(s) to the equation = , is
Solution: (3)
( ) ( )
=
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Applying C & D we get =

( ) ( )
( 2x − 3) ( 5 − 13) = x ( 3x − 1) ( x + 1)
( 10 − 41 + 39 − 3 − 2 + 1) = 0
Or = 0 ,7 − 43 + 40 = 0
Total number of solutions=3
l
ia
Q.24 The number of values of for which + 4 is a prime number, where ∈ , is?
Solution: (1)
Factorising + 4= + 4 + 4x − 4x = ( x + 2) − ( 2x)
er
at
= ( x + 2 − 2x) ( x + 2 + 2x)
M
For prime number take ( x + 2 − 2x) = 1 and ( x + 2 + 2x) = prime

dy
So possible value of x is 1, number of values is also 1

u
Q.25 When the integer n is divided by 8, the remainder is 3 . What is the remainder if 6 is divided by 8?
St
Solution: (2)
Clearly = 8 + 3 , therefore 6 = 48 + 18 when divided by 8 gives remainder 2
Q.26 The number of distinct prime divisors of 512 − 253 − 259 is

Solution: (6)
Here 512-253-259=0
Since a+b+c=0 then + + = 3
512 − 253 − 259 = 3( 512) ( −253) ( −259)
distinct prime divisor are 2,3,11,23,7,37
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.27 If x,y are real numbers such 3 −3 = 24, then find the value of
Solution: (3)
Given equation can be written as 3 ( 3 − 3 ) = 24
3 . = 24 , or 3 = 9 , or = 2
Q.28 If , , , are positive real numbers such that = = = , then is equal to
Solution: (2)
Let = = = = , which gives = 3 , = = =
= = 2
l
ia
Q.29 If the decimal 0.d25d25d25…. {d is a single digit whole number} is expressed in the form of n/27
where n is natural number ,then d+n-25=
Solution: (9)
er
at
Let x=0.d25d25d25….
1000x=d25.d25d25d25….
M
Subtracting the two equations 999x=d25

dy
= which gives . 37 = 25
Clearly n=25, d=9

u
St
√
Q.30 If √
= + √2 , where , are rational numbers,then 2 + is equal to
Solution: (5)
√ √ √
Rationalising , we get
√
.
√
= = + √2
Which gives = , = ,2a+b=5
8
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF COMMON BTEST 1 (ORIENTATION BATCH) - DATED 3rd JULY 2022
Exam Pattern: – Mains Level Exam Mode: BT Online Portal
PHYSICS
 Introduction of Forces
l
ia
 Vectors (except dot product and cross product)
er
 Newton's Laws of Motion Complete (Except Pseudo Forces and not Requiring Calculus)
at
CHEMISTRY:
M
 Laws of Chemical Combination, Dalton’s Atomic Theory, Modern Atomic Theory
 y
Atomic Mass, Average Atomic Mass, Mole Concept, POAC,
ud
 Concept of Limiting Reagent Stoichiometric Calculations Empirical Formula
St
 Concentration Terms (Excl. Normality)
MATH:
 Number Systems (Definition, Divisibility Rules, LCM, HCF, Surds, Indices, Rationalising Factor, Algebric
Identities, Factor Theorem, Remainder Theorem, Properties of Ratios including "Componendo - Dividendo")
 Set Theory (Without Relations),
 Arithmetic Progression, Geometric Progression
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 COMMON BTEST-1 PHYSICS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 In the figure a block of mass 10 kg is in equilibrium. Identify the string in which the tension is zero.
l
ia
(A) B (B) C (C) A er (D) None of the above
Solution : (D)
Conceptual
at
2
Q.2 At what minimum acceleration should a monkey slide a rope whose breaking strength is rd of its
yM
3
weight?
2g g
(A) (B) g (C) (D) Zero
ud
3 3
Solution : (C)
St
Q.3 Given that A  B  C . If A  4, B  5 and C  61 , the angle between A and B is
(A) 30 (B) 60 (C) 90 (D) 120
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (B)
⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗
⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗
√ √
Q.4 Two non zero vectors A and B are such that A  B  A  B . Find angle between A and B ?
 
(A)  (B) (C) (D) Zero
2 4
Solution : (B)
Method 1: If the length of the to diagonal vectors ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ are equal, this means the
parallelogram formed by the vectors ⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗ must be a rectangle. and therefore angle between
⃗⃗ and ⃗⃗ must be .
l
Method 2: ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
ia
er
at
yM
Q.5 The unit vector along î  ˆj is

î  ˆj î  ˆj
ud
(A) k̂ (B) î  ˆj (C) (D)

2 2
St
Solution : (C)
⃗⃗⃗
unit vector ˆ ⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗ ˆ ˆ
⃗⃗ √ √
ˆ ˆ
ˆ
√
Q.6 You push on box G that is next to box H, causing both boxes to slide along the floor, as shown in the
figure. The reaction force to your push is
(A) The push of box G on box H. (B) The push of box H on box G.
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(C) The push of box G against you. (D) The upward force of the floor on box G.
Solution : (C)
Conceptual (Newton’s 3rd Law)
Q.7 Force constant of a spring is 100 N/m. If a 10 kg block attached with the spring is at rest, then find

extension in the spring. g  10m / s2 
(A) 1m (B) 0.5 m (C) 2 m (D) 10 m

Solution : (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
In this situation, spring is in extended state so spring force acts in upward direction. Let be the
ud
extension in the spring.

F.B.D. of block:
St
Q.8 Two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ of same mass ‘m’ attached with a light spring are suspended by a string as
shown in figure. Find the acceleration of block ‘A’ and ‘B’ just after the string is cut.
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) 2g ↓, 0 (B) 0, 2g ↑ (C) g ↓, ↓ (D) g↑, ↑
Solution : (A)
Q.9 A block of mass 20 kg is suspended through two light spring balances as shown in figure.
(A) Reading of spring balance (1) = 0 kg (B) Reading of spring balance (1) = 20 kg
Reading of spring balance (2) = 20 kg Reading of spring balance (2) = 0 kg
l
(C) Reading of spring balance (1) = 20 kg (D) Reading of spring balance (1) = 10 kg
Reading of spring balance (2) = 20 kg
ia
Reading of spring balance (2) = 10 kg
er
Solution : (C)
at
For calculating the reading, first we draw F.B.D. of block.
F.B.D of .
yM
ud
St
Since both balances are light so, both the scales will read
Q.10 Two blocks m1 and m2 are placed on a smooth inclined plane as shown in figure. If they are released
from rest. Find :
(i) Acceleration of mass m1 and m2 (ii) Net force on pulley exerted by string
3 3
(A) (i) 0 (ii) g (B) (i) g/2 (ii) g
2 4
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(C) (i) g (ii) 3g (D) (i) 0 (ii) 2 3 g
Solution : (A)
F.B.D. of
√
√ … (1)
l
F.B.D. of
ia
er
√
… (2)
at
Adding eq.(1) and (2) we get
yM
Putting this value in eq.(i) we get

√
,
ud
St
F.B.D. of pulley
√
√
Q.11 A horizontal force is applied on a uniform rod of length L kept on a frictionless surface. Find the
tension in rod at a distance ‘x’ from the end where force is applied.
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
FX  X F
(A) F (B) (C) F 1   (D)
L  L X
Solution : (C)
Considering rod as a system, we find acceleration of rod
now draw F.B.D. of rod having length ' ' as shown in figure. Using Newton's second law
( ) ( ).
Q.12 A 5 kg block has a rope of mass 2 kg attached to its underside and a 3 kg block is suspended from
the other end of the rope. The whole system is accelerated upward at 2m / s2 by an external force F0.
g  10m / s  2
l
ia
er
at
yM
(A) 120 N (B) 100 N (C) 140 N (D) 50 N

Solution : (A)
ud
For calculating the value of , consider two blocks with the rope as a system. F.B.D. of whole
system
St
Q.13 What is the net force on rope in previous question.

(A) 20 N (B) 4 N (C) 24 N (D) 0 N
Solution : (B)
According to Newton’s second law, net force on rope.
F = ma = (2) = 4 N
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 Two blocks are kept in contact as shown in figure. Find contact force between two blocks.
(A) 100 N (B) 200 N (C) 25 N (D) 125 N

Solution : (A)
F.B.D. of block
l
ia
er
Q.15 A man of mass 60 kg is standing on a weighing machine (2) of mass 5 kg placed on ground. Another
at
similar weighing machine is placed over man’s head. A block of mass 50 kg is put on the weighing
yM
machine (1). Calculate the readings of weighing machines (1) and (2) g  10m / s2  
ud
St
(A) 500, 1150 (B) 500, 1200 (C) 550, 1150 (D) 550, 1250
Solution : (A)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
where reading in weighing machine 2

Q.16 Two blocks are connected by a spring of natural length 2 m.
l
ia
er
at
The force constant of spring is 200 N/m. Find spring force if A is kept at rest and B is displaced by 1
yM
m in right direction.
(A) 100 N (B) 200 N (C) 2 N (D) 2000 N
Solution : (B)
ud
Extension in spring .
St
spring
Q.17 Two blocks are connected by a spring of natural length 2 m.
The force constant of spring is 200 N/m. Find spring force if A is displaced by 0.75 m in right
direction, and B is 0.25 m in left direction.
(A) 100 N (B) 200 N (C) 20 N (D) 10 N
Solution : (B)
Both displacements of of are compressing the spring total compressing
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
spring
Q.18 Find direction of spring force on Block A in previous question.

(A) Leftwards (B) Upwards (C) Rightwards (D) Downwards
Solution : (A)
Conceptual.
 1 ˆ 1 ˆ
Q.19 The expression  i j  is a
 2 2 
(A) Unit vector (B) Null vector
(C) Vector of magnitude 2 (D) Scalar
l
ia
Solution : (A)
Magnitude of a vector of the form ⃗⃗ ˆ ˆ ˆ is given by
er
⃗⃗ √
at
Magnitude of is √( ) ( )
yM
√ √ √ √
Q.20 The magnitude of a given vector with end points  4,  4,0 and  2,  2,0 must be
(A) 6 (B) 5 2 (C) 4 (D) 2 10

ud
Solution : (D)
Vector joining , , and , , is given by
St
̅̅̅̅ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
̅̅̅̅ √ √ √
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 The angle made by the vector A  î  ˆj with x-axis is (in degrees)
Solution : (45)
Angle made by vector A  aiˆ  bjˆ with is is ( )
( )
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.22 Vector A is 2 cm long and is 60 above the x-axis in the first quadrant. Vector B is 2 cm long and
60 below the x-axis in the fourth quadrant. The sum A  B is a vector of magnitude
Solution : (2)
⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ √ ̂
⃗⃗ ̂ ̂ ̂ √ ̂
⃗ ⃗⃗ ̂
l
ia
Q.23 The vector î  xjˆ  3kˆ is rotated through an angle  and doubled in magnitude, then it becomes
4iˆ   4x  2  ˆj  2kˆ . The possible positive value of x is

er
at
Solution : (2)
√ √
yM
On squaring,
ud
,
St
Q.24 If a  11, b  23, a  b  30 , then a  b is :
Solution : (20)
|⃗⃗ ⃗⃗| √ between ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗)
⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ √
√
Q.25 A solid sphere of mass 10 kg is placed over two smooth inclined planes as shown in figure. The
normal reactions at 2 is 10x N. Find x g  10m / s2 .  
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (5)
l
Solving above equation
ia
er
at
Q.26 A box of mass 10 kg is lowered with a downward acceleration 4 m / s 2 . In the box there is a spring
yM
whose lower end is fixed to the box and a ball of mass 1 kg is kept on its loose end as shown below.
At a certain instant when the spring (spring constant = 100 N/m) is found to be compressed by 5 cm,
g  10m / s  2
ud
tension in the cable T is :

St
Solution : (65)
FBD of the box is shown above. Writing Newton's second law:
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.27 In the adjacent figure, masses of A, B and C are 1 kg, 3 kg and 2 kg respectively. Find the
acceleration of the system.
(Round your answer to nearest integer.) Neglect friction. g  10m / s  2
Solution : (4)
l
ia
In this case net pulling force
er
√ √
( ) ( )
at
Total mass being pulled
yM
Acceleration of the system
mg ng
Q.28 The block of mass m exerts a force on the floor of the box? If acceleration a is then find n.
ud
4 4
St
Solution : (3)
is given
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.29 A 50 kg person stands on a 25 kg platform. He pulls on the rope which is attached to the platform via
the frictionless pulleys as shown in the figure. The platform moves upwards at a steady rate if the
F
force with which the person pulls the rope is F then find .
10
Solution : (25)
l
ia
Steady rate means, net force = 0 er
at
yM
or T = 250 N
ud
Q.30 Two blocks of masses 4 kg and 2 kg are attached by an inextensible light string as shown in figure.
Both the blocks are pulled vertically upwards by a force F = 120 N. Find the acceleration of the
St
blocks,
Takeg  10m / s  . 2
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (10)
Let be the acceleration of the blocks and the tension in the string as shown in figure.
Taking the two blocks and the string as the system shown in figure.
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Using , we get
St
or or
a Ans.
14
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 COMMON BTEST-1 CHEMISTRY
SINGLE CORRECT
(Molar masses (in g/mol)

(H = 1, C=12, O=16, N=14, Al = 27, Mg = 24, Zn= 65.39, Cu=63.5)
Q.1 In the following reaction:
4NH3(g) + 5O2 (g) → 4NO (g) + 6H2O (l)
When 1 mole ammonia and 1 mole of O2 are mixed, then the number of moles of NO formed will be:
(A) 0.8 (B) 0.7 (C) 0.6 (D) 0.5
l
ia
Solution: (A) er
4NH3 + 5O2 ⟶ 4NO + 6H2 O
at
Initially: 1 mol 1 mol
1 1
yM
4
→ 𝐿𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑟
5
So Limiting O2
ud
4 4
𝑛𝑁𝑂 = × 𝑛𝑂2 = 5 × 1 = 0.8 mol
5
St
Q.2 If for the given reaction N2(g)+3H2(g)→2NH3(g). The vessel contains x moles of N2 and y moles of
H2. For N2 to be limiting reagent the condition should be
(A) x < 3y (B) 3x < y (C) x > y (D) 2x > 6y
Solution: (B)
Check by dividing with stoichiometric coefficient
Q.3 Calculate the total moles of HCl required to with 1 mol of Na2 CO3 and 1 mol of NaHCO3 mixture
completely
Na2 CO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2 CO3
NaHCO3 + HCl → NaCl + H2 CO3
(A) 1 mol (B) 2 mol (C) 3 mol (D) 4 mol
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (C)
By looking at stoichiometric coefficient
𝑛𝐻𝐶𝑙 (for Na2 CO3 ) = 2
𝑛𝐻𝐶𝑙 (for Na2 HCO3 ) = 1
∴ total moles = 3
Q.4 Select the incorrect correct statement regarding 1 amu

(A) It is numerically equal to the inverse of Avogadro’s number.
(B) Its mass is 1.66 x 10-24 kg.
(C) It is the mass of 1/12th of carbon -12 atom.
(D) It is approximately equal to mass of a proton.
Solution: (B)
l
Its mass is 1.66 x 10-27 kg.
ia
er
Q.5 In what ratio should a 15% solution of acetic acid be mixed with a 3% solution of same acid to
at
prepare a 10% solution (All percentages are by mass):
yM
(A) 7:3 (B) 5:7 (C) 7:5 (D) 7:10
Solution: (C)
ud
Let mass of 15 % A.A solution = 𝑚1
mass of 3% same solution = 𝑚2

St
0.15 𝑚1 + 0.03 𝑚2
∴ = 0.1
𝑚1 + 𝑚2
⇒ 0.15 𝑚1 + 0.03 𝑚2 = 0.1 𝑚1 + 0.1 𝑚2
⇒ 0.05m1 = 0.07 m2
𝑚1 7
⇒ =
𝑚2 5
Q.6 If 36 grams of ozone gas is replaced by an another unknown gas 'X' keeping all other parameters
same and the gas ′𝑋′ weighs 24 g, then the unknown gas may be:
(A) SO2 (B) O2 (C) CH4 (D) None of these
Solution: (B)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
One parameter is volume so according to Avogadro’s Law
Equal volume ⇒ Equal moles at constant temperature and pressure
∴ 𝑛𝑥 = 𝑛O3
𝑀𝑥 36
⇒ =
𝑀𝑀𝑥 48
24 × 48
⇒ 𝑀𝑀𝑥 = = 32 g/mol
36
so, the gas is O2
Q.7 Select the correct statement:

(A) Mass of 1 mol of any type of compound is always equal to mass of 2 mol of its atoms
(B) For very dilute solution the most appropriate concentration term to use is molality.
l
(C) Gay-Lussac’s law is also applicable for reaction components in solid and liquid phase.
(D) 12 g of O2 and O3 have same number of atoms.
ia
er
Solution: (D)
at
Number of atoms of same element remains same for different molecules as long as the mass is same.
yM
Q.8 Under the same conditions two gases have the same number of molecules. They must –
(A) be noble gases
(B) Have equal volumes
ud
(C) Have a volume of 22.4 L each

St
(D) Have an equal number atoms

Solution: (B)
Q.9 Which of the following is correct set of examples of law of reciprocal proportions:
(A) CO2, NO, CS2 (B) NO2, H2O, HCN
(C) H2O2, CH4, CO (D) HNO3, H2SO4, H3PO4
Solution: (C)
Q.10 C3H8 + xO2 → yCO2 + zH 2O
(x, y, z are stoichiometric coefficients)

When equation is balanced predict that once mole of C3 H8 will –
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) React with 1 mole of O 2
(B) Form 3 moles of CO 2
(C) Form 3 moles of H 2O
(D) Here x = 4 moles

Solution: (B)
Q.11 (i) 1 g atom of oxygen is NA times heavier than 1 atom of oxygen.
(ii) 103 litre of H2 (g) at STP (1 atm and 273 K) weighs around 89.2 g.
(iii) On combustion with unlimited supply of air, it is the amount of combustible substance that
decides the amount of products formed.
Select the correct option for correct statements
l
ia
(A) (i) only (B) (ii) & (iii) only
er
(C) (ii) only (D) All the statements are correct
at
Solution: (D)
yM
(i) 1g-atom = 1 mol of O = 𝑁𝐴 Oxygen atoms
∴ S𝑡𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 (i) is correct.

ud
(ii) V = 1000 L
1000 1000
so 𝑛𝐻2 = ∴ 𝑀𝐻2 = × 2 = 89.2 g
St
22.4 22.4
(iii) yes because combustible substance is limiting
Q.12 54 g of aluminium is treated with 500 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The volume of H 2 gas evolved
at 1 atm and 273 K.
2Al + 2NaOH + 2H2 O ⟶ 2NaAlO2 + 3H2
(A) 13.8 L (B) 16.72 L (C) 6.72 L (D) 34000 mL
Solution (C)
2Al + 2NaOH + 2H2 O ⟶ 2NaAlO2 + 3H2
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
54
= 2 mol
27
𝑛NaOH = 0.5 × 0.4 = 0.2 mol
Clearly, NaOH is limiting reagent
3 3
𝑛H2 = × nNaOH = × 0.2 = 0.3 mol
2 2
∴ 𝑉𝐻2 at STP = 0.3 × 22.4 = 6.72𝐿
Q.13 8 g of 𝑂2− ion has amount of charge equal to : (𝑁𝐴 = 6.02 × 1023 , 𝑒 = −1.6 × 10−19 C)
1
(A) 5𝑁𝐴 𝑒 (B) 2𝑁𝐴 𝑒 (C) 𝑁𝐴 𝑒 (D) 𝑁𝐴 𝑒
2
Solution (C)
8 1
Moles of O2− = = mole
l
16 2
Number of 𝑂2− ions = × 𝑁𝐴

1
ia
2
er
1
Total Charge on O2− = 2 × NA × 2e = NA e
at
Calculate the Concentration(molarity) of Ba2+ ions when 20 mL of 2 M BaCl2 reacts with 40 ml of

yM
Q.14
1.5 M Na2SO4.
(A) 1 M (B) 2M (C) 0 M (D) 4M

ud
Solution: (C)
St
As BaCl2 is limiting. All Ba 2+ ions will form precipitate.
BaCl2 + Na2 SO4 ⟶ BaSO4(s) + 2NaCl
20 mL 2M 40 mL 1.5 M
Moles: 40 m mol 60 m mol
Limiting: BaCl2
∴ All BaCl2 will be consumed to form BaSO4(s) Precipitate
Q.15 A given sample of pure compound contains 9.81 gm of Zn, 1.8  1023 atoms of chromium, and 0.60
mol of oxygen atoms. what is the simplest formula -
(A) ZnCr2O7 (B) ZnCr2O 4 (C) ZnCrO4 (D) ZnCrO6
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (B)
9.81
moles of Zn = 65 .39 = 0.15
1.8 10 23
moles of Cr = 6.023 10 23 = 0.3
moles of O = 0.6
so whole molar ratio
= 0.15 : 0.3 : 0.6 = 1 : 2 : 4
Hence, formula = ZnCr2O4
Q.16 Density of 3M Na2CO3 solution in water is 1.2 g mL–1. The percentage by weight and ppm of
Na2CO3 are respectively -
(A) 26.5 and 2.65 × 105 (B) 2.65 and 2.65 × 104
l
ia
(C) 265 and 2.65 × 103 (D) 5.23 and 2.65 × 106
er
Solution: (A)
at
Mass of one liter solution = 1.2 × 1000 = 1200 g
yM
wt. of Na2CO3 = 3 × 106 = 318 g

318
% weight = × 100 = 26.5
1200
ud
318
and ppm of Na2CO3 = × 106 = 2.65 × 105
1200
St
Q.17 125 mL of 10% NaOH (w/V) is added to 125 mL of 10% HCl (w/V). The resultant solution
becomes-
(A) alkaline (B) strongly alkaline (C) acidic (D) neutral
Solution (C)
10
𝑀NaOH = × 125 = 12.5 g
100
10
𝑚HCl = × 125 = 12.5 g
100
12.5 12.5
𝑛NaOH = 40
𝑛HCl = 365
∴ 𝑛NaOH < nHCl , so overall solution is acidic
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 In which mode of expression, the concentration of a solution remains independent of temperature -
(A) Molarity (B) % w/V (C) %V/V (D) Molality
Solution: (D)
n solute
m= both n and w are independent of temperature.
w solvent
Q.19 Which is not the correct statement regarding modern atomic theory which arose due to limitations of
Dalton’s atomic theory:
(A) Modern atomic theory says that atoms are composed of subatomic particles: protons, electrons,
and neutrons.
(B) Modern atomic theory states that subatomic particles can participate in reactions.
(C) It states that all atoms of the same element are identical in shape and mass.
(D) Atoms can be destroyed by fission (example: atom bomb).
l
ia
Solution: (C) er
It’s a postulate of Dalton’s Atomic Theory. Modern Atomic Theory states that the isotopes of same
element differ in mass.
at
Q.20 A carbon compound containing carbon and oxygen has molar mass equal to 288. On analysis it is
yM
found to contain 50% by mass of each element. Therefore, molecular formula of the compound is -
(A) C12O9 (B) C4O3 (C) C3O4 (D) C9O12

Solution: [A]
ud
%age Moles of elements Molar

element ratio
St
50 4.17
C 50 = 4.17 = 1.33
12 3.13
50 3.13
O 50 = 3.13 =1
16 3.13
Hence whole no. of molar ratio of C & O = 4 : 3
So empirical formula = C4O3
empirical formula wt. = 96
288
n= =3
96
So mol. formula = 3 × C4O3
= C12O9
Integer Type
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.21 The percentage composition of carbon by moles in methane is _________ %.
Solution: (20)
1 mol of CH4 contains 1 mol of carbon atoms and 4 mol of H atoms.
1
∴ mol % Carbon = × 100 = 20 %
1+4
Q.22 The mass (in g) of HNO3 dissolved in 200 mL of an aqueous solution to contain 5 mg of H+ ions per
mL is _____
Solution: (63)
1 mL contains - 5 mg of 𝐻 ⊕ ions
200 mL contains - 1000 mg H ⊕ ions
1g
∴ nH⊕ = = nHNo3 = 1
1 g/mol
l
MHNO3 = nHNO3 × MMHNO3 = 1 × 63 = 63 g
Q.23
ia
10 g of compound A (mm = 40) was used to make 500 mL of its aqueous solution. The molarity of
er
its aqueous solution is y × 10-1. The value of y is
at
Solution: (5)
10 1
yM
𝑛𝐴 = = mol
40 4
1
𝑉𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝐿
2
ud
1
1
∴𝑀= 4
= = 5 × 10−1 molar
St
1/2 2
Q.24 A sample of 100 g CaCO3 with 10 % purity liberates _____ L of CO2 on strong heating at STP
(1 atm and 273 K). (Round off your answer to nearest integer)
Solution: (2)
Decomposition of 0.1 mol of CaCO3 liberates 0.1 mol of CO2 means 2.24 L
10
Mass of pure CaCO3 = × 100 = 10 g
100
∆
CaCO3(s) ⟶ CaO(s) + CO2 (g)
10
𝑛= = 0.1 mol − − − − − − − −−> 0.1 mol
100
𝑉CO2 = 0.1 × 22.4 = 2.24 L ≃ 2 L
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.25 The volume of 1.204 × 1024 molecules of water (d = 1g/mL) is ……………
Solution: (36)
mole = 2
mass = 36 gm
volume = 36 ml
Q.26 If we calculate all the atoms in 5.6 L of NH3 at STP (1 atm and 273 K), it will come out to be ___ ×
1023 . (Round off to nearest integer)
Solution: (6)
5.6 1
𝑛𝑁𝐻3 = mol = mol
22.4 4
l
1
No. of atoms = 4 × × 𝑁𝐴 = 6.022 × 1023
ia
4 er
because 1 molecule contains 4 atoms (1𝑁 + 3𝐻)
at
Q.27 A sample of CaCO3 has Ca = 40%, C = 12% and O = 48% by mass. If the law of constant
proportions is true, then the mass of Ca in 50 g of CaCO3 obtained from another source is ______ g.
yM
Solution: (20)
40 % of 𝑀CaCO3 = 𝑀𝐶𝑎
ud
40
100
× 50 = 20 g
St
Q.28
The molarity of HCl solution in the flask is ____M.

Solution: (2)
Molarity doesn’t change on transferring the same concentration of solution to any other vessel in any
volume because moles and volume will be reduced proportionately so the value of molarity will
remain constant.
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.29 3 gm of Mg is burnt in a closed vessel containing 3 gm of oxygen. The mass of excess reactant left in
g is:
Solution: (1)
1
Mg + O2 → MgO
2
3g 3g
= 0.125 moles = 0.1875 moles
Here limiting reactant is Mg
So, oxygen left unreacted is = 0.1875 – 0.125
= 0.0625 moles
Hence, wt of oxygen = 0.0625 × 16 = 1.0 g
Q.30 If 500 mL of 2M H2SO4 solution (density of solution = 1.5g/ml) is mixed with 450 mL of water. The
molarity of final solution is ___ M. (density of final solution = 1.2 g/mL).
Solution: (1)
l
ia
If density of final solution is given then the chances are high that volume is non-additive in nature.
er
Therefore, we need to calculate the mass of final solution at first to find the final volume of solution
by using density formula.
at
𝑛H2 SO4 = 𝑀 × 𝑉
yM
= 2 × 0.5 = 1 mol
MH2 SO4 solution = 𝑑 × 𝑣 = 1.5 × 500 = 750 g

ud
𝑀H2 O added = 450 g

St
total mass = 1200 g

𝑚 1200
total volume = = = 1000 mL = 1 L
𝑑 1⋅2
1 mol
∴ final molarity = = 1 mol/𝐿 = 1𝑀
1L
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 COMMON BTEST-1 MATHS
SINGLE CORRECT
2 −1
Q.1 If 2 = 1.4142 , then is equal to
2 +1
(A) 0.1718 (B) 5.8282 (C) 0.4142 (D) 2.4142
SOL: [C]
( )
2
2 −1 2 −1 2 −1
 =
2 +1 2 −1 1
l
ia
er
Q.2 If a x bx = a 3x then which of the following is possible for all real values of x
at
(A) a = 0, b = 0 (B) a = 1, b = 0
yM
(C) a = 0, b = 1 (D) a = 1, b = 1
SOL: [D]
For ‘0’ base negative powers cannot be raised

ud
St
Q.3 If x = 14 − 2 33
y = 13 + 2 10 − 2 2 − 2 20 − 1
Then,
(A) x > y (B) x = y (C) y > x (D) Cannot be compared
SOL: [C]
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
( ) 8
2
14 − 2 33 = 11 − 3 & 11 − 3 =
11 + 3
( )
2
13 + 2 10 − 2 2 − 2 20 = 1 + 10 − 2
8
& 10 − 2 =
10 + 2
Q.4 The difference between an integer and its cube is divisible by
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 9 (D) None of these
SOL: [B]
n3 − 1 = n ( n − 1)( n + 1)
Product of 3 consecutive integers must have both 2 & 3 as their factors.
l
ia
er
Q.5 (𝑥 𝑛 − 𝑎𝑛 ) is completely divisible by (𝑥 + 𝑎), when
at
(A) n is any natural number
(B) n is an even natural number
yM
(C) n is and odd natural number

(D) n is prime
SOL: [B]
ud
x n − ( −a ) = 0 if n = even
n
St
1 1 2𝑎𝑥
Q.6 The value of,
𝑎2 +𝑎𝑥+𝑥 2
− + is,
𝑎2 −𝑎𝑥+𝑥 2 𝑎4 +𝑎2 𝑥 2 +𝑥4
(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) -1 (D) 0
SOL: [D]
(a 2
− ax + x 2 )( a 2 + ax + x 2 ) = a 4 + a 2 x 2 + x 4
1 1 2ax
 − 2 + 4
a + ax + x a − ax + x a + a 2 x 2 + x 4
2 2 2
=
( a 2 − ax + x 2 ) − ( a 2 + ax + x 2 ) + 2ax
a4 + a2x2 + x4
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1
Q.7 If 𝑥 2 − 6√3𝑥 + 1 = 0, find 𝑥 3 + 𝑥 3 ?
(A) 648 3 (B) 615 2 (C) 630 3 (D) 620 3
SOL: [C]
x 2 − 6 3x + 1 = 0
 x 2 + 1 = 6 3x
1
x+ =6 3
x
1
( )
3
 x3 + 3 = 6 3 − 3 6 3
x
4 3
Q.8 22 is equal to
l
ia
1 1
−
(A) 2 −6 (B) 2 6 (C) 2 6 (D) 2 6
er
SOL: [C]
at
1
 2 13  4 1 1
( ) 
2 
yM
2 = 2 3 4
 
Q.9 If 𝑎𝑁 = {𝑎𝑥: 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁}, then the set 3𝑁 ∩ 7𝑁 is

ud
(A) 21 N (B) 10 N (C) 4 N (D) None of these
SOL: [A]
St
3N = 3, 6,9,12,......
7N = 7,14, 21,.......
3N  7N = 21, 42,......
Q.10 Which set is the subset of all given sets

(A) {1,2,3,4, … … } (B)  (C) {0} (D) {}
SOL: [D]
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 The shaded region in the given figure is
(A) 𝐴 ∩ (𝐵 ∪ 𝐶) (B) 𝐴 ∪ (𝐵 ∩ 𝐶)
(C) 𝐴 ∩ (𝐵 − 𝐶) (D) 𝐴 − (𝐵 ∪ 𝐶)
SOL: [D]
l
Q.12
ia
If the sum of 𝑛 terms of an A.P. is 𝑛𝐴 + 𝑛2 𝐵, where 𝐴, 𝐵 are constants, then its common difference
will be
er
(A) 𝐴 − 𝐵 (B) 𝐴 + 𝐵 (C) 2𝐴 (D) 2𝐵
at
SOL: [D]
yM
S2 = 2A + 4B S1 = A + B
 T2 = S2 − S1 = A + 3B
T1 = S1 = A + B
ud
 d = T2 − T1
St
Q.13 The sums of 𝑛 terms of two arithmatic series are in the ratio 2𝑛 + 3: 6𝑛 + 5, then the ratio of their
13th terms is
(A) 53: 155 (B) 27: 77 (C) 29: 83 (D) 31: 89
SOL: [A]
Sn
n
2
( 2a + ( n − 1) d ) 2n + 3
= =
( ( ) ) 6n + 5
S1n n 2a1 + n − 1 d1
2
n −1
a+ d
2 2n + 3
 =
−
d1 6n + 5
n 1
a1 +
2
a + 12d 53
put n = 25 : 1 =
a + 12d 155
1
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 If 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 … … 𝑎𝑛 are in A.P., where 𝑎𝑖 > 0 for all 𝑖, then the value of
1 1 1
+ ….+ =
√𝑎1 + √𝑎2 √𝑎2 + √𝑎3 √𝑎𝑛−1 + √𝑎𝑛
𝑛−1 𝑛+1 𝑛−1 𝑛+1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
√𝑎1 +√𝑎𝑛 √𝑎1 +√𝑎𝑛 √𝑎1 −√𝑎𝑛 √𝑎1 −√𝑎𝑛
SOL: [A]
a2 − a4 1
1
a1 + a 2
=
a 2 − a1
=
d
( a 2 − a1 )
S =
1
d
(
a 2 − a1 + a 3 − a 2 + ...... + a n − a n −1 )
a n − a1
=
a n − a1
l
( n − 1)
ia
er
1 1 1
at
Q.15 If
𝑝+𝑞
, , are in A.P., then
𝑟+𝑝 𝑞+𝑟
(A) 𝑝, 𝑞, 𝑟 are in A.P. (B) 𝑝2 , 𝑞 2 , 𝑟 2 are in A.P.
yM
1 1 1
(C) , , are in A.P. (D) None of these
𝑝 𝑞 𝑟
SOL: [B]
ud
1 1 1 1
− = −
r+p p+q q+r r+p
St
q−r p−q
 =
p+q q+r
 p 2 + r 2 = 2q 2
Q.16 If the 𝑝𝑡ℎ , 𝑞 𝑡ℎ and 𝑟 𝑡ℎ term of a G.P. are 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 respectively, then 𝑎𝑞−𝑟 ⋅ 𝑏 𝑟−𝑝 ⋅ 𝑐 𝑝−𝑞 is equal to
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) abc (D) pqr
SOL: [B]
a = xyp −1 b = xyq −1 c = xyr −1
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
• •
Q.17 The value of 0.234 is
232 232 232 232

(A) (B) (C) (D)
990 9990 900 9909
SOL: [A]
x = 0.234
10x = 2.34
1000x = 234.34
990x = 232
Q.18 If the sum of three terms of G.P. is 19 and product is 216, then the common ratio of the series is
3 3
l
(A) − (B) (C) 2 (D) 3
ia
2 2 er
SOL: [B]
at
a
 a  ar = 216  a = 6
r
yM
6
+ 6 + 6r = 19
r
6r 2 − 13r + 6 = 0
ud
3 2
r= ,
2 3
St
Q.19 Which one of the following is a prime number?
(A) 161 (B) 221 (C) 373 (D) 437
SOL: [C]
161 = 7  23
221 = 13 17
437 = 19  23
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.20 If the sets A and B are defined as
 1 
A = ( x, y ) : y = , 0  x  R 
 x 
B = ( x, y ) : y = − x, x  R , then
(A) A  B = A (B) A  B = B (C) A  B =  (D) None of these
SOL: [C]
1
= −x
x
 x 2 + 1 = 0 ( Not possible for x  R )
l
INTEGER TYPE
ia
er
at
Q.21 If the number 481*673 is completely divisible by 9, then the smallest whole number in place of * will be:
yM
SOL: [7]
4 + 8 + 1 + 6 + 7 + 3 = 29
ud
& 29 + 7 = 36 (Divisible by 9)
St
1
1 1 3 4
Q.22 The value of {5 (8 + 27 ) } is
3 3
SOL: [5]
1 1
5 ( 2 + 3 ) 2  4 = ( 54 ) 4
 
1 1 1
If x + y − z = 0 then value of ( x + y − z ) + 27xyz is,
3 3 3 3
Q.23
SOL: [0]
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
3 3 3
 1  1  1
x + y − z =  x 3  +  y 3  +  −z 3 
     
Q.24 In a class, the number of students studying different subjects are 23 in Mathematics, 24 in Physics,
19 in Chemistry, 12 in Mathematics and Physics, 9 in Mathematics and Chemistry, 7 in Physics and
Chemistry and 4 in all the three subjects. The number of students who have taken exactly one subject
is
SOL: [22]
l
ia
er
at
9 + 7 + 6 = 22
yM
𝑆3𝑛
Q.25 Let 𝑆𝑛 denotes the sum of 𝑛 terms of an A.P. If 𝑆2𝑛 = 3𝑆𝑛 , then ratio =
𝑆𝑛
ud
SOL: [6]
St
S2n
2n
2
( 2a + ( 2n − 1) d )
= =3
Sn n
2
( 2a + ( n − 1) d )
 2a = ( n + 1) d
S3n
3n
( ( n + 1) d + ( 3n − 1) d )
= 2 =6
Sn n
2
( ( n + 1) d + ( n − 1) d )
Q.26 The sum of the first four terms of an A.P. is 56. The sum of the last four terms is 112. If its first term
is 11 , the number of terms is
SOL: [11]
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(11) + (11 + d ) + (11 + 2d ) + (11 + 3d ) = 56
d=2
(11 + ( n − 1) d ) + (11 + ( n − 2 ) d ) + (11 + ( n − 3) d ) + (11 + ( n − 4 ) d ) = 112
 n = 11
Q.27 If the sum of two extreme numbers of an A.P. with four terms is 8 and product of remaining two
middle term is 15 , then greatest number of the series will be
SOL: [7]
( a − 3d ) + ( a + 3d ) = 8
a=4
( a − d )( a + d ) = 15
 d =1
l
A.P.: 4 − 3, 4 − 1, 4 + 1, 4 + 3
Ans : 7
ia
er
at
Q.28 If the third term of a G.P. is 2 then the product of its first 5 terms is
yM
SOL: [32]
a a
G.P. a ar ar 2
r2 r
ud
Third term = a = 2
 Pr oduct = 25
St
Ans : 32
5x + 3 + 5x − 3 5
Q.29 If = , then find 25 x
5x + 3 − 5x − 3 3
SOL: [17]
Apply componendo & dividendo
2 5x + 3 8
=
2 5x − 3 2
 5x + 3 = 16 ( 5x − 3)
Ans :17
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 If a 4 + 4 is a prime number where a N , then the number of possible values of a can be
SOL: [1]
a 4 + 4 = ( a 2 + 2a + 2 )( a 2 − 2a + 2 ) is prime
 a 2 − 2a + 2 = 1
Ans :1
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
10
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 3 DATED 31st JULY 2022
Exam Pattern: Main
Single Correct: 20 Questions (+4, -1)
Integer Type: 5 Questions (Single digit answer between 0 – 9) (+4, -1)
l
ia
PHYSICS:
er
• Laws of motion (excluding pseudo forces and constraints)
at
• Kinematics in 1 D (uniform motion and uniform acceleration)
M
• Friction (Static and Kinetic Friction)
CHEMISTRY: y
ud
• Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry
St
• Gaseous State
MATHS:
• Number System, Sets, Sequence and Series, Quadratic Equations and Inequations (Except location of
roots and theory of equations)
BT TEAM
COMP2024 BTEST-3 PHYSICS (MAINS)
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate ' 𝑎 ' for some time after which it decelerates at a
constant rate ' 𝑏 ' to come to rest. If the total time elapsed is 𝑡 second, the maximum velocity reached
is?
(A) abt/(a+b) (B) )abt/2(a+b)
(C) ) 2𝑎𝑏𝑡/(𝑎 + 𝑏) (D) None of these
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
Vel → increased = at1
Vel → decreased = bt 2
yM
at1 = bt 2 ( t1 + t 2 = T )
abT
Vmax = at1 = bt 2 =
a+b
ud
St
Q.2 A body is thrown upwards with speed u. The distance it covers during the last second of its ascent is
𝑔 𝑔 𝑔
(A)
2
(B) 𝑢 − (C) 𝑢 + (D) None of these
2 2
Solution: (A)
Q.3 A car is standing 200 m behind a bus, which is also at rest. The two start moving at the same instant
but with different forward accelerations. The bus has acceleration 2 m/s2 and the car has
acceleration 4 m/s 2 . The car will catch up with the bus after a time of
(A) 120 s (B) 15 s (C) 10 2s (D) 110 s
Solution: (C)
l
ia
Q.4 In the system shown in the figure, the acceleration of the 1 kg mass and the tension in the string
connecting between 𝐴 and 𝐵 is:
er
at
yM
ud
St
𝑔 8𝑔 𝑔 𝑔
(A) downwards, (B) upwards,
4 7 4 7
𝑔 6 𝑔
(C) downwards, 7 𝑔 (D) upwards, 𝑔
7 2
Solution: (C)
Q.5 A uniform rope of length 𝐿 and mass M is placed on a smooth fixed wedge as shown. Both ends of
rope are at same horizontal level. The rope is initially released from rest, then the magnitude of
l
initial acceleration of rope is
ia
er
at
yM
(A) Zero (B) 𝑀(cos⁡𝛼 − cos⁡𝛽)𝑔

ud
(C) 𝑀(tan⁡𝛼 − tan⁡𝛽)𝑔 (D) None of these

St
Solution: (A)
Calculate mass on both ends than find net downward force along incline on both ends both are same
So a = 0
Q.6 Limiting friction of a body depends on

(A) Area of contact of surfaces
(B) The volume of the smaller body on larger surface
(C) Nature of surfaces
(D) The periphery of the contact surfaces
Solution: (C)
Clarification: Since limiting friction depends only of the coefficient of friction of the surfaces, it,
therefore, depends only of the nature of the surface, i.e., smoothness or roughness.
Q.7 What will be value of  s if body is in equilibrium under all forces?
4 2 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) Cant Say
13 13 2
Solution: (D)
As limiting friction is not know
Q.8 Find acceleration of 6 kg block?
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
g g g g
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 5 3 4
Solution: (C)
Q.9 If static friction coefficient is  s and kinetic friction is  k . Find F such that kinetic friction starts to
act?
(A) F   k .N (B) F  s N (C) Both (A) & (B) (D) None
Solution: (B)
F > limiting friction
Q.10 Find retardation offered by wooden block if a bullet going with vel of 100 m/s stops after travelling 5
cm (assume block is fixed)?
(A) 104 m / s2 (B) 103 m / s2 (C) 102 m / s2 (D) 105 m / s2
Solution: (D)
v 2 − u 2 + 2as
O = (100 ) + 2a  ( 5 10−2 )
2
104
a=− = −105
10−1
l
ia
Q.11 Find the magnitude of contract force? er
at
(A) 50 N (B) 100 N (C) 50 5 (D) None

yM
Solution: (C)
R = F+ N
ud
R = F2 + N 2 = 502 + 1002
St
Q.12 A force produces an acceleration of 4ms−2 in a body of mass m1 and the same force produces an
acceleration of 6 ms −2 in another body of mass m 2 . If the same force is applied to ( m1 + m2 ) , then
the acceleration will be:
(A) 10 ms −2 (B) 2 ms −2 (C) 2.4 ms −2 (D) 5.4 ms −2
Solution: (C)
F
F = m1 ( 4 ) m1 =
4
F
F = m2 ( 6) m2 =
6
F = ( m1 + m 2 ) a
F
a= = 2.4m / s 2
m1 + m 2
3
Q.13 A fireman wants to slide down a rope. The rope can bear a tension of of the weight of the man.
4
With what minimum acceleration should the fireman slide down:
g g g g
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 6 4 2
Solution: (C)
mg − T = ma
3 g
mg − mg = ma a=
4 4
l
ia
Q.14 In the arrangement shown tension in the string connecting 4kg and 6kg masses is
er
at
yM
(A) 8 N (B) 12 N (C) 6 N (D) 4 N
Solution: (A)
ud
St
Q.15 A body is projected up along a rough inclined plane from the bottom with some velocity. It travels
up the incline and then returns back. If the time of ascent is t a and time of descent is t d , then:
(A) t a = t d (B) t a  t d (C) t a  t d (D) Data insufficient
Solution: (C)
l
ia
Q.16 A force F = t is applied to block A as shown in figure. The force is applied at t = 0 seconds when the
system was at rest and string is just straight without tension. Which of the following graphs gives the
er
friction force between B and horizontal surface as a function of time ‘t’
at
yM
ud
St
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Solution: (A)
Q.17 Two masses A and B of 10 kg and 5 kg respectively are connected with a string passing over a
Frictionless pulley fixed at the corner of a table as shown. The coefficient of static friction of A with
table is 0.2. The minimum mass of C that may be placed on A to prevent it from moving is
l
ia
er
at
(A) 15 kg (B) 10 kg (C) 5 kg (D) 12 kg
yM
Solution: (A)
ud
St
Q.18 In the given figure a monkey of mass m is climbing up a rope hanging from the roof with
acceleration a. The coefficient of static friction between the body of the monkey and the rope is  .
Find the value of friction force on the monkey
(A) mg (B) m(g+a) (C) m(g-a) (D) Can be B or C
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.19 Two balls of equal masses are thrown upward, along the same vertical line at an interval of 2
seconds, with the same initial of 40 m/s. Then these collide at a height of ( Take g = 10m / s 2 )
St
(A) 120 m (B) 75 m (C) 200 m (D) 45 m
Solution: (B)
Q.20 An automobile, travelling at 40 km/h, can be stopped at a distance of 40 m by applying brakes. If
the same automobile is travelling at 80 km/h, the minimum stopping distance, in metres, is (assume
no skidding)
(A) 100 m (B) 75 m (C) 160 m (D) 150 m
Solution: (C)
Using 𝑣 2 = 𝑢2 − 2 as
l
ia
0 = 𝑢2 − 2𝑎𝑠
𝑆 = 𝑢2 /2𝑎
er
𝑆1 /𝑆2 = 𝑢1 ⁡2 /𝑢2 ⁡2
𝑆2 = (𝑢1 ⁡2 /𝑢2 ⁡2 )𝑆1 = (2)2 (40) = 160 m
at
yM
INTEGER TYPE
ud
St
Q.21 A particle moving in straight line, traversed half the distance with a velocity 𝑣0 . The remaining part
of the distance was covered with velocity 𝑣1 for half the time and with velocity 𝑣2 for the other half
of the time. Mean velocity of the particle averaged over the whole time of motion comes out to be
𝑣1 +𝑣2
𝑎𝑣0 (𝑏𝑣 ), where 𝑎 and 𝑏 are positive integers. Find 𝑎 + 𝑏.
0 +𝑣1 +𝑣2
Solution: (4)
l
ia
er
at
Q.22 Two objects moving along the same straight line are leaving point A with an acceleration a, 2 a &
velocity 2u, u respectively at time t = 0. The distance moved by the object with respect to point A
yM
𝑏𝑢2
when one object overtakes the other is
𝑎
. Here 𝑏 is an integer. Find 𝑏:
Solution: (6)
ud
St
Q.23 A block of mass 2 kg is pushed against a rough vertical wall with a force of 30 N, coefficient of
static friction being 0.5. Another upward vertical force of 15 N is applied on the block in a direction
parallel to the wall. What is the acceleration of block (⁡ in m/s2 )?
Solution: (0)
Figure shows a man of mass 60 kg standing on a light weighing machine kept in a box of mass
l
Q.24
ia
30 kg. The box is hanging from a pulley fixed to the ceiling through a light rope, the other end of
which is held by the man himself. If he manages to keep the box at rest. If weight is 5xg then, find x?
er
at
yM
ud
St
Solution: (3)
Q.25 What is the maximum value of the force F (in newton) such that the block shown in the arrangement,
does not move. If force is 10x then, find x?
Solution: (2)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-3 (MAINS) CHEMISTRY
Atomic mass is given in brackets for the element
[ H (1amu), C(12amu), N(14amu), O(16amu), Na(23amu), Mg(24amu)

Al(27amu), P(31amu), S(32amu), Cl(35.5amu), K(39amu), Ca(40amu)]
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.1
Which of the following velocity is expressed correctly?
St
3RT1 2RT2 2RT1 3RT2

(A) V1 = (B) V4 = (C) V2 = (D) V3 =
M M M M
Solution: (B)
3RT
The highest velocity is C rms which is √ and the velocity possessed by the highest fraction of
M
2RT
molecule is C mp which is √
M
Q.2 The expression for compressibility factor for one mole of an Vander Waal’s gas at Boyle’s
temperature is
b2 b2 b b2
(A) 1 + (B) 1 + (C) 1 + (D) 1 −
V (V − b) V2 V V2
Solution: (A)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Vm a
For Vander Waal's gas Z = −V
Vm −b m RT
At Boyle's T
Vm a b2
Z=V − a ⇒Z=1+
Vm (Vm −b)
m −b Vm R( )
Rb
Q.3 Three lines at three different values of constant pressure are given, which of the following relation is
correct?
(A) P1 = P2 = P3 (B) P1  P2  P3 (C) P3  P2  P1 (D) Can’t predicted
Solution : (B)
l
ia
er
at
yM
According to Boyle's law,

ud
1
P∝
V
St
So, at a constant temperature,

V1 V2 V3
∵ T
< T
< T
⇒ P1 > P2 > P3
Q.4 If both gases NH3 and HCl are released at the same time then white precipitate NH4Cl will be formed
near the point ______ shown in figure
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) Precipitate will not be formed

Solution : (C)
NH3 being lighter will travel to diffuse more speedily. So, the gases will meet at point C
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.5 Find the rise in Hg column level (in cm) if % yield of reaction is 50%. Before the dissociation of
ammonia, both side of manometer had same Hg level:
(Given: ammonia gas is dissociating into Hydrogen and nitrogen gas)
(A) 38 (B) 380 (C) 76 (D) 760

Solution : (A)
50%
2NH3 (𝑔) ⟶ N2 (𝑔) + 3H2 (𝑔)
l
ia
i: 1 atm
1 1 3
reacted: 1 −
2 4 4
er
1 1 1
Ptotal after reaction = 2 + 4 + 4 = 1.5atm
at
∴ rise in Hg column = (1.5 − 1)76 = 0.5 × 76
yM
= 38 cm Hg
Q.6 The minimum volume of solution that can be taken out from 2L of 0.5 M urea solution which on
ud
adding with 1L of 2M urea solution gives 1.5 M resultant urea solution is:
(A) 1 L (B) 0.5 L (C) 2L (D) 3L fully
St
Solution : (B)
For preparing 1.5 M Urea Soln with.
minimum volume, we have to utilize
1L of 2M Urea soln fully.
2×1+0.5×x
1.5 =
1+x
⇒ 1.5 + 1.5x = 2 + 0.5x

⇒ x = 0.5 ⇒ volume of 0.5 M utilized
total volume = 1 + 0.5 = 1.5 L = 0.5 L
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.7 Select the correct graph for Pressure (P) vs Density (d) for an ideal gas:
l
ia
er
Solution: (B)
at
yM
ud
St
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 Select the correct option representing the correct data corresponding to the plot I, II, III respectively:
(A) Vmp of O2 (400 K); Vmp of N2 (300 K); Vmp of H2 (300 K)
(B) Vmp of N2 (300 K); Vmp of H2 (300 K); Vmp of O2 (400 K)
(C) Vmp of H2 (300 K); Vmp of N2 (300 K); Vmp of O2 (400 K)
l
(D) Vmp of N2 (300 K); Vmp of O2 (400 K); Vmp of H2 (300 K)
ia
er
Solution: (D)
at
yM
ud
St
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.9 The average molar mass of chlorine is 35.5 g mol−1. The ratio of 35
Cl to 37
Cl in naturally occurring
chlorine is close to:
(A) 4: 1 (B) 1: 1 (C) 2: 1 (D) 3: 1
Solution: (D)
l
ia
Q.10 Which of the following expression does not give root mean square velocity – (Where M = molar
mass, D = Density, P = Pressure, V = Volume)
er
1 1 1 1
3𝑅𝑇 2 3𝑃 2 3P 2 3PV 2
(A) ( ) (B) ( ) (C) ( ) (D) ( )
at
𝑀 M D nM
yM
Solution: (B)
3RT 3PV 3P
Ur.m.s = √ =√ =√
M nM D
ud
Q.11 The total pressure exerted by a number nonreacting gases is equal to the sum of partial pressure of
St
the gases under the same conditions is known as:

(A) Boyle's law (B) Charle's law (C) Avogadro's law (D) Dalton's law
Solution: (D)
Dalton’s Law of Partial Pressure
Q.12 The increasing order of effusion among the gases, H2 , O2 , NH3 and CO2 is -
(A) H2 , CO2 , NH3 , O2 (B) H2 , NH3 , O2 , CO2
(C) H2 , O2 , NH3 , CO2 (D) CO2 , O2 , NH3 , H2
Solution: (D)
Rate of effusion is inversely proportional to Molar masses of gas
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.13 100 ml of an aqueous solution of H2 SO4 (density = 1.8 g/ml ) is diluted such that its final density
becomes 1.2 g/ml, volume of H2 O added is (density of H2 O = 1 g/ml )
(A) 150ml (B) 300ml (C) 600ml (D) None
Solution: (B)
Let x ml of H2 O is added
180 + 𝑥
= 1.2
100 + 𝑥
𝑥 = 300ml
Q.14 A flask containing 250mg of air at 27∘ C is heated till 25% of air by mass is expelled from it. What
is the final temperature of the flask
(A) 127 K (B) 127∘ C (C) 254 K (D) 254∘ C
l
Solution: (B)
Mass of air after heating = 250 −
250
4
= 187.5 mg
ia
er
𝑛1 𝑇1 = 𝑛2 𝑇2
at
250 × 300 = 187.5 × 𝑇2
250 × 300
yM
𝑇2 = = 400 K
187.5
𝑇2 = 400 − 273 = 127∘ C
Q.15 The rate of effusion of a gas is proportional to?
ud
𝑃 𝑃 𝑃 √𝑃
(A) (B) (C) √ (D)
√𝑑 𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
St
Solution: (A)
1
Rate of effusion ∝ ∝𝑃
√𝑑
𝑃
∴ rate of effusion ∝
√𝑑
Q.16 At low pressure compressibility factor is equal to:

𝑎 𝑅𝑇𝑉 𝑎 𝑅𝑇𝑉
(A) (1 − ) (B) (1 − ) (C) (1 + ) (D) (1 + )
𝑅𝑇𝑉 𝑎 𝑅𝑇𝑉 𝑎
Solution: (A)
At low pressure
𝑎
(𝑃 + ) 𝑉 = 𝑅𝑇
𝑉2
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝑎
𝑃𝑉 + 𝑉 = 𝑅𝑇
𝑎
𝑍+ =1
𝑉𝑅𝑇
𝑎
∴ 𝑍 =1−
𝑉𝑅𝑇
Q.17 10 ml of a mixture of CO, CH4 and N2, exploded with excess of oxygen, gave a contraction of 6.5
ml. There was a further contraction of 7 ml when the residual gas was treated with KOH. What is the
Volume of N2 gas in the original mixture?
(A) 10 ml (B) 5 ml (C) 15 ml (D) 3 ml
Solution: (D)
Let the volume of CO = a ml
CH4 = b ml
l
∴ 𝑁2 = (10 − a − b)ml
The explosion reactions are
ia
er
CO + 1/2 O2 → CO2
at
a a /2 a
CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2 O(𝑙)
yM
b 2b b
contraction in volume = a + a/2 + b + 2b − a − b = 6.5
ud
or, a + 4b = 13 … (i)
CO2 is absorbed by KOH solution
St
∴a+b=7 … (ii)
From equation (i) and (ii) a = 5, b = 2
vol. of CO = 5 mL
∴ { vol. of CH4 = 2 mL
vol. of N2 = 10 − 5 − 2 = 3 mL
Q.18 0.5 moles of gas A and x moles of gas B exert a pressure of 200 Pa in a container of volume 10 m3
at 1000 K. given R is the gas constant in JK −1 mol−1 , x is :
2𝑅 2𝑅 4−𝑅 4+𝑅
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4+12 4−12 2𝑅 2𝑅
Solution: (C)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 Find molarity of Na+ ions if 500 mL of 0.2M NaCl(aq) solution is mixed with 500 mL of 0.5M
Na2 SO4 (aq) solution?
(A) 0.6 M (B) 0.8 M (C) 1 M (D) 1.2 M
Solution: (A)
l
ia
500×0.2+500×.5×2
Molarity of Na+ i.e. [Na+ ] =
1000
er
600
= = 0.6M
1000
at
Q.20 The compressibility factor at critical points (Critical Temperature, Critical Pressure and Critical
yM
Volume) of a gas:
(A) Depends on Vanderwaal Constant a (B) Depends on Vanderwaal constant b

ud
(C) Independent of nature of gas taken (D)has more than one value.
St
Solution: (C)
It is 0.375.
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 Total number of incorrect statements among the following:

(i) Maxwell speed distribution curve will broaden out on decreasing the temperature of a gaseous
sample.
(ii) More the molar mass of gas, less will the broadening of maxwell distribution speed bell curve.
(iii) Area under curve will change on changing the sample size (changing the total number of
molecules).
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(iv) On increasing the temperature of a gaseous sample, the average translational kinetic energy of
sample will increase.
Solution: (2)
2 statements are incorrect.
i, iii
(i) Incorrect statement, it broadens out on increasing the temperature as speed choices increase on
increasing the temperature and number of molecules in a particular speed range decreases
(ii) Correct Statement, it broadens out when the molar mass of gas decreases as speed increases on
decreasing molar mass.
(iii) Area under curve tells us the fraction of molecule in max well speed distribution curve and
doesn’t change on changing sample size as total fraction is always unity. So incorrect statement.
(iv) KE is directly proportional to temperature according to K.T.G. so correct statement
Q.22 Total number of gases among below gases having Vander Waal constant b value greater than H2 is
l
ia
NH3, H2O vapours, NO, He, Ne, Cl2, C2H2, C2H5OH vapours er
Solution: (7)
Except He all have greater b values
at
Q.23 Total number of correct graphs following Boyle’s Law are: (P = Pressure, V = Volume, n = moles, T
yM
= Temperature and d = density)

ud
St
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (6)
1
(1) Wrong graph as P ∝
V
K k
So P = ⇒y=
V x
Not a straight line

k 1
(2) P= ⇒ P = k × ⇒ y = kx
V V
straight line
Correct graph
k 1
(3) P = ⇒ v = k × p ⇒ y = kx
v
straight line
Correct graph
k k k
(4) p= ⇒p=( ⇒y=
v √v)2 x2
l
ia
er
at
yM
(5) Pv = nRT
m
⇒ Pv = RT
mm
M
⇒ PMM = RT
ud
V
⇒ 𝑃 MM = d RT ← Const. ⇒ P∝d ∴ straight line
↑ ↑
St
const. const.
so correct graph
(6) PV = K
⇒ x=K
straight line ∥ to y − axis
so correct graph
(7) PV = k
⇒ y=k
straight line ∥ to x – axis
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.24 100 g of an ideal gas is kept in a cylinder of 416 L volume at 27∘ C under 1.5 bar pressure. The
molar mass of the gas is g mol−1 ⋅ (Nearest integer) (Given: R = 0.083 L bar K −1
mol−1 )
Solution: (4)
1.5 × 416 = 100/M × 0.083 × 300
𝑀 = 3.99
Q.25 An aqueous solution of glucose is 18% (w/V). The volume of solution in which 1 mol of glucose is
dissolved is _____ L .
Solution: (1)
mm of glucose = mass of 1mol = 180 g
18 g in 100 mL solution according to 18 % ω/v
therefore, 180 g in 1000 mL solution = 1L solution
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-3 (MAINS) MATHS
SINGLE CORRECT
13 +23 +33 +43 +⋯….123

Q.1 =
12 +22 +32 +42 +⋯….122
234 243 263

(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
25 35 27
Solution: (A)
𝑛2 (𝑛+1)2
∑𝑛3 4 3𝑛(𝑛 + 1)
= =
∑𝑛2 𝑛(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1) 2(2𝑛 + 1)
6
Q.2 Three numbers are in G.P. such that their sum is 38 and their product is 1728. The greatest number
among them is
l
ia
Solution: (A)
er
𝑎
at
× 𝑎 × 𝑎𝑟 = 1728 ⇒ 𝑎 = 12
𝑟
yM
𝑎
+ 𝑎 + 𝑎𝑟 = 38
𝑟
12
⇒ 𝑟
+ 12 + 12𝑟 = 38
ud
6
⇒ + 6𝑟 = 13
𝑟
St
⇒ 6𝑟 2 − 13𝑟 + 6 = 0
1 1 1
Q.3 If 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 are in A.P., then , , are in
√𝑎+√𝑏 √𝑎+√ 𝑐 √𝑏+√𝑐
(A) A.P. (B) G.P. (C) H.P. (D) None of these
Solution: (A)
1 √𝑎 − √𝑏 √𝑎 − √𝑏
= = =𝑥
√𝑎 + √𝑏 𝑎−𝑏 𝑑
1 √𝑎 − √𝑐 √𝑎 − √𝑐
= = =𝑦
√𝑎 + √𝑐 𝑎−𝑐 2𝑑
1 √𝑏 − √𝑐 √𝑏 − √𝑐
= = =𝑧
√𝑏 + √𝑐 𝑏−𝑐 𝑑
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
clearly 2𝑦 = 𝑥 + 𝑧
Q.4 The quadratic in 𝑡, such that A.M. of its roots is 𝐴 and G.M. is 𝐺, is
(A) 𝑡 2 − 2𝐴𝑡 + 𝐺 2 = 0 (B) 𝑡 2 − 2𝐴𝑡 − 𝐺 2 = 0
(C) 𝑡 2 + 2𝐴𝑡 + 𝐺 2 = 0 (D) None of these
Solution: (A)
𝛼+𝛽
= 𝐴 ⇒ 𝛼 + 𝛽 = 2𝐴
2
√𝛼𝛽 = 𝐺 ⇒ 𝛼𝛽 = 𝐺 2
QE: 𝑥 2 − (𝛼 + 𝛽)𝑥 + 𝛼𝛽 = 0
Q.5 Number of real solutions of the equation x 4 − x 2 −12 = 0 are

(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
l
ia
Solution: (C) er
substitute x 2 = t
t 2 − t − 12 = 0
at
⇒ (t − 4)(t + 3) = 0
yM
t = 4 or t = −3
x 2 = 4 or x 2 = −3
x = ±2 No real solution
ud
3 4 12
Q.6 The product √2 ⋅ √2 ⋅ √32 is equal to
St
12 12
(A) √2 (B) 2 (C) √2 (D) √32
Solution: (B)
12 12
√24 × √23 × 12√32
12
= √24+3+5
Q.7 Let U be the universal set and 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 ∪ 𝐶 = 𝑈. Then {(𝐴 − 𝐵) ∪ (𝐵 − 𝐶) ∪ (𝐶 − 𝐴)}′ is equal to
(A) 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 ∪ 𝐶 (B) 𝐴 ∪ (𝐵 ∩ 𝐶) (C) 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐶 (D) 𝐴 ∩ (𝐵 ∪ 𝐶)
Solution: (C)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 If the roots of the equation 𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 16 = 0 are 𝛼, 𝛽 and the roots of equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑝𝑥 + 𝑞 = 0
𝛼𝛽
are 𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 , , then
2
(A) 𝑝 = 1, 𝑞 = 56 (B) 𝑝 = −1, 𝑞 = 56
(C) 𝑝 = 1, 𝑞 = −56 (D) 𝑝 = −1, 𝑞 = −56
Solution: (D)
l
𝛼+𝛽 =5
𝛼𝛽 = 16
ia
er
∴ 𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 = (𝛼 + 𝛽)2 − 2𝛼𝛽
at
= −7
yM
𝛼𝛽
⇒ −𝑃 = (𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 ) +
2
𝛼𝛽
𝑞 = (𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 ) ( )
ud
Q.9 If 𝑎, 𝑏 are distinct rational numbers, the roots of the given equation 2(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 )𝑥 2 + 2(𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑥 +
St
1 = 0 will be
(A) Rational (B) Equal (C) Irrational (D) Imaginary
Solution: (D)
𝐷 = [2(𝑎 + 𝑏)]2 − 4 × 2(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 ) × 1
= −4(𝑎 − 𝑏)2 .
<0
Q.10 The interval for 𝑥 if
(𝑥 − 1)13 (2 − 𝑥)12
⩾0
(𝑥 − 3)11
(A) (−∞, 1] ∪ (3, ∞) (B) [1,3)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(C) (−∞, 1] ∪ {2} ∪ (3, ∞) (D) (1,3]
Solution: (C)
Q.11 If the degree of the dividend is 5 and the degree of the remainder is 3, then the degree of the
divisor can be
(A) 2 or 3 (B) 3 or 4 (C) 4 or 5 (D) 5 only
Solution: (C)
The degree of divisor > Degree of remainder
l
Q.12 For the series 2 × 4 + 4 × 6 + 6 × 8 + ⋯ …, the 20 th term will be
ia
er
(A) 440 (B) 5280 (C) 1680 (D) 1100
at
Solution: (C)
yM
𝑎𝑛 = (2𝑛)(2𝑛 + 2)
Q.13 If 𝑥 be real, then the maximum value of 5 + 4𝑥 − 4𝑥 2 will be equal to

(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 1 (D) 2
ud
Solution: (B)
St
−𝐷
Maximum value =
4𝑎
Q.14 If 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑 is a positive H.P. then
(A) 𝑎 + 𝑑 = 𝑏 + 𝑐 (B) 𝑎 + 𝑑 ⩾ 𝑏 + 𝑐 (C) 𝑎 + 𝑑 ≤ 𝑏 + 𝑐 (D) None of these
Solution: (B)
Am of (𝑎, 𝑐) ⩾ Hm of (𝑎, 𝑐)
𝑎+𝑐
⩾𝑏
2
&
Am of (b, d) ⩾ Hm of (b, d)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝑏+𝑑
⩾𝑐
2
𝑎+𝑐 𝑏+𝑑
⇒ + ⩾𝑏+𝑐
2 2
a+c+b+d>2(b+c)
Q.15 The adjoining figure shows the graph of 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐. Then
l
ia
(A) 𝑎 < 0 (B) 𝑏 2 < 4𝑎𝑐 (C) 𝑐 > 0 er(D) All of the above
Solution: (A)
at
Downward parabola → 𝑎 < 0
yM
Roots real → 𝐷 > 0
Cutting y-axis in Negative → 𝑐 < 0

ud
Q.16 If 𝑥 2 + 2𝑎𝑥 + 10 − 3𝑎 > 0 for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅, then

(A) −5 < 𝑎 < 2 (B) 𝑎 < −5 (C) 𝑎 > 5 (D) 2 < 𝑎 < 5
St
Solution: (A)
𝑎 > 0, 𝐷 < 0
⇒ 4𝑎2 − 4(10 − 3𝑎) < 0
⇒ 𝑎2 + 3𝑎 − 10 < 0
⇒ (𝑎 + 5)(𝑎 − 2) < 0
Q.17 If the equation 𝑎(𝑥 + 2)2 + 𝑏(𝑥 + 2) + 𝑐 = 𝑥 2 + 2 is an identity in 𝑥, find 𝑐

(A) 0 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 6
Solution: (D)
put 𝑥 = −2
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 Two numbers are respectively 20 % and 50 % more than a third number. The ratio of the two
numbers is:
(A) 2:5 (B) 3: 5 (C) 4: 5 (D) 6: 7
Solution: (C)
Let third number = 100
⟹ first number = 100 + 20
second number = 100 + 50

𝑎 3 +𝑏3 +𝑐 3
Q.19 If 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑏𝑥 2 + 𝑐𝑥 + 𝑎 = 0 have a common root 𝑎 ≠ 0, then =
𝑎𝑏𝑐

Solution: (C)
l
ia
Condition for a common root er
⇒ (𝑎𝑐 − 𝑏 2 )(𝑏𝑎 − 𝑐 2 ) = (𝑎2 − 𝑏𝑐)2
at
⇒ 𝑎2 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑎𝑐 3 − 𝑎𝑏 3 + 𝑏 2 𝑐 2 = 𝑎4 + 𝑏 2 𝑐 2 − 2𝑎2 𝑏𝑐
yM
⇒ 3𝑎2 𝑏𝑐 = 𝑎4 + 𝑎𝑏 3 + 𝑎𝑐 3
⇒ 3 𝑎𝑏𝑐 = 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3
ud
𝑥+2
Q.20 If 𝑥 is real, the expression takes all value in the interval
2𝑥 2 +3𝑥+6
1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) ( , 3) (B) [− , ] (C) (− , ) (D) None of these
St
13 13 3 3 13
Solution: (B)
𝑥+2
𝑦=
2𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + 6
⇒ 2𝑦 𝑥 2 + (3𝑦 − 1)𝑥 + 6𝑦 − 2 = 0
∵ 𝑥 is real ∴ 𝐷⩾0
⇒ (3𝑦 − 1)2 − 4 ⋅ 2𝑦 ⋅ (6𝑦 − 2) ⩾ 0
⇒ 39𝑦 2 − 10𝑦 − 1 ≤ 0
⇒ (13𝑦 + 1)(3𝑦 − 1) ≤ 0
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 If |𝑥| < 1, & the sum of the series 1 + 2𝑥 + 3𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 3 + ⋯ … … . ∞ is 25/4, then 10x will be
Solution: (6)
𝑆 = 1 + 2𝑥 + 3𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 3 + ⋯ ⋅
𝑥S = 𝑥 + 2𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 3 + ⋯ ⋯
1
(1 − 𝑥)S = 1 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 3 + ⋯ =
1−𝑥
1 25
⇒ 𝑆= =
(1 − 𝑥)2 4
l
2
ia
⇒1−𝑥 =±
5 er
3 7
⇒ 𝑥 = or
5 5
at
7
⇒ 10𝑥 = 6 (∴ > 1)
5
yM
Q.22 If the roots of the Quadratic equation x 2 − 2mx + ( m + 1) = 0 are equal for two values of m i.e. m1 &
m12 m 2 2
m2 then find + +6
ud
m 2 m1
St
Solution: (2)
D=0
⇒ 4𝑚2 − 4(𝑚 + 1) = 0
⇒ m2 − 𝑚 − 1 = 0
⇒ 𝑚1 + 𝑚2 = 1, 𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1
𝑚12 𝑚22 𝑚13 +𝑚23

∴ + =
𝑚2 𝑚1 𝑚1 𝑚 2
(𝑚1 +𝑚2 )3 −3𝑚1 𝑚2 (𝑚1 +𝑚2 )

=
𝑚1 𝑚2
1 1
Q.23 If the 7th term of a H.P. is and the 12th term is , then the inverse of the 20th term is the square
10 25
of -
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (7)
𝑎 + 6𝑑 = 10
𝑎 + 11𝑑 = 25
𝑎 = −8, 𝑑 = 3
𝑎20 = 𝑎 + 19𝑑
Q.24 The number of elements in the set {(𝑎, 𝑏): 2𝑎2 + 3𝑏 2 = 35, 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑍} where 𝑍 is the set of all
integers, is
Solution: (8)
2𝑎2 + 3𝑏 2 = 35
(𝑎, 𝑏) = (±2, ±3) or (±4, ±1)
Q.25 If the number (381_175) is completely divisible by 11, then fill the blank space with a digit number:
l
ia
Solution: (6) er
5 + 1 + 1 + 3 = 10
at
7 + 𝑥 + 8 = 15 + 𝑥
Difference = 5 + 𝑥 (Should be divisible by 11)

yM
ud
St
8
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 4 DATED 28th Aug 2022
Exam Pattern: Main
Integer Type: 5 Questions (Single digit answer between 0 – 9) (+4, -1)
l
ia
PHYSICS:
er
• Calculus and Application of calculus in kinematics and laws of motion including graphs.
at
• Newton's Laws of motion, Constrained motion, non-inertial frames of reference and pseudo force
M
About 15% of the questions will be based on previously covered topics.
CHEMISTRY:
y
ud
• Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry, Gaseous State
St
• Atomic Structure
MATHS:
• Number system, Sets, Sequence and series
• Quadratic equation, Modulus, Trigonometry upto sub-Multiple angle.
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-4 PHYSICS

SINGLE CORRECT
9ℎ
Q.1 A body is dropped from rest from a height ℎ. It covers a distance in the last second of fall. The
25
height h is:
(A) 102.5 m (B) 112.5 m (C) 122.5 m (D) 132.5 m
Solution: (C)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.2 A mass of 0.5 kg is just able to slide down the slope of an inclined rough surface when the angle of
ud
inclination is 60∘ . The minimum force necessary to pull the mass up the incline along the line of
greatest slope is (𝑔 = 10 m/s2 )
St
(A) 20.25 N (B) 8.65 N (C) 100 N (D) 1 N
Solution: (B)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.3 The displacement time graphs of two particles A and B are straight lines making angles of
respectively 30∘ and 60∘ with the time axis. If the velocity of 𝐴 is 𝑉𝐴 and that of 𝐵 is 𝑉𝐵 , then the
𝑉A
value of is
VB
(A) ½ (B) 1/√3 (C) √3 (D) 1/3
Solution: (D)
l
ia
Q.4 The displacement of a body at any time 𝑡 after starting is given by s = 15t − 0.4t 2 . The velocity of
the body will be 7 ms −1 after time.
er
(A) 20 s (B) 15 s (C) 10 s (D) 5 s
at
Solution: (C)
yM
ud
St
Q.5 The acceleration-time graph of a particle moving on a straight line is a shown in figure. The velocity
of the particle at time 𝑡 = 0 is 2 m/s. The velocity after 2 seconds will be:
(A) 6 m/s (B) 4 m/s (C) 2 m/s (D) 8 m/s
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (A)
Q.6 If 𝑎 = (3𝑡 2 + 2𝑡 + 1)m/s 2 is the expression according to which the acceleration of a particle varies
moving along a straight line. Then.
The expression for instantaneous velocity at any time ' 𝑡 ' will be (if the particle was initially at rest)-
(A) 𝑡 3 + 2𝑡 + 1 (B) 𝑡 3 + 𝑡 + 1
l
(C) 𝑡 3 + 𝑡 2 + 𝑡 (D) 𝑡 3 + 𝑡 2 + 𝑡 + 𝐶
ia
Solution: (C)
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.7 For motion of an object along x-axis, the velocity 𝑣 depends on the displacement x as v = 3x 2 − 2x,
then what is the acceleration at x = 2 m.
(A) 48 ms−2 (B) 80 ms −2 (C) 18 ms−2 (D) 10 ms−2
Solution: (B)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 The figure shows mass 𝑚 moves with velocity 𝑢. Find the velocity of ring at that moment. Ring is
restricted to move on smooth rod.
u 3u
(A) 3u (B) (C) 2u (D)
2 2
Solution: (C)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.9 A block is kept inside a box is accelerating with −3𝚤ˆ + 4𝚥ˆ m/s 2 . While the box moves with uniform
velocity of 2iˆ . Find the value of 'Pseudo force' on block with respect to box
ud
St
(A) 6𝚤ˆ − 8𝚥ˆ (B) −6𝚤ˆ + 8𝚥ˆ (C) Zero (D) 4𝚤ˆ
Solution: (C)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.10 A rod of mass 2m moves vertically downward on the surface of wedge of mass as shown in figure.
Find the relation between velocity of rod (u) and velocity of wedge(v) at any instant.
(A) 𝑢 = 𝑉 sin 𝜃 (B) 𝑉 = 𝑢 sin 𝜃 (C) 𝑢 = 𝑣 tan 𝜃 (D) 𝑈 = 𝑣 cot 𝜃
Solution: (C)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.11 The velocity-time curve of a body is shown in figure. The average speed of the body in first seven
St
second is
11 1 19 1
(A) 1ms 1 (B) 2 ms 1 (C) ms (D) ms
7 7
Solution: (D)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.12 A particle, starting at rest at t = 0, experiences a non-constant acceleration a x  t  . It’s change of

position can be found by:
l
ia
(A) Differentiating a x  t  twice with respect to time er
(B) Integrating a x  t  twice with respect to time
at
(C)
1
a x  t  t 2
yM
(D) None of these

ud
Solution: (B)
St
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.13 Two masses m and 2 m are joined to each other by means of a frictionless pulley as shown in Fig.
When the mass 2 m is released, the mass m will ascend with an acceleration of
(A) g/3 (B) g/2 (C) g (D) 2g
l
Solution: (A)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.14 A horizontal force of 300 N pulls two blocks of masses m1 = 10 kg and m2 = 20 kg which are
connected by a light inextensible string and lying on a horizontal frictionless surface. What is the
tension in the string?
St
(A) 100 N (B) 200 N (C) 300 N (D) Zero
Solution: (A)
The tension in the string is
T  m1a  10 10  100N
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.15 The acceleration of m w.r.t. wedge is
(A)  g  a  sin  (B)  g  a  sin  (C)  g  a  cos  (D)  g  a  cos 
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.16 Normal force on block
(A) mg cos  (B) mg cos   ma
(C) ma sin   mgcos  (D) ma cos   mgcos 
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (D)
Q.17 A motor car covers 1/3rd part of total distance with v1 = 10 km/hr, second 1/3rd part with 𝑣2 =
20 km/hr and rest 1/3rd part with v3 = 60 km/hr. What is the average speed of the car?
(A) 18 km/hr (B) 45 km/hr (C) 6 km/hr (D) 22.5 km/hr
Solution: (A)
Q.18 Find the minimum value of y  5x 2  2x  1
3 4 7
(A) (B) (C) (D) 1
4 5 4
l
Solution: (B)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.19 A particle is travelling with velocity of 2 m/s and moves in a straight line with a retardation of 0.1
St
m/s2 . The time at which the particle is 15 m from the starting point is :
(A) 10 s (B) 20 s (C) 25 s (D) 40 s
Solution: (A)
1 1
S = ut + at 2 : 15 = 2t + ⋅ (−0.1)t 2
2 2
⇒ 20 × 15 = 40𝑡 − 𝑡 2 or 𝑡 2 − 40𝑡 + 300 = 0
(𝑡 − 30)(𝑡 − 10) = 0; 𝑡 = 30 s
Or 𝑡 = 10𝑠
The particle is at a distance 15 m from starting point at 𝑡 = 10 s and also 𝑡 = 30 s
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.20 Find magnitude of friction force of the block
(A) 30 (B) 32 (C) 28 (D) 50
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
INTEGER TYPE
St
Q.21 The V-S graph for an aeroplane travelling on a straight runway is shown. The acceleration of the
plane at S = 50 m is
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (8)
Q.22 Consider the shown arrangement the coefficient of friction between the two blocks is 0.5. There is no
friction between 4 kg block and horizontal surface. If a horizontal force of 12 N is applied on 2 kg
block as shown in figure. acceleration of 4 kg block would be: [g = 10 m/s 2 ]
l
ia
er
at
Solution: (2)
yM
ud
St
x
Q.23 Velocities of blocks A, B and pulley P2 are shown in figure. If velocity of C is x then find .
5
Solution: (5)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝑥 𝑉0
Q.24 Block B moves to the right with a constant velocity𝑣0 . The velocity of block 𝐴 is 4
. Find 𝑥.
l
ia
Solution: (6)
er
at
yM
ud
Q.25 Block 𝐴 is given an acceleration 12 ms −2 towards left as shown in Figure. Assume block B always
St
remains horizontal.
If mass of 𝐵 is 4 kg then net force on 𝐵 is.

Solution: (8)
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-4 CHEMISTRY
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 S1 : Bohr model is applicable for He2+ ion.

ℎ
S2 : As per Bohr model , linear momentum of an e- is integral multiple of .
2𝜋
1
S3 : Specific charge ratio of proton to alpha particle is .
2
e
S4 ∶ ratio of cathode ray experiment, depends on the nature of the gas.
m
(A) T T F T (B) T T T T (C) F F T F (D) F F F F
Solution: (D)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.2 Heating of a solution does not change

(A) the %V/V of the solution (B) the molarity of the solution
ud
(C) the molality of the solution (D) the density of the solution
St
Solution: (C)
MOLALTTY 
 independent of volume.
Q.3 The energy of an electron in the first Bohr orbit is −13.6 eV. The energy of Be3+ in the first excited
state is
(A) −30.6 eV (B) −40.8 eV (C) −54.4 eV (D) +40.8 eV
Solution: (C)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.4 As an electron jumps from the fourth orbit to the second orbit in Be3+ ion, its
(A) K.E. decreases (B) speed decreases
(C) frequency of revolution decreases (D) P.E. decreases
Solution: (D)
Q.5 Which of the following is incorrect for Rutherford’s  – particle scattering experiment -
(A) Most of the space in the atom is empty
l
ia
(B) The radius of the atom is about 10−10 m while that of nucleus is 10−15 m
er
(C) Electrons move in a circular path of fixed energy called orbits
(D) Electrons and the nucleus are held together by electrostatic forces of attraction.
at
Solution: (C)
yM
ud
St
Q.6 5 moles of A, 6 moles of B and excess amount of C are mixed to produce a final product D, according
to the reactions:
A+2B →E
E+C→B+D
What is the maximum moles of D. which can be produced assuming that the products formed can
also be reused in the reactions?
(A) 3 moles (B) 4.5 moles (C) 5 moles (D) 6 moles
Solution: (C)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.7 Of the following sets which one does not contain isoelectronic species?
(A) BO3− 2− −
3 , CO3 , NO3 (B) SO2− 2− −
3 , CO3 , NO3
(C) CN − , N2 , C22− (D) PO3− 2− −

4 , SO4 , ClO4
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
A particle X moving with a certain velocity has a debroglie wave length of 1 A∘ . If particle Y has a
at
Q.8
mass of 25% that of X and velocity 75% that of X, debroglies wave length of 𝑌 will be :-
yM
(A) 3 A∘ (B) 5.33 A∘ (C) 6.88 A∘ (D) 48 A∘
Solution: (B)
ud
St
Q.9 Last line of Lyman series for H-atom has wavelength 𝜆1 Å, 2nd line of Balmer series has wavelength
𝜆2 Å then
16 9 16 3 4 1 16 3
(A) = (B) = (C) = (D) =
𝜆1 𝜆2 𝜆2 𝜆1 𝜆1 𝜆2 𝜆1 𝜆2
Solution: (B)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝑥
Q.10 An electron in an atom jumps in such a way that kinetic energy changes from 𝑥 to . The change in
4
potential energy will be:

3 3 3 3
(A) + 𝑥 (B) − 𝑥 (C) + 𝑥 (D) − 𝑥
2 8 4 4
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.11 The ionization energy of hydrogen atom in the ground state is 𝑥 kJ. The energy required for an
electron to jump from 2nd orbit to 3rd orbit in Be3+ is
5𝑥 20 x
(A) (B) 5 x (C) 7.2 x (D)
ud
36 9
Solution: (D)
St
6.62
Q.12 An electron having velocity 2 × 106 m/s has uncertainity in kinetic energy is × 10−21 J, then
𝜋
calculate the uncertainity in position (in Angstrom, Å) of the electron.
[Given: h = 6.62 × 10−34 J − sec]
(A) 1000 (B) 200 (C) 250 (D) 500
Solution: (D)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.13 The graph between |ψ|2 and 𝑟(radical distance) is shown below. This represents:
l
ia
er
at
(A) 2𝑠 orbital (B) 2𝑝 orbital (C) 3s orbital (D) 1s orbital
yM
Solution: (A)
It is clear from the graph it has one node and starting from maximum i.e. 2 s orbital.
ud
Q.14 Two electrons occupying the same orbital are distinguished by

St
(A) Principal quantum number (B) Magnetic quantum number

(C) Azimuthal quantum number (D) Spin quantum number
Solution: (D)
Q.15 The graphical representation of energy of e− and atomic number is :-
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (D)
Q.16 The number of d-electrons in Fe2+ (𝑍 = 26) is not equal to the number of electrons in which one of
the following ?
A) p-electrons in Cl(Z = 17) (B) d-electrons in Fe(Z = 26)
l
(C) p-electrons in Ne(𝑍 = 10) (D) s-electrons in Mg(𝑍 = 12)
ia
er
Solution: (A)
at
yM
ud
Q.17 Which is the correct order of increasing energy of the listed orbitals in the atom of titanium?
St
(At. no. 𝑍 = 22 )
(A) 3s 3p 3d 4s (B) 3s 3p 4s 3d (C) 3s 4s 3p 3d (D) 4s 3s 3p 3d
Solution: (B)
Q.18 A balloon filled with H2 is pricked with a sharp point and quickly dropped in a tank of C2 H2 gas
under identical conditions. After a while the balloon will have : (assume non reacting mixture)
(A) Enlarged (B) Remained unchanged in size
(C) Shrunk (D) None of these
Solution: (C)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 Which gas can be easily liquefied?

given 'a' for NH3 = 4.17, CO2 = 3.59, SO2 = 6.71, Cl2 = 6.49
(A) NH3 (B) Cl2 (C) SO2 (D) CO2
Solution: (C)
l
Q.20 A certain mass of a gas occupies a volume of 2 litres at STP. Keeping the pressure constant at what
temperature would the gas occupy a volume of 4 litres-
ia
er
(A) 546∘ C (B) 273∘ C (C) 100∘ C (D) 50∘ C
at
Solution: (B)
yM
ud
St
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 The figure shows a sample of H-atoms having electron revolving in higher orbit ' 𝑛 '.
If this electron makes transition from this orbit 'n' to ground state, Number of paschen lines emitted
are
Solution: (3)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.22 A volume of 10 ml of gaseous C4 HX exactly requires 55 ml O2 for complete combustion. The value
of ' x ' is
Solution: (6)
l
ia
er
Q.23 The work function 𝜙 of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show
photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is :-
at
yM
Metal Li Na K Mg Cu Ag Fe Pt W
 (eV) 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 4.8 4.3 4.7 6.3 4.75
Solution: (4)
ud
St
Q.24 The eyes of certain member of the reptile family pass single visual signal to the brain when the visual
receptors are struck by photons of wavelength 662 nm. If a total energy of 3.0 × 10−14 J is required
to trip the signal, the minimum number of photons that must strike the receptor is 10𝑥 . find 𝑥(ℎ =
6.62 × 10−34 J × s)
Solution: (5)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.25 Most probable speed of a gas at 150 K is equal to the root mean square speed of O2 gas at 400 K.
Molecular mass of the gas in g/mol is:
Solution: (8)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-4 MATHS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Let ,  be the roots of the equation x 2  ax  b  0 and A n   n  n . Then A n 1  aA n  bA n 1 is

equal to
(A) – a (B) b (C) 0 (D) a – b
Solution : (C)
aAn − bAn−1 = (α + β)(αn + βn ) − αβ(αn−1 + βn−1 )

Q.2 2  2  2cos 4 , 0   
4
(A) cos  (B) sin  (C) 2cos  (D) 2sin 
l
ia
Solution : (C) er
π
t = √2 + √2 + 2cos⁡4θ⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡θ ∈ (0, )
4
at
t  2  2 1  cos 4 
yM
t  2  2  2 cos 2 2
t  2  2 cos 2
ud
 
2   0, 
 2
St
t  2  2 cos 2
t  2 1  cos 2 
t  2  2 cos 2 
t  2 cos 
   
t  2 cos      0,  
  4 
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.3 In the given figure vertices of ABC lie on y  f  x   ax 2  bx  c . The ABC is right angled
isosceles triangle whose hypotenuse AC  4 2 units.
Number of integral values of K for which one root of f(x) = 0 is more than K and other less than K
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
Solution : (B)
4√2
AC = 4√2; ⁡AB = BC = = 4, OB = √42 − (2√2)2 = 2√2
√2
l
ia
A = (−2√2, 0), ⁡B = (2√2, 0), ⁡C = (0, −2√2) ∵ y = ax 2 + bx + c passes through A, B and C
er
x2
we get y = 2√2 − 2√2
at
x2
− 2√2 = 0 or x = ±2√2 ∴ Number of integral values of K for which K lies in (−2√2, 2√2)
2√2
yM
Q.4 If the equations ax 2  bx  c  0 and x3  3x2  3x  2  0 have two common roots, then (where a, b,
c are real numbers)
ud
(A) a  2b  c (B) a  b  c (C) b2  4ac (D) None of these

St
Solution : (B)
Given, ax 2 + bx + c = 0
and x 3 + 3x 2 + 3x + 2 = 0
⇒ (x + 2)(x 2 + x + 1) = 0
Eqs. (i) and (ii) have two common roots
i.e. ax 2 + bx + c = 0 is identical to
x2 + x + 1 = 0
i.e. a=b=c
Q.5 If roots of equation x3 12x 2  39x  28  0 are in AP. Then, their common difference is
(A)  3 (B) 1 (C)  2 (D) None of these
Solution : (A)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Given, x 3 − 12x 2 + 39x − 28 = 0
roots are in AP, then let roots are (α − d), α, (α + d).
   d        d   12
α=4
(α − d) ⋅ α ⋅ (α + d) = 28
16 − d2 = 7 ⇒ d2 = 9
d⁡ = ±3
Q.6 The number of integer values of  for which the inequality x 2  2  4 1 x  152  2  7 is true
for every x  R , is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Solution : (B)
l
If x 2 − 2(4α − 1)x + 15α2 > 2α + 7, ∀x ∈ R
⇒ −[
4(4α−1)2 −60α2
] > 2α + 7
ia
er
4
2
⇒ α − 6α + 8 < 0
at
⇒ α ∈ (2,4)
⇒ α=3
yM
ud
Only one value of α which is integral in (2,4).

St
Q.7 If A  , ,  , then the power set of A is
(A) ,  ,  , ,  

(B) ,  , ,  , , ,  

(C) ,  , ,  , , ,   (D)  ,,  ,,, 
Solution : (B)
Concept:
Power set: Let A be a non-empty set. Then, P(A) = {B ∣ B ⊆ A} is called as the power set of A.
For any non-empty set A with n(A) = x. Then the total no. of subsets of set A is given by: 2x .
i.e n(P(A)) = 2x
Calculation:
Given: A = {λ, {λ, μ}}
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Subsets of 𝐀 are: {λ}, {{λ, μ}}, {λ, {λ, μ}}, φ
Power set of A, P(A) = {φ, {λ}, {{λ, μ}}, {λ, {λ, μ}}}
Q.8 If sin x  sin 2 x  1, then cos8 x  2cos6 x  cos4 x is equal to

(A) – 1 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) 2
Solution : (C)
∵ sin⁡x + sin2 ⁡x = 1 ⇒ sin⁡x = 1 − sin2 ⁡x
⇒ sin2 ⁡x = cos4 ⁡x ⇒ 1 − cos2 ⁡x = cos 4 ⁡x
⇒ cos4 ⁡x + cos2 ⁡x = 1
Squaring both sides,
then cos8 ⁡x + cos4 ⁡x + 2cos6 ⁡x = 1
Hence, cos8 ⁡x + 2cos 6 ⁡x + cos4 ⁡x = 1
l
Q.9 If 0     / 6 and sin   cos   7 / 2 , then tan   / 2  is equal to
ia
er
7 2 7 2 7
at
3 3 3
Solution : (A)
yM
π
∵0<α<
6
α π
⇒0< < (in first quadrant),
2 12
ud
then tan⁡α/2 is always positive

√7
St
∵ sin⁡α + cos⁡α =
2
α α
2tan⁡
2
1 − tan2 ⁡ √7
2
⇒ α + α =
1+ tan2 ⁡ 1+ tan2 ⁡ 2
2 2
α α α
⇒ 2 (2tan⁡ + 1 − tan2 ⁡ ) = √7 (1 + tan2 ⁡ )
2 2 2
α α
⇒ (√7 + 2)tan2 ⁡ − 4tan⁡ + (√7 − 2) = 0
2 2
α 4 ± √16 − 4(√7 + 2)(√7 − 2)

∴ tan⁡ =
2 2(√7 + 2)
4 ± √16 − 12 4±2 2±1
= = =
2(√7 + 2) 2(√7 + 2) (√7 + 2)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1 3 √7−2
= or = 3
or √7 − 2
√7+2 √7+2
√7−2 α π
Hence, tan⁡(α/2) = 3
(∵ 0<( )< )
2 12
sin 2A
Q.10
1  cos 2A
(A) cot A (B) cos A (C) tan A (D) sec A
Solution : (A)
4 5 
Q.11 Let cos       and let sin       , where 0  ,   , then tan 2 
5 13 4
56 19 20 25
(A) (B) (C) (D)
33 12 7 16
l
Solution : (A)
cos⁡(α + β) =
4
⁡ ⇒ tan⁡(α + β) =
3
ia
5 4
er
5 5
sin⁡(α − β) = ⁡ ⇒ tan⁡(α − β) =
at
13 12
3 5
yM
+ 56
4 12
tan⁡2α = tan⁡(α + β + α − β) = 3 5 =
1− 33
4 12
ud
24
Q.12 If sin   and  lies in the second quadrant, then sec   tan  
25
St
(A) – 3 (B) – 5 (C) – 7 (D) – 9

Solution : (C)
24 −7 −24
sin⁡𝜃 = ⇒ cos⁡𝜃 = , tan⁡𝜃 =
25 25 7
−25 −24
sec⁡𝜃 + tan⁡𝜃 = + = −7
7 7
Q.13 If x 2  12x  32  x 2  9x  20  0 . Then find the value of x.
(A) x = 5 (B) x = 4 (C) x = 8 (D) x = 3

Solution : (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Given |x 2 − 12x + 32| + |x 2 − 9x + 20| = 0
Every modulus function is a non-negative function and if two non-negative functions add up to get
zero then individual function itself equal to zero simultaneously.
x 2 − 12x + 32 for x = 4 or 8
x 2 − 9x + 20 for x = 4 or 5
Both the equations are zero at x = 4
So, x = 4 is the only solution for this equation.
Q.14 If a tan   b , then a cos 2  bsin 2 

(A) a (B) b (C) – a (D) – b
Solution : (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.15 The value of

  
sin 180   cot 90     sin 2
 is
sec   
(A) – 1 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) – 2

Solution : (B)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
 sin  tan 
 sin 2 
sec 
 sin 2 
  sin 2 
cos  sec 
0
Q.16 The value of tan1 tan 2 tan 3 ......tan87 tan88 tan89 is

(A) 0 (B) – 1 (C) 1 (D) 1/2
Solution : (C)
tan 1∘ tan 2∘ tan 3∘ … … . . tan⁡87∘ tan⁡88∘ tan⁡89∘
∵ tan⁡θ = cot⁡(90 − θ)
tan 1∘ tan 2∘ tan 3∘ … … … cot 3∘ cot 2∘ cot 1∘
=1
tan A cot A
Q.17 The expression  can be written as :
l
1  cot A 1  tan A
(A) sin A cos A + 1
ia
(B) sec A cosec A + 1
er
(C) tan A + cot A (D) sec A + cosec A
at
Solution : (B)
tan2 ⁡ A 1 1 1
yM
2
Exp. ⁡= + = [tan ⁡ A − ]
tan⁡A − 1 tan⁡A − tan2 ⁡ A tan⁡A − 1 tan⁡A
tan2 ⁡ A + tan⁡A + 1
⁡= = tan⁡A + cot⁡A + 1
tan⁡A
⁡= sec⁡A ⋅ cosec⁡A + 1
ud
St
 15   14 
Q.18 The value of cot    cos   is
 4   3 
(A) 1 (B) 1/2 (C) – 1/2 (D) – 1
Solution : (B)
−15π 14π
cot ( ) + cos ( )
4 3
15π 2π
− cot ( ) + cos (4π + )
4 3
π 2π
− cot (4π − ) + cos ( )⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡(∵ cos(2nπ + θ) = cos θ n  I )
4 3
π 2π
cot + cos ⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡(∵ cot(2nπ − θ) = − cot θ , n  I )
4 3
1 1
= 1 + (− ) =
2 2
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 The number of real solutions of equation x 2  3 x  2  0 is :
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 1 (D) 3

Solution : (B)
Given equation is x 2 − 3|x| + 2 = 0
We can write this as
⁡|x|2 − 3|x| + 2 = 0
⁡⇒ |x|2 − |x| − 2|x| + 2 = 0
⁡⇒ |x|(|x| − 1) − 2(|x| − 1) = 0
⁡⇒ (|x| − 1)(|x| − 2) = 0
This is possible if, atleast one of the two factors is zero, i.e.
⁡|x| − 1 = 0 or |x| − 2 = 0
⁡⇒ |x| = 1 or |x| = 2
⁡⇒ x = ±1 or x = ±2
l
Clearly, we can see that there is four distinct value of x.
ia
er
Q.20 The equation x  2  2 has :
at
(A) Unique solution (B) Two solutions (C) Many solutions (D) No solution
yM
Solution : (D)
Since the modulus function 'II' always returns a positive value or 0 , its not possible to have −2 as
the value of modulus of any expression.
ud
Hence, |x + 2| = −2 has no solution.

St
INTEGER TYPE
1 1 1
3 9 27
Q.21 The value of 9 9 9 ........ is :
Solution : (3)
1 1 1
Let us consider the infinite series + + + ⋯ ∞.
3 9 27
1
1 1
Here, a = and r = 9
1 = .
3 3
3
1 1
a 1
∴ S∞ =
1−r
= 3
1 = 3
2 = .
1− 2
3 3
1 1 1
Now, let P = 93 99 927 … ∞.
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1 1 1 1
∴ P = 93+9+27+⋯∞ = 92 = √9 = 3.
Q.22 Find the number of digits in the sum of all integral values of a in [1, 100] for which the equation
 15 
x 2   a  5 x   a    0 has at least one root greater than zero.
 4
Solution : (4)
Given equation,
15
x 2 − (a − 5)x + (a − )=0 … (i)
4
If one root of Eq. (i) greater than zero. Then,

(1) D ≥ 0
(2) a ∙ f(0) < 0
From condition (1), we have
l
D≥0
⇒ (a − 5)2 − 4 (a −
15
)≥0
ia
4
er
⇒ (a2 + 25 − 10a) − 4a + 15 ≥ 0
at
⇒ a2 + 25 − 10a − 4a + 15 ≥ 0
yM
⇒ a2 − 14a + 40 ≥ 0
⇒ (a − 10)(a − 4) ≥ 0
Equating all factors to zero, we get
ud
a = 4, 10
St
… (ii)
a ⋅ f(0) < 0
15
⇒ a− <0
4
15
⇒ a<
4
⇒ a < 3.75 … (iii)

Combining Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
15
a ∈ (−∞, )
4
… (iv)
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Now, if both roots of Eq. (i) are greater than zero, then
(1) a∙ f(0) > 0
(2) D ≥ 0
From condition (1), we got
15 15
a− >0⇒a>
4 4
15
⇒ a ∈ ( , ∞) … (v)
4

D≥0
(a − 10)(a − 4) ≥ 0
⇒ a ∈ (−∞, 4] ∪ [10, ∞) … (vi)
Combining Eqs. (v) and (vi), we get [From Eqn. (vi)]
a ∈ [10, ∞) … (vii)
l
ia
Hence, if at least one root of Eq. (i) is greater than zero, then (iv) and (vii) hold good.
15
a ∈ (−∞, ) ∪ [10, ∞)
i.e.
er
4
So, the integral values of a in the interval [1,100] are

at
1,2,3,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18, .., 100.
yM
∴ Sum of all integral values of 'a'

= (1 + 2 + 3) + (10 + 11 + 12 + 13 + ⋯ + 100)
= 6 + {(1 + 2 + 3 + ⋯ + 100) − (1 + 2 + 3 + ⋯ + 9)}
ud
100 × 101 9 × 10
=6+ − = 6 + 5050 − 45 = 5011
2 2
St
Number of digits in 5011 is 4.
Q.23 The value of 3 cos ec20  sec 20 is equal to

Solution : (4)
√3cosec⁡20∘ − sec⁡20∘
= tan⁡60∘ cosec⁡20∘ − sec⁡20∘
sin⁡60∘ cos⁡20∘ − cos⁡60∘ sin⁡20∘
=
cos⁡60∘ sin⁡20∘ cos⁡20∘
sin⁡40∘ 2sin⁡20∘ cos⁡20∘
= = =4
cos⁡60∘ sin⁡20∘ cos⁡20∘ 1 sin⁡20∘ cos⁡20∘
2
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
 3   x
Q.24 If x   ,  , then 4cos2     4sin 4 x  sin 2 2x is always equal to
 2  4 2
Solution: (2)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
b
If the equation x3  ax2  bx  216  0 has three real roots in G.P., then
St
Q.25 is equal to _____

a
Solution : (6)
α
roots are , α, αr ⇒ α3 = −216
r
1 1 b b 3 b
Also, α2 (1 + r + ) = b and α (1 + r + ) = −a ⇒ α = − ⇒ α3 = − ( ) ⇒ = 6
r r a a a
11
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 5 DATED 25th Sep 2022
Exam Pattern: Advanced
Multiple Correct: 6 Questions (+4,-2)
Integer Type: 6 Questions (+4, 0) (Single digit answer between 0 – 9)
l
ia
PHYSICS:
er
 2D Kinematics – Projectile Motion, Relative 1D and 2D Motion
at
 Vectors – Dot product and Cross product
M
15% of the questions will be asked from the previous topics
CHEMISTRY:
y
ud
 Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry, Gaseous State, Atomic Structure
St
 Periodic Classification of Elements, Chemical Bonding (Part 1)
MATHS:
 Number System, Sets, Sequence and Series
 Quadratic Equation, Modulus, Trigonometry, Trigonometric Equations, Logarithms
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-5 (ADV) PHYSICS PAPER
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 A particle is ejected from the tube at A with a velocity V at an angle  with the vertical y-axis at a
height h above the ground as shown. A strong horizontal wind gives the particle a constant horizontal
acceleration a in the positive x-direction. If the particle strikes the ground at a point directly under its
released position and the downward y-acceleration is taken as g then find h.
l
ia
er
at
yM
2V2 sin  cos  2V2 sin  cos 

(A) h  (B) h 
ud
a g
2V 2  a  2V2  g 
(C) h  sin  cos   sin  (D) h  sin  cos   sin 
St
g  g  a  a 
Solution : (D)
Since - displacement is zero
[ ]
Q.2 A 400 m wide river is flowing at a rate of 2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing with a velocity of 10 m/s with
respect to the water, in a direction perpendicular to the river. Find the time taken by the boat to reach
the opposite bank.
(A) 20 sec. (B) 10 sec. (C) 40 sec. (D) 200 sec.
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (C)
time taken to cross the river Ans.
Q.3 A standing man, observes rain falling with velocity of 20 m/s at an angle of 30 with the vertical.
Find the velocity with which the man should move so that rain appears to fall vertically to him.
(A) 10 m/s (B) 20 m/s (C) 10 3 m/s (D) 20 m/s

Solution : (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
(i) ⃗ ˆ (let)
⃗ ˆ √ ˆ
ud
⃗ ˆ √ ˆ
St
(for vertical fall, horizontal component must be zero)

or Ans.
Q.4 Two particles A and B are moving with uniform velocity as shown in the figure given below at t = 0.
The shortest distance between A & B will be
(A) 2 5m (B) 4 5m (C) 8 5m (D) 5m
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (B)
l
ia
Solving from the frame of er
we get
again
at
yM
√
√
Q.5 If a charge q, moves in a magnetic field B with a velocity V , then magnetic force acting on it is
ud
 
F  q V  B . If the value of charge q  2 106 coulomb, velocity is V  2i  3j and magnetic field
St
B  5j  4k , the magnetic force acting on the particle will be :

(A) 2 106 12i  8j  10k  
(B) 2 106 12i  8j 10k 
(C) 2 106 12i  8j 10k  (D) 2 106  12i  8j 10k 
Solution : (A)
⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
⃗ ˆ ˆ ˆ
⃗ ˆ ˆ ˆ
Q.6 Find the angle between two vectors A  2i  j  k and B  i  j in degree
(A) 30 (B) 37 (C) 45 (D) 60

Solution : (A)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
⃗ ⃗ √
√ √ √ √
MULTIPLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.7 Find a vector of magnitude 9, which is perpendicular to both the vectors 4i  j  3k and 2i  j  2k .
(A) 3i  6j  6k (B) 3i  6j  6k (C) 3i  6j  6k (D) 3i  6j  6k

Solution : (AB)
Let ⃗ ˆ ˆ ˆ and ⃗ ˆ ˆ ˆ . Then,
ˆ ˆ ˆ
⃗ ⃗ | |
l
ˆ ˆ ˆ
ˆ ˆ ˆ
ia
er
⃗ ⃗ √
at
⃗ ⃗
( )
⃗ ⃗
yM
ˆ ˆ ˆ
( ˆ ˆ ˆ) or ˆ ˆ ˆ
ud
Q.8 A  i  j  k, B  i  k . Then :
(A) A  B  i  2j  k (B) A  B  i  2j  k
St
(C) A  B  i  k (D) Angle between A  B and A is 90

Solution : (AD)
Q.9 Choose the correct option(s)

(A) In projectile motion on incline plane, velocity of projectile along the inclined remains constant.
(B) Friction opposes relative motion at the point of contact wherever it acts.
(C) In straight line motion magnitude of displacement is always equal to distance travelled.
(D) With respect to a stationary observer velocity of rain cannot be horizontal.
Solution : (BD)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.10 A ball is projected (ground to ground projection) with initial velocity ( 8i  6j ) m/sec then, choose

correct options : g  10m / sec2 
(A) Minimum speed of particle is 8 m/sec
(B) Time of flight is 1.2 sec
(C) After 0.6 sec. from initial position velocity is 8i m/sec

(D) Particle hits the ground with speed of 10 m/sec.
Solution : (ABCD)
at
l
ia
̂ er
√
at
Q.11 Two particles A and B are projected simultaneously in the direction as shown with velocities VA =
20 m/s and VB = 10 m/s respectively. They collide in air after 0.5 seconds, then
yM
ud
St
(A) The angle  is 60 (B) x  5 3 m
(C)   30 (D) x  15 3 m

Solution : (BC)
Relative velocity of B w.r.t. A along vertical direction should be zero.
and √
Q.12 A train is moving with 20 m/s on horizontal rail tracks. A man (A) is standing inside a compartment
of the train. He throws a stone with speed 20 m/s in vertically upward direction with respect to
himself. At the same instant the train also develops a constant horizontal acceleration of magnitude
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
10 m/s2 along the direction of its velocity. A boy (B) is standing on the ground and also observes the
motion of the stone. The path of the stone (g = 10 m/s2)
(A) As seen by the man (A) who throws the stone is parabola.
(B) As seen by the man (A) who throws the stone is straight line.
(C) As seen by the boy (B) is parabola.
(D) As seen by the boy (B) is straight line.
Solution : (AC)
Relative to the person in the train, acceleration of the stone is ' ' downward, a (acceleration of train)
backwards.
According to him
The velocity of stone is vertically upwards whereas its acceleration is √ at angle of from
downward vertical. Hence the man (A) oberseves that the path is parabola.
√ at angle
l
According to boy the velocity of stone is from the horizotnal but the acceleration
ia
is downward. Hence the path is parabola. er
INTEGER TYPE
at
TA
Q.13 If tension in string A and string B are TA and TB then find out (assume that strings are light and
TB
yM
g = 10 m/s2) :
ud
St
Solution : (1)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1
Q.14 The speed at the maximum height of a projectile is rd of its initial speed u. If its range on the
3
n 2u 2
horizontal plane is then value of n is
9g
Solution : (4)
At maximum height
√ √
Q.15 A particle is projected at 15 m/s perpendicular to the incline (see fig). If the particle hits the incline at
?  g  10m / s2  .
R
a distance R (in meter) from the point of projection then find the value of
5
l
ia
er
at
yM
Solution : (6)
ud
For motion to incline

…()
St
for motion along the incline

…( )
Solving (i) & (ii)
We get
Q.16 Two blocks of same mass are kept on a horizontal rough surface as shown in the figure. Coefficient
of friction between the blocks and surface is 0.1. A force of 16 N is applied on one block as shown in
figure. Find the tension (in Newton) in the string.
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (8)
As per the value of limiting friction between the blocks and the surface the system moves to the right
and the friction is kinetic.
Q.17 
If the area of parallelogram whose diagonals are represented by 3i  j  k and i  j  k is N 2   
l
then value of N is.
Solution : (2)
ia
er
⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗
at
⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
⃗ ⃗ ⃗ ⃗
yM
ud
⃗ ⃗ ˆ ˆ ˆ
St
⃗ ⃗ | |
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
Area ‾ ‾ √
Q.18 A stone is thrown vertically upward with an initial speed u from the top of a tower, reaches the
nu 2
ground with a speed 3u. The height of the tower is . Find n.
g
Solution : (4)
I method - Let downward direction is taken as +ve. initial vel is (say)
From the equation; as we get
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-5 (ADV) CHEMISTRY PAPER
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) Electron gain enthalpy must be positive for all elements.
(B) Second electron gain enthalpy for an element can be positive or negative.
(C) Successive ionization enthalpies for an element are always increasing.
(D) As electrons are removed from element its radius increases.
Solution: (C)
(A) Electron gain enthalpy is mostly negative for elements as energy is released when electron
becomes a part of atom due to the attractive force of nucleus which decreases the potential
energy of system.
(B) Second electron gain enthalpy is always positive as energy is always required to add second
l
ia
electron as it faces repulsion from already negatively charged anion.
er
(C) It is correct as Zeff increases as we take out electron which makes it difficult of subsequent
electron to go out.
at
(D) More the positive charge more is Zeff and more is size contraction.
yM
Q.2 In which of the following arrangements, the order is NOT according to the property indicated below?
(A) Al3+ < Mg 2+ < Na+ < F − - increasing ionic size
(B) B < C < N < O - increasing first ionization enthalpy
ud
(C) I < Br < F < Cl - increasing electron gain enthalpy (with negative sign)
(D) Li < Na < K < Rb - increasing metallic radius
St
Solution: (B)
As we move from left to right across a period, ionisation enthalpy increases with increasing atomic
number.
So the order of increasing ionisation enthalpy should be 𝐵 < 𝐶 < 𝑁 < 𝑂.
But 𝑁(1𝑠 2 2𝑠 2 2𝑝3 ) has a stable half filled electronic configuration.
So, ionization enthalpy of nitrogen is greater than oxygen. So, the correct order of increasing first
ionization enthalpy is 𝐵 < 𝐶 < 𝑂 < 𝑁.
Q.3 AlCl3 is covalent while AlF3 is ionic. This fact can be justified on the basis of
(A) Valence bond theory (B) Crystal structure
(C) Hydration Energy (D) Fajan rules
Solution: (D)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Use Fajan's Rule: It says a covalency is introduced in a bond due to polarization of anion by cation.
Factors affecting this polarization are:
1. Cation's size (smaller is the size, more is the polarization.)
2. Anion size (more is the size of anion, more is polarization.)
3. More the charges on cation and anion, more is covalency introduced in bond.
So, In case of AlF3, size of anion is less because of which polarization will be less and hence less
covalent character more Ionic character so it is Predominantly ionic.
Q.4 The electrons are more likely to be found:
l
(A) only in the region c
ia
(B) in the region a and c
er
(C) only in the region a (D) in the region a and b
at
Solution: (B)
yM
Because more the amplitude whether -ve or +ve, more is the probability of finding an electron.
Q.5 The type of bonds present in NH4 Cl are
(A) Electrovalent, covalent and coordinate (B) Only ionic
ud
(C) Only covalent (D) Covalent and coordinate

Solution: (A)
St
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.6 Select the correct statement regarding the following graph:
(A) O2 is most compressible at lower pressure than the pressure required to make CO2 most
l
compressible at the same temperature.
ia
(B) At pressure almost equal tending to zero, all gases are not behaving ideally.
er
(C) The gases with higher Inter molecular forces of attraction experience more dipping (more
at
compressible) in low pressure region
(D) All the gases at very high pressure region are behaving ideally as their compressibility factors is
yM
coming out to be greater than unity.

Solution: (C)
ud
More intermolecular forces, more a value, less Z value

St
MULTIPLE TYPE
Q.7 Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) Extent of overlapping: 3p − 3p > 3p − 3s > 3s − 3s
(B) s-orbital can never form 𝜋-bond
(C) p-orbital can form 𝜎 and 𝜋 as well as 𝛿 bond.
(D) Directional nature of atomic orbitals increases the bond strength when they overlap
Solution: (ABD)
a) Bond strength is inversely proportional to size of atomic orbital
b) S orbital will always go for head on overlapping due to non-directional nature
c) P orbital can never form delta bond (4 lobe – 4 lobe interaction)
d) Directional nature increases the overlapping area which in turn increases the bond strength,
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 The change in hybridization of central atom will occur when:

(A) NH3 will react with H +  NH 4 
(B) BF3 will react with F-  BF4 
(C) H2O will react with H +  H 3O + 
(D) C2H2 hydrogenates with H2 to form C2H6 (Hybridization of Carbon)

Solution: (BD)
(A)
1 lone pair + 3 bond pairs = sp3
l
NH4+
ia
er
4 Bond pairs = sp3 So NO CHANGE IN HYBRIDIZATION
at
(B)
yM
BF3 contains 3 bond pairs while BF4- contains 4 bong pairs and
ud
hence it experience change in hybridization

St
(D) C2H2, , sp hybridized
C2H6, Sp3 Hybridized
Q.9 Select the CORRECT statement(s):

(A) Gases ' X ' and ' Y ' having similar intermolecular forces, have their critical volume related as
(𝑉𝐶 )𝑌
(𝑉𝐶 )𝑋
> 1. Therefore, gas ' Y ' is more compressible than gas ' X ' under similar conditions.
(B) Under normal conditions, helium gas shows positive deviation from ideal behaviour.
(C) Value of second virial coefficient of Z vs Vm equation for a gas is zero at Boyle's temperature.
(D) At very high molar volume, behaviour of gas becomes ideal.
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (BCD)
Q.10 Lewis theory fails to explain which of the following structure(s)?

(A) SF6 (B) XeF2 (C) XeF4 (D) BeCl2
Solution: (ABCD)
SF6, XeF2 and XeF4 are super octet compounds while BeCl2 is electron deficient compound.
Q.11 An unknown volume of 40%(w/w)NaOH solution of specific gravity 1.6 is diluted until the specific
l
gravity of the solution becomes 1.1. The strength of the resulting solution is
(A) 12.8%(w/v) (B) 10.67%(w/v) (C) 11.6%(w/w)
ia (D) 9.7%(w/w)
er
Solution: (BD)
at
yM
ud
Q.12 The gases which are incompressible at very wide range of pressure is:
(A) H2 (B) N2 (C) NH3 (D) He
St
Solution: (AD)
H2 and He have negligible values of V.D.W. constant a
INTEGER TYPE
Q.13 The element with the lowest atomic number that has a ground state electronic configuration of
(n − 1)d5 ns 2 is located in _________ period.
Solution: (4)
Lowest atomic no. having electronic configuration (𝑛 − 1)𝑑5 𝑛𝑠 2 is a 𝑑-block element because last
𝑐⊝ is going in 𝑑 subshell as it is half filled Therefore the least atomic no. element must be a 3𝑑 scries
element which is Mn: [𝐴𝑟]4𝑠 2 3𝑑5
∴ 𝑛=4
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 Find the total number of pairs in which first species has lower ionisation energy than second species:
(i) N and O (ii) Br and K (iii) Be and B (iv) I and I −
(v) Li and Li+ (vi) O and S (vii) Ba and Sr
Solution: (2)
(v), (vii)
(i) Nitrogen has paired electron stability
(ii) Br has more Zeff
(iii) because Boron’s valence electron (2p1) is shielded by the 2s electrons so less energy is required
to remove it and while comparing it with Be there is not much increase in Zeff .
(iv) I has more Zeff so difficult to remove an electron.
(v) Li has less Zeff than Li+ as the later has a proton up over electron.
l
(vi) Oxygen is smaller in size which means more Zeff.
(vii) Ba is bigger in size and hence low ionization energy.
ia
er
What is the minimum value of n (principal quantum number) is possible for magnetic quantum
at
Q.15
1
number m = −2 and s = + ? [quantum number]
2
yM
Solution: (3)
If m = −2 then minimum value of azimuthal quantum number (𝑙) should be 2.
∵ n > ℓ, hence minimum value of n should be 3.
ud
St
Q.16 The total number of correct statements among the following are:
a) Lattice energy of MgCl2 is higher than BeCl2.
b) Electron gain enthalpy and electronegativity has same order in case of halogen family i.e.,
F>Cl>Br>I.
c) The size of noble gas element is greater than the size of same period element because we consider
Vander Waal radius for noble gas element.
d) Zn, Cd, Hg are considered as D- block as well as transition elements.
e) Uuq is 104th element.
f) Lesser the charge density on cation more is the polarizing power of it.
g) Lesser the size of anion keeping the size of cation constant, more is the lattice energy of
compound formed by cation and anion.
h) According to V.B.T. (Valence bond theory), 1s-1s overlapping is stronger than 2p-2p overlapping.
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (3)
(a) Incorrect, size of cation should be less for more lattice energy
(b) Incorrect, the EGE trend is Cl>F>Br>I
(c) Correct, because we consider vanderwaal radius that is why it’s size becomes greater than rest of
elements belonging to same period.
(d) Incorrect, Not considered as transition element, because it is fully filled so paired electrons do not
jump/transit.
(e) Incorrect, Uuq is ununquadium which 114th element.
(f) Incorrect, More the charge density on cation more is its polarizing power
(g) Correct, Lattice energy is inversely proportion to the (size of cation + size of anion)
(h) Correct, 1s-1s overlapping is more stronger as orbital size is smaller, more dense electron cloud
and hence more extent of overlapping even though it has non-directional nature so B.E.(H-H, an
example of 1s-1s overlapping) = approximately 432 kJ/mol while B.E.( C-C, an example of
l
ia
2p-2p overlapping) = approximately 346 er
Q.17 P: Probability of finding an electron in the following diagram:
at
The given diagram shows points P1 , P2 P3 & P4 in 1s orbital.
yM
ud
St
The total number of points which have same probability of finding an electron is:
Solution: (2)
P1 = P3 because distance at which these probabilities are defined is same and hence the probability
will be same due to non-directional nature of s-orbital.
Q.18 Determine final pressure after the valve is left opened for a long time in the apparatus represented in
figure. Assume that the temperature is fixed at 300 K. Under the given conditions assume no
reaction of CO & O2 .
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(Round off your answer to nearest integer)

Solution: (3)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-5 (ADV) MATHS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Solve (𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 1) < (𝑥 + 1)

(A) 𝑥 ∈ (−∞, −2) ∪ (0,1) (B) 𝑥 ∈ (−∞, −2) ∪ (−1,1)
(C) 𝑥 ∈ (−∞, 0) ∪ (0,1) (D) None of these
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
at
Q.2 If 𝛼, 𝛽 are the roots of the equation 𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 + 5 = 0 and 𝛾, 𝛿 are the roots of the equation
yM
𝑥 2 + 5𝑥 − 3 = 0, then the quadratic equation whose roots are 𝛼𝛾 + 𝛽𝛿 and 𝛼𝛿 + 𝛽𝛾 is

(A) 𝑥 2 − 15𝑥 − 158 = 0 (B) 𝑥 2 + 15𝑥 − 158 = 0
(C) 𝑥 2 − 15𝑥 + 158 = 0 (D) 𝑥 2 + 15𝑥 + 158 = 0
ud
Solution: (D)
St
Q.3 Solve √3cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃 = 1

𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
(A) 𝜃 = 2𝑛𝜋 + , 2𝑛𝜋 − 6 , 𝑛 ∈ ℤ (B) 𝜃 = 2𝑛𝜋 + , 2𝑛𝜋 − , 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
3 3 4
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
(C) 𝜃 = 2𝑛𝜋 + , 2𝑛𝜋 − , 𝑛 ∈ ℤ (D) 𝜃 = 2𝑛𝜋 + , 2𝑛𝜋 − , 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
2 6 2 4
Solution: (C)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1 1 1
Q.4 [(log + (log + (log ]
a bc)+1 b ca)+1 c ab)+1
is equal to:
3
l
(A) 1 (B) (C) 2 (D) 3
ia
2
Solution: (A)
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.5 If log12 27 = 𝑎, then log 6 16 is:

3−𝑎 3+𝑎 4(3+𝑎) 4(3−𝑎)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4(3+𝑎) 4(3−𝑎) (3−𝑎) (3+𝑎)
Solution: (D)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.6 If log 2 [log 3 (log 2 x)] = 1, then x is equal to:

(A) 0 (B) 12 (C) 128 (D) 512
ud
Solution: (D)
St
MULTIPLE CORRECT
𝜋
Q.7 cos =
7
34𝜋 43𝜋 58𝜋 85𝜋
(A) cos (B) cos (C) cos (D) cos
7 7 7 7
Solution: (BD)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 Which of the following are solutions of the equation cos 3𝑥 + cos 5𝑥 = cos 4𝑥?
𝑛𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
(A) 𝑥 = + ,𝑛 ∈ ℤ (B) 𝑥 = 2𝑛𝜋 ± , 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
4 8 3
𝑛𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
(C) 𝑥 = + ,𝑛 ∈ ℤ (D) 𝑥 = 2𝑛𝜋 ± , 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
2 4 6
Solution: (AB)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.9 If 2sin2 𝑥 + 3sin 𝑥 − 2 = 0 and 𝑥 ∈ (0,2𝜋), then 𝑥 can be _________

ud
𝜋 5𝜋 7𝜋 11𝜋
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 6 6 6
St
Solution: (AB)
Q.10 Which of the following is true for the series 3 + 33 + 333 + ⋯

1
(A) Sum of first 𝑛 terms is [10𝑛+1 − 9𝑛 − 10]
27
(B) Sum of first 𝑛 terms is [10𝑛+1 − 9𝑛 − 10]

(C) Sum of first 6 terms is 370368
1
(D) Sum of first 𝑛 terms is (10𝑛+1 − 9𝑛+1 − 9)
6
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (AC)
Q.11 If A = {2,3,6}, B = {1,2,3,4} and U = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7}, where 𝑈 is Universal set, then which of the
following is/are true? (where Ac denotes complement of A )
(A) A ∪ B = {1,2,3,4,5,6} (B) A ∩ B = {2,3,4}
(C) A − B = {6} (D) Ac − B = {5,7}
l
Solution: (CD)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
1
Q.12 Which of the following is not a solution of the equation sin2 𝜃 − cos 𝜃 = ?
4
7𝜋 5𝜋 4𝜋 10𝜋
(A) 𝜃 = (B) 𝜃 = (C) 𝜃 = − (D) 𝜃 = −
3 3 3 3
Solution: (CD)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
INTEGER TYPE
Q.13 If the sum of the squares of the solutions of the equation

k
cos3 𝑥 + cos2 𝑥 + cos 𝑥 + 1 = 0 for 𝑥 ∈ (−4𝜋, 4𝜋) is equal to 𝑘𝜋 2 , then =
4
Solution: (5)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
2𝜋 4𝜋 6𝜋
Q.14 2 (cos + cos + cos )+1=
7 7 7
Solution: (0)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
Q.15 Find the maximum value of the expression |3sin 𝑥 − 4cos 𝑥| + 4
yM
Solution: (9)
We know that 𝑎sin 𝑥 + 𝑏cos 𝑥 ∈ [−√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 , √𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 ]
∴ 3sin 𝑥 − 4cos 𝑥 ∈ [−√32 + 42 , √32 + 42 ]

ud
⇒ 3sin 𝑥 − 4cos 𝑥 ∈ [−5,5]

St
⇒ |3sin 𝑥 − 4cos 𝑥| ∈ [0,5]

Q.16 If log 2 2 + log 2 4 + log 2 8 + ⋯ + log 2 2𝑛 = 36 and 𝑛 ∈ ℕ, then 𝑛 =
Solution: (8)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.17 Find the number of integral values of p such that the equation 2cos2 x   p  3 cos x  2  p 1  0
have a real solution

Solution: (5)
sin 1∘ +sin 3∘ +sin 5∘ +sin 7∘

Q.18 The value of cos 1∘ ⋅cos 2∘ ⋅sin 4∘
is
l
ia
Solution: (4)
er
at
yM
ud
St
8
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 6 DATED 30th OCT 2022
Exam Pattern: Main Level
Integer Type: 5 Questions (+4, -1) (Single digit answer between 0 – 9)
PHYSICS:
l
ia
• Circular Motion Complete
er
• Work Power and Energy (Without Vertical Circular Motion)
at
CHEMISTRY:
M
• Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry, Gaseous State, Atomic Structure
y
• Periodic Classification of Elements, Chemical Bonding (Part 1 & 2 both)
ud
MATHS:
St
• Sequence and Series, Quadratic Equation, Modulus, Trigonometry, Trigonometric Equations

• Logarithms, Determinants, St. Lines (Except Angle Bisectors & pairs of St. Lines)
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-6 PHYSICS PAPER
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Figure shows a circular path taken by a particle. If the instantaneous velocity of the particle is
v = ( 2m / s ) i − ( 2m / s ) j . Through which quadrant is the particle moving when it is travelling
clockwise around the circle?
l
(A) First (B) Second (C) Third
ia (D) Fourth
er
Solution : (A)
at
( )
v = 2i − 2 j m / s
yM
The direction of unstaneous velocity vector v of a moving particls at any point on the path of the
particle is always moving along the tangent of the path at that point or position.
ud
St
Pointing positive x axis-D, (A)

Pointing negative y axis – (A), B
When the instantaneous velocity is clockwise, the particles would be travelling through the first
quadrant a is in this case vx will be positive and vy will be negative.
Hence, correct option is (A) first.
Q.2 A wheel is at rest. Its angular velocity increases uniformly with time and becomes 80 radian per
second after 5 second. The total angular displacement is :
(A) 800 rad (B) 400 rad (C) 200 rad (D) 100 rad
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (C)
1
𝜔𝑖 = 0 𝜃 = 𝑤𝑖 𝑡 + 𝛼𝑡 2
2
1
𝜔𝑖 = 𝜔𝑖 + 𝛼𝑡 = (0)(5) + (16)(5)2
2
80 = 0 + 𝛼(5) = 200 radians

 = 16 rad / s 2
Q.3 During the circular motion with constant speed :
(A) Both velocity and acceleration are constant
(B) Velocity is constant but the acceleration changes
(C) Acceleration is constant but the velocity changes
(D) Velocity and acceleration both change
Solution : (D)
Only magnitudes are constnat.
l
ia
Q.4 A car is moving with speed 30 m/sec on a circular path of radius 500 m. Its speed is increasing at the
rate of 2 m / sec2 . What is the acceleration of the car at that moment?
er
(A) 2 m / s 2 (B) 2.5m / s 2 (C) 2.7 m / s 2 (D) 3.1m / s 2
at
Solution : (C)
yM
v2
ac =
r
30 × 30 9
ac = = = 1.8 m/s 2
ud
500 5
at = 2 m/s2
St
anet = √(1.8)2 + (2)2 = √7.24 = 2.7 m/s 2

Q.5 A mass is kept on a horizontal frictionless surface. It is attached to a string and rotates about a fixed
centre at an angular velocity 0 . If the length of the string and angular velocity are doubled, find the
tension in the string which was initially T0.
(A) 2 T0 (B) 4 T0 (C) T0 (D) 8 T0
Solution : (D)
The correct option is D 8 T0
Tension in the string T0 = mRω20
In the second case
T = m(2R)(4ω20 ) = 8mRω20 = 8T0
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.6 A ball is projected with initial speed u and making an angle  with the vertical. Consider a small
part of the trajectory near the highest position and take it approximately to be a circular arc. What is
the radius of this circle? This radius is called the radius of curvature of the curve at the point.
u 2 sin 2  u 2 cos 2  u2 u2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
g g g g cos 
Solution : (A)
At highest point
𝑉 = 𝑢 sin 𝜃
𝑎⊥ = 𝑔
l
𝑣2 𝑢2 sin2 𝜃
ia
𝑅𝑂𝐶 = 𝑎 = 𝑔
⊥
When the road is dry and coefficient of friction is  , the maximum speed of a car in a circular path is
Q.7
er

at
10 ms-1. If the road becomes wet and coefficient of friction become , what is the maximum speed
2
yM
permitted?
(A) 10 m/s (B) 10 2 m / s (C) 5 m/s (D) 5 2 m / s
Solution : (D)
ud
V = √μrg, Vα√μ
St
μ
v1 √2
=
v √μ
1
v1 = v× = 5√2 m/s
√2
Hence the correct option is D
Q.8 A circular road of radius 1000 m has banking angle 45 . Find the maximum safe speed of a car
having mass 2000 kg, if the coefficient of friction between tyre and road is 0.5.
(A) 172 m/s (B) 120 m/s (C) 214 m/s (D) 100 m/s
Solution : (A)
The maximum velocity for a banked road with friction,
𝜇+tan 𝜃
𝑣 2 = gr ( ) [∵ tan 45 = 1]
1−𝜇 tan 𝜃
0.5+1
∴ 𝑣 2 = 9.8 × 1000 × ( )
1−0.5×1
∴ 𝑣 ≈ 172 m/s
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.9 A coin placed on a rotating turntable just slips of it is placed at distance of 4 cm from the centre. If
angular velocity of the turntable is doubled, it will just slip at a distance of
(A) 1 cm (B) 2 cm (C) 4 cm (D) 8 cm
Solution : (A)
Q.10 A projectile is fired from the top of a 40 m high cliff with an initial speed of 50 m/s at an unknown
angle. Find its speed when it hits the ground. ( g = 10 m / s 2 )
(A) 10 41 m / s (B) 10 26 m / s (C) 10 33 m / s (D) 30 m/s

Solution : (C)
Height of the cliff, h = 40 m
innitial speed of the projectile, u = 50 m/s
Let the projectile hit the ground with velocity 'v'.
l
ia
Applying the law of conservation of energy,
1 1
mgh + mu2 = 2 mv 2
2
er
1 1
10 × 40 + × 2500 = v 2
at
2 2
2
v = 3300
yM
Q.11 A rigid body of mass m is moving in a circle of radius r with a constant speed v. The force on the
mv 2
body is and is directed towards the centre. What is the work done by this force in moving the
r
ud
body over half the circumference of the circle.

r 2
St
mv 2 mv 2
(A) (B) Zero (C) (D)
r 2 r2 mv 2
Solution : (B)
 = 90
w=0
Q.12 A block of mass m is suspended by a light thread from an elevator. The elevator is accelerating
upward with uniform acceleration a. The work done by tension on the block during t seconds is
(u = 0) :
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
m m m
(A) ( g + a ) at 2 (B) ( g − a ) at 2 (C) g at 2 (D) 0
2 2 2
Solution : (A)
tension = m(g + a)
now, we have to find displacement of elevator.
use formula, S = ut + 12 At 2
here A is net acceleration acts on elevator.
l
here u = 0, A = a [ upward direction]
so, S = 0 + at 2
1
ia
2
er
1
hence, displacement is 2 at 2
at
now, work done = Tension × displacement
yM
1
= m(g + a) × a2
2
1
= 2 m( g + a)at 2 Joule
ud
Q.13 A particle moves along the x-axis from x = 0 to x = 5 m under the influence of a force F(in N) given
by F = 3x 2 − 2x + 7 . Calculate the work done by this force.
St
(A) 70 J (B) 360 J (C) 35 J (D) 135 J

Solution : (D)
Correct option is D)
W = ∫ F dx
5
= ∫0 7 − 2x + 3x 2 dx
5
2x2 3x2
= [7x − + ]
2 3 0
= [7x − x 2 + x 3 ]50
= [7 × 5 − 52 + 53 ] − [0 − 0 + 0]
= [35 − 25 + 125] − 0
= 135 J
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 A block of mass m moving at a speed v compresses a spring through a distance x before its speed
becomes one fourth. Find the spring constant of the spring.
MV 2 3MV 2 MV 2 3MV 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2x 2 4x 2 4x 2 2x 2
Solution : (BONUS)
Correct option is (B)
From conservation of energy,
Loss in kinetic energy of block = Gain in potential energy of spring
1 2
1 V 2 1 2
⟹ mv − m ( ) = kx
2 2 2 2
3mv 2 1 2
⟹ = kx
8 2
3mv 2
⟹ k=
l
4x 2
ia
Q.15 The kinetic energy of a particle continuously increases with time er
(A) The resultant force on the particle must be parallel to the velocity at all instants.
(B) The resultant force on the particle must be at an angle less than 90 with the velocity all the time
at
(C) Its height above the ground level must continuously decrease
yM
(D) The magnitude of its linear momentum decreasing continuously

Solution : (B)
ud
Q.16 A small particle slides along a track with elevated ends and a flat central part, as shown in figure.
St
The flat part has a length 3m. the curved portions of the track are frictionless, but for the flat part the
coefficient of kinetic friction is  = 0.2 . The particle is released at point A, which is at a height h =
1.5 m above the flat part of the track. The position where the particle finally come to rest is :
(A) Left to mid point of the flat part (B) Right to the mid point of the flat part
(C) Mid point of the flat part (D) None of these
Solution : (C)
Correct option is (C)
Velocity of block when it enters into the flat surface -
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1
mu2 = mgh = m(10)(0.3) ⟶ u2 = 6
2
Now from flat part, its deacceleration due to friction is a = −μg = −0.2(10) = −2 m/s2
Using the equation –
v 2 = u2 + 2 as
O = 6 − 2(2)s ⟶ s = 1.5 m
Q.17 Calculate the power of a motor which is capable of raising 1000 kg of water in 5 minutes from a well
60 m deep. g = 9.8m / s 2 .
(A) 1960 W (B) 1440 W (C) 1600 W (D) 980 W
Solution : (A)
Given that,
Mass of the water to be raise dm = 1000 kg
Height through which it will be raise dh = 60 m
l
Acceleration due to gravity g = 9.8 m/s2
Time taken t = 5 min = 300 s
ia
er
Work done in lifting the water
at
W = mgh
W = 1000 × 9.8 × 60
yM
W = 588000 J
Power is defined as the rate of doing work
ud
W
P=
t
588000
P=
St
300
P = 1960 Watts
Q.18 Power versus time graph for a given force is given below. Work done by the force upto time t (  t 0 ) .
(A) First decreases then increases (B) First increases then decreases
(C) Always increases (D) Always decreases
Solution : (C)
Correct option is (C)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Work done ∫ pdt [p = Power of force]
As ∫ pdt > 0, [Area of p − t graph]
As t increases, the value of integral increases.
∴ Work done always increases.
Q.19 The potential energy function of a particle in a region of space is given as U = ( 2x 2 + 3y3 + 2x ) J .
Here x, y and z are in metres. Find the force acting on the particle at point P(1m, 2m, 3m).
(A) −6i − 36j (B) −4i − 36j − 2k (C) −6i + 36j (D) i + 2j + 3k
Solution : (A)
We know that force is given by-
⃗F = − ∂U i − ∂U j − ∂U k
∂x ∂y ∂z
⇒ ⃗F = −(4x + 2)i − 9y 2 j
l
At (1m, 2m, 3m)-
⃗ = (−6i − 36j)N
F
ia
er
Q.20 Potential energy v/s displacement curve for one dimensional conservative field is shown. Force at A
at
and B is respectively.
yM
ud
St
(A) Positive, Positive (B) Positive, Negative

(C) Negative, Positive (D) Negative, Negative
Solution : (B)
dU
F=− = −(slope of U − x graph)
dx
dU
at A: = −Ve, F = +Ve
dx
dU
at B: = +Ve, F = −Ve
dx
INTEGER TYPE
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.21 ( )
A force F = 3ti + 5j N acts on a body due to which its position varies as s = 2t 2 i − 5 j . Work done( )
by this force in first two seconds is 8n. Find n.
Solution : (4)
Given,
⃗ = 3tî + 5ĵ
F
s = 2t 2 î − 5ĵ
ds⃗
= 4tî
dt
⃗ ⋅ ds = ∫2 (3tî + 5ĵ) ⋅ (4tî)dt

w=∫ F 0
2
= ∫0 12t 2 dt = 4(23 − O2 ) = 32 J
Q.22 Consider the situation shown in figure. Initially the spring is undeformed when the system is released
l
ia
nmg
from rest. Assuming no friction in the pulley, if the maximum elongation of the spring is . Then
k
er
find n.
at
yM
ud
St
Solution : (4)
Let the mass of the body is 2 m
Assume that the highest elongation in the spring be x,
As given no friction in the pulley, then for the block reduction in the potential energy is equal to PE
stored in the spring.
Now, PE in the spring is 2mgx
1 4mg
By equating these two values kx 2 = 2mgx ⇒ x =
2 k
Q.23 A block of mass m is placed inside a smooth hollow cylinder of radius R whose axis is kept
horizontally. Initially system was at rest. Now cylinder is given constant acceleration 2 g in the
horizontal direction by external agent. The maximum angular displacement of the block with the
vertical is n tan−1 2 . Find n.
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (2)
work done by acc of sphere = m 2gR sin ∅
work done by gravity = −mgR(1 − cos ∅)
△ KE = 0
using work-energy theorem
2 mgR sin ∅ − mgR(1 − cos ∅) = 0
2mgR sin ∅ = mgR(1 − cos ∅)
2 sin ∅ = (1 − cos ∅)
l
∅ = 2 tan−1 2
Q.24
ia
A 4 kg block is attached to a vertical rod by means of two strings of equal length. When the system
er
rotates uniformly about the axis of the rod, the strings are extended as shown in figure. If tension in
at
upper and lower chords are 200 newton and 10 x newton respectively and angular velocity of particle
y x+y
yM
is than calculate value of .

2 10
ud
St
Solution : (5)
Vertical direction
T1 sin θ = T2 sin θ + Mg
∴ T1 = 200, θ = 53∘
∴ T2 = 150
Horizontal direction: mar = T1 cos θ + T2 cos θ
∴ mrw 2 = (T1 + T2 )cos θ where r = OA = 3 m
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
3
∴ 4 × 3w 2 = (200 + 150) ×
5
35
w=√ ,
2
x = 15, y = 35
Q.25 As shown in figure there is a spring block system. Block of mass 500 g is pressed against a
horizontal spring fixed at one end to compress the spring through 5.0 cm. The spring constant is
500 N/m. When released, the block moves horizontally till it leaves the spring. Calculate the
l
distance where it will hit the ground 4 m below the spring?
(Round off to the nearest integer)

ia
er
at
yM
ud
Solution : (1)
St
When block released, the block moves horizontally with speed V till it leaves the spring.
1 1
By energy conservation 𝑘𝑥 2 = 𝑚𝑣 2
2 2
𝑘𝑥 2 𝑘𝑥 2
2
𝑉 = ⇒𝑉=√
𝑚 𝑚
2𝐻
Time of flight 𝑡 = √
𝑔
So, horizontal distance travelled from the free end of the spring is 𝑉 × 𝑡
𝑘𝑥 2 2H 500 × (0.05)2 2×4

=√ ×√ =√ ×√ = √2 m
𝑚 g 0.5 10
So, At a horizontal distance of √2 m from the free end of the spring.
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 Consider the following trends and statements:
(I) HOF  H 2O  OCl2 : Bond Angle order
(II) Cumulative interaction in dipole molecules is best described by dipole-dipole and London
dispersion forces both
(III) BF3 and BCl3 are gases but BBr3 is liquid and BI3 is solid. This is due to increased vander waal
forces as we go from BF3 to BI3.
(IV) HI  HF  HBr  HCl : boiling point order
(V) Keesom force > London dispersion force > Debye force: Force of attraction
l
Select the option which represents correct statement:
(A) I, II, V (B) II, IV, V

ria
(C) II, III, IV, V
e
(D) II, III
at
Solution: (D)
yM
ud
St
(ii) London dispersion forces is present in every interaction unlockables
(iii) molar mass  van der waals force  melting point and boiling point
(iv) HF  HI  HBr  HCl : correct boiling point order
(v) Keeson (dipole – dipole) > Debye (dipole – induced dipole) > LDF (Instantaneous dipole-
induced dipole)
1
Print to PDF without this message by purchasing novaPDF (http://www.novapdf.com/)

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.2 The correct sequence for polarity of the following molecule
1. Benzene 2. NO2+ 3. PCl3F2 4. PCl2F3
(P stands for polar and NP stands for non–polar)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
(A) P NP NP P (B) NP NP NP P
(C) NP P NP P (D) NP P P NP
Solution: (B)
l
e ria
Q.3 The incorrect statement regarding O( SiH ) and OCl molecule is/are :
at
(A) The strength of back bonding is more in O( SiH ) molecule than OCl molecule
yM
(B) Si − Ô − Si bond angle in O( SiH ) is greater than Cl − Ô − Cl bond angle in OCl

(C) The nature of back bond in both molecules is 2p − 3 d
(D) Hybridisation of central O-atom in both molecules is same
ud
Solution: (D)
St
The hybridisation in OCl2 and O(SiH3)2 is not same due to feeble back bonding in OCl2
(B) Correct as due to back bonding in O  SiH3  2 % S character will increase so Bond angle
2

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.4 Which of the following have both 3c − 2e and 2c − 2e type of bond?

(A) BeH (s) (B) BeCl (s) (C) Al H (D) Si Cl
Solution: (C)
l
Q.5 Consider the following comparisons:
(I) Bond Order: NO  NO 

e ria
at
(II) Bond Length: NO  NO 
yM
(III)Bond Energy: NO  NO 
(IV) Magnetic Moment: NO  NO 

ud
Select the option with all incorrect comparisons:

St
(A) I, III, IV (B) I only (C) II only (D) II, IV
Solution: (C)
So if NO ⟶ NO⨁ then one is removed from ABMO so B. O. ↑ ⇒ . . ↓

⇓
. .↑
⨁
Magnetic moment will become zero because of no. unpaired in .
3

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.6 In which of the following process the product is diamagnetic –
(A) N ⟶ N
(B) N O ⟶ 2NO
(C) NO + [ ClO ] [ ClO ] ⟶ [ NO ] [ ClO ] + ClO
(D) O ⟶ O
Solution: (A)
(A) N 2  N 2 , diamagnetic as one e  will make an unpaired e  of N 2 paired
l
e ria
at
yM
(D) O 22 HOMO :  2px


 2e  ,  2py

 2e 
O2 HOMO : any one of the above ABMO will loose one e  and therefore will become unpaired
ud
and hence paramagnetic

St
Q.7 Which of the following orders is CORRECT with respect to the given property?
(A) PO > SO > ClO (numbers of -bond)
(B) Cl > Br > F > I (Bond energy)
(C) 2 −2 < 2 −3 (strength of overlapping)
(D) O 2 2   N 2  O 2  (bond order)
Solution: (B)
4

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l. p. – l. p. repulsion weakens the bond
(C) 2p  2p  2p  3p
Less the size of orbital, more is the extent of overlapping
Q.8 Select the correct order of following property.

(A) % s-character : sp > sp > sp

(B) ONO bond angle : NO3  N O 2
(C) All angles in CH F are not identical
l
(D) C − F bond length : CF > CH F > CH F > CF H
Solution: (C)
e ria
(A) % s – character: sp3  25%   sp 2  33.3%   sp  50% 
at
yM
ud
All B.A.  120 due to resonance

St
(D) C – F bond length order: CH3F  CH 2 F2  CHF3  CF4
Q.9 Which of the following order is INCORRECT?

(A) solubility of noble gases in water : He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe
(B) Boiling point of noble gases : He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe
5

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(C) Boiling point order : CCl > SiCl
(D) Boiling point order : PH < AsH < SbH < NH
Solution: (D)
(A) Correct, V.D.W.F.A.  solubility due to increased dipole – induced dipole
(B) Correct, molar mass  baling pent  V.D.W.F.A.
(C) Correct, large repulsion b/w peripheral electron cloud dominates over mass.
(D) SbH3  NH3  AsH3  PH3
Molar mass dominates over polarity here
Q.10 When two compounds ACl and DCl of two elements A and D are mixed together a compound
ADCl , is formed. Structural analysis showed that ADCl is an ionic compound. Given that DCl is
l
(A) Linear
e
(B) Bent
ria
trigonal planar and ACl is trigonal pyramidal. If anion has see-saw shape then shape of cation
formed is
at
(C) Pentagonal bipyramidal (D) Trigonal planar
yM
Solution: (A)
A Cl3 + D Cl3 A D Cl6

ud
St
or
either A Cl2 A Cl4
and D Cl4 and D Cl2

Cl
Anion is see - saw shaped (AB4L type)
D
Cl Cl
it means one chloride f rom DCl3 has gone to: ACl3
to make it : ACl4 therefore DCl3 has become DCl2
means linear
Cl Cl
Cl
6

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 Identify the correct sequence of increasing number of  -bonds in the structures of the following
molecules :
(I) H2S2O6 (II) H2SO3 (III) H2S2O5
(A) I, II, III (B) II, III, I (C) II, I, III (D) I, III, II
Solution:(B)
OO
H2S2O6 HO–S–S–OH 4  -bonds
OO
O
H2SO3 HO–S 1  -bonds
OH
OO
H2S2O5 HO–S–S–OH 3  -bonds
O
l
Solution: (B) e ria
Q.12 The hybridization of nitrogen atom in solid state structure of N O is
at
(A) sp , sp (B) sp , sp (C) sp, sp (D) sp , sp
yM
Solution: (C)
ud
St
Q.13 Which of the following pair of molecular species contains same number of d − p bonds :
(A) ClO , XeO (B) SO , XeOF (C) SO , ClO (D) SO , SO
Solution: (B)
Both SO and XeOF have one d − p bond.
Q.14 The hydrogen bond is strongest in:

(A) O – H - - - S (B) S – H - - - O (C) F – H - - - F (D) O – H - - - O
Solution: (C)
Strong dipole-dipole interaction due to high partial positive charge on Hydrogen atom as F(The most
electronegative element) is connected to it.
7

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.15 Which of the following is an incorrect statement?
(A) The first ionization energy of A is equal to the electron affinity of A.
(B) The second electron affinity is always greater than the first electron affinity for an element.
(C) The process O → O is endothennic
(D) The process Li → Li is endothennic
Solution: (B)
The second electron gain is disfavoured due to decreased Zeff and hence electron affinity is lesser
than the first.
Q.16 List-1 List-II
(P) SO (1) Pyramidal and three ( d − p ) bonds
(Q) XeO (2) No hybridisation on central atom
(R) ClO (3) V-shape and has one ( − ) , one ( − ) bond
l
−
(S) H S
(P) (Q)
(4) tetrahderal and has three (d
(R)
e
(S)
ria ) bonds.
at
(A) 4 1 3 2
(B) 3 1 4 2
yM
(C) 1 3 2 4
(D) 2 1 3 4
ud
Solution: (B)
St
8

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.17 Select the correct option regarding match the column:
Group number Properties

1 13th (p) Irregular trend in Ionization energy
2 14th (q) Irregular trend in atomic size
3 1st (r) Down the group electronegativity decreases regularly
4 2nd (s) Inert Pair effect
(A) 1-p,r ; 2-p,q,r; 3-r,s; 4-p,s (B) 1-p,q,r,s ; 2-p,q,r; 3-r,s; 4-r
(C) 1-p,q,r,s ; 2-p,r,s; 3-r; 4-r (D) 1-p,r ; 2-p,q,r; 3-r; 4-r
Solution: (C)
Q.18 The pressure of a10 moles of A( g) contained in a 4.86 L flask is 55 atm at 300 K. One can conclude
that
l
(A) The gas is behaving ideally
(B) No statement can be made without the vander waals constants
e ria
(C) The gas shows a negative deviation from ideality
at
(D) The gas shows a positive deviation from ideality
yM
Solution: (D)
10 × 0.0821 × 300
= ; =
ud
4.86
= 50.67
St
× .
= = = 1.085 i.e. = 1 (positive deviation)
× . ×
Q.19 A certain gas effuses out of two different vessels A and B. A has a circular orifice while B has a
square orifice of length equal to the radius of the orifice of vessel A. The ratio of rate effusion of the
gas from vessel A to that from vessel B is (Assuming all other conditions to be same):
(A) : 1 (B) 1: (C) 1: 1 (D) 3: 2
Solution: (A)
9

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.20 A hydrocarbon C H yields C H by reduction. In this process, the molar mass of the compound
is raised by 2.38% . The value of n is
(A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 5
Solution: (C)
( 14 + 2) − 14
× 100 = 2.38 ⇒ = 6
14
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 Which of the following moelcule(s) or ion(s) is/are having bond order less than or equal to two.
B ,C ,O ,O ,H
Solution: (4)
l
e ria
at
yM
Q.22 At a temperature of 300K, 30 litres of gas A kept under pressure of 1 atm and 15 litres of gas B kept
under pressure of 2 atm is transferred into an empty 10L container. Calculate the partial pressures of
ud
gas A. (Assume that A and B are ideal gases)

St
Solution: (3)
10

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.23 Calcium phosphide Ca 3P2 formed by reacting magnesium with excess calcium orthophosphate
Ca 3  PO4  2 , was hydrolysed by excess water. The evolved phosphine PH3 was burnt in air to yield
phosphorus pentoxide (P2O5). How many moles of magnesium metaphosphate would be obtained if
192 grams Mg were used (Atomic weight of Mg = 24, P = 31)
Ca ( PO ) + Mg ⟶ Ca P + MgO
Ca P + H O ⟶ Ca( OH) + PH
PH + O ⟶ P O + H O
l
MgO + P O ⟶ Mg( PO )
Magnesium metaphosphate
e ria
at
Solution: (1)
yM
ud
St
Q.24 A sample of hydrogen like species is in some excited state ‘P’ and on absorbing a photon of energy
‘a’ eV reached to a new state ‘Q’ on de-excitation back to the ground state a total of 10 different
wave lengths were emitted in which seven have energy greater than ‘a’ eV. The ionization energy in
the ground state will be “xa” eV. Find the value of “x-10”. (Round off your answer to nearest
integer)
Solution: (4)
n  n  1
10  n5
2
Hence Q  5th energy level
11

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Since 7 spectral lines have energy greater than the energy released when e  jumps from Q  n  5  to
P(unknown)
If P = 4 is not a Possibility as all other spectral line are more energetic than 5 to 4.
If P = 3 then 7 spectral line are more energetic than 5 to 3. They are:
5 to 2, 5 to 1, 4 to 2, 4 to 1, 3 to 2, 3 to 1 and 2 to 1
1 1
 a  E1  2  2 
3 5 
225a
 E1  eV
16
x  14.06
l
Q.25
 x  10  4.06  4
How many of the following molecules have zero dipole moment:

e ria
at
yM
ud
St
Solution: (4)
12

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-6 MATH

SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 The two points (1,3) and (5,1) are the opposite vertices of a square. If the other two vertices lie on
the line 𝑦 = 2𝑥 + 𝑐, then the value of 𝑐 is
(A) −7 (B) −4 (C) 0 (D) 7
Solution: (B)
Given that (1,3) and (5,1) are the opposite vertices of a square.
Midpoint of this diagonal is (3,2).
Given that the other two vertices lie on the line 𝑦 = 2𝑥 + 𝑐, which must be the equation of the other
l
diagonal.
ia
So, the point (3,2) lies on 𝑦 = 2𝑥 + 𝑐 also. er
∴ 2 = 2(3) + 𝑐 ⇒ 𝑐 = −4
at
yM
Q.2 The area of the triangle formed by the points (1,2), (3,3) and (6,2) is_______square units.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 5/2
Solution: (D)
ud
Given points are (1,2), (3,3) and (6,2)

1 2 1
1
St
Area of triangle formed is half the magnitude of |3 3 1| = | − 5|

2
6 2 1
5
So, area is square units.
2
Q.3 A line J passes through the origin as well as the midpoint of the line segment joining the points
(3, −4) and (−5, −2). A line 𝐿 has slope equal to the square root of the slope of line 𝐽. The
inclination of the line 𝐿 is______
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 4 3 2
Solution: (C)
Given that line J passes through origin and midpoint of line segment joining (3, −4) and (−5, −2),
that is (−1, −3).
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
0−(−3)
So, its slope is = 3.
0−(−1)
Hence, slope of line 𝐿 is √3.
𝜋
So, inclination of line 𝐿 is .
3
Q.4 If 𝛼 is a variable parameter, then the equation of the locus of midpoint of the portion of the line
𝑥cos⁡ 𝛼 + 𝑦sin⁡ 𝛼 = 𝑝, intercepted between the coordinate axes, is __________
4
(A) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = (B) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 4𝑝2
𝑝2
1 1 2 1 1 4
(C) + = (D) + =
𝑥2 𝑦2 𝑝2 𝑥2 𝑦2 𝑝2
Solution: (D)
𝑝
Given line is 𝑥cos⁡ 𝛼 + 𝑦sin⁡ 𝛼 = 𝑝, whose intercepts on the coordinate axes are ( , 0) and
cos⁡ 𝛼
𝑝 𝑝 𝑝
(0, ) Let (ℎ, 𝑘) be the midpoint of the line segment joining ( , 0) and (0, ).
l
sin⁡ 𝛼 cos⁡ 𝛼 sin⁡ 𝛼
ia
𝑝 𝑝
Then, (ℎ, 𝑘) ≡ ( , ).
2cos⁡ 𝛼 2sin⁡ 𝛼
𝑝 𝑝
That is, cos⁡ 𝛼 = and sin⁡ 𝛼 = .
er
2ℎ 2𝑘
Eliminating 𝛼, we get the following.
at
cos2 ⁡ 𝛼 + sin2 ⁡ 𝛼 = 1
𝑝 2 𝑝 2
yM
⇒ ( ) +( ) =1
2ℎ 2𝑘
1 1 4
⇒ 2
+ 2= 2
ℎ 𝑘 𝑝
ud
1 1 4
So, required locus is + = .
𝑥2 𝑦2 𝑝2
St
Q.5 The coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from the point (2,3) to the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 − 1 = 0 are
(A) (3, −2) (B) (−3, −2) (C) (−3, 2) (D) (3, 2)
Solution: (D)
Let (𝛼, 𝛽) be the foot of the perpendicular from the point (2,3) to the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 − 1 = 0.
𝛼 − 2 𝛽 − 3 −(2 − 3 − 1)
∴⁡ = = ⇒ (𝛼, 𝛽) ≡ (3,2)
1 −1 12 + 12
Q.6 The equation of a line through (3, −4) and perpendicular to the line 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 5 is______
(A) 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 24 = 0 (B) 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 24 = 0
(C) 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 24 = 0 (D) 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 24 = 0
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (D)
4
Line perpendicular to 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 5 has slope .
3
4
So, required equation is (𝑦 + 4) = (𝑥 − 3) or 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 24 = 0.
3
Q.7 The angle between lines 𝑦 = (2 − √3)𝑥 + 5 and 𝑦 = (2 + √3)𝑥 − 7 is ______

(A) 30∘ (B) 60∘ (C) 45∘ (D) 90∘
Solution: (B)
2 − √3 − 2 − √3
𝜃 = tan−1 ⁡ | | = tan−1 ⁡ √3 = 60∘
1+4−3
l
A line meets the X axis and the Y axis respectively at the points 𝐴 and 𝐵. If the midpoint of 𝐴𝐵 is
ia
Q.8
(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), then the equation of the line is er
(A) 𝑦1 𝑥 + 𝑥1 𝑦 = 2𝑥1 𝑦1 (B) ⁡𝑥1 𝑥 + 𝑦1 𝑦 = 2𝑥1 𝑦1
(C) 𝑦1 𝑥 + 𝑥1 𝑦 = 𝑥1 𝑦1 (D) ⁡𝑥1 𝑥 + 𝑦1 𝑦 = 𝑥1 𝑦1
at
yM
Solution: (A)
𝑥 𝑦
Let the equation of the line be + = 1.
𝑎 𝑏
Clearly, its intercepts on the coordinate axes are A(𝑎, 0) and B(0, 𝑏).
𝑎 𝑏
ud
Given (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) ≡ ( , 2), so 𝑎 = 2𝑥1 and 𝑏 = 2𝑦1 .

2
𝑥 𝑦
So required equation is + = 1 or 𝑦1 𝑥 + 𝑥1 𝑦 = 2𝑥1 𝑦1 .
2𝑥1 2𝑦1
St
Q.9 If the vertices of a triangle ABC are A(−4, −1), B(1, 2) and C(4, −3), then the coordinates of the
circumcentre of the triangle are
(A) (0, 2) (B) (0, −2) (C) (2, 1) (D) (2, −1)
Solution: (B)
Given triangle ABC whose vertices are A(−4, −1), B(1, 2) and C(4, −3).
2+1 2+3
𝑚AB × 𝑚BC = ( )( ) = −1.
1+4 1−4
So, triangle 𝐴𝐵𝐶 is right angled at 𝐵.
So, its circumcentre is coincident with midpoint of 𝐴𝐶, which is (0, −2).
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.10 Solve 4cos2 ⁡ 𝜃 − 3 = 0.
𝜋 𝜋
(A) ⁡𝜃 = 𝑛𝜋 ± , ⁡𝑛 ∈ ℤ (B) ⁡𝜃 = 𝑛𝜋 ± , ⁡𝑛 ∈ ℤ
6 4
𝜋 𝜋
(C) ⁡𝜃 = 𝑛𝜋 ± , ⁡𝑛 ∈ ℤ (D) ⁡𝜃 = 𝑛𝜋 ± , 𝑛 ∈ ℤ
3 2
Solution: (A)
4cos2 ⁡ 𝜃 − 3 = 0
3
⇒ cos2 ⁡ 𝜃 =
4
2
√3
⇒ cos2 ⁡ 𝜃 = ( )
2
𝜋
⇒ cos2 ⁡ 𝜃 = cos2 ⁡
6
𝜋
⇒ 𝜃 = 𝑛𝜋 ± , ⁡𝑛 ∈ ℤ
6
l
ia
Q.11 The set of values of ' 𝑏 ' for which the origin and the point (1,1) lie on the same side of the straight
line 𝑎2 𝑥 + 𝑎𝑏𝑦 + 1 = 0, ⁡∀⁡𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, 𝑏 > 0 are
er
(A) ⁡𝑏 ∈ (2,4) (B) ⁡𝑏 ∈ (0,2) (C) ⁡𝑏 ∈ [0,2] (D) None of these
at
Solution: (B)
yM
Value of 𝑎2 𝑥 + 𝑎𝑏𝑦 + 1 at (1,1)

>0
Value of 𝑎2 𝑥 + 𝑎𝑏𝑦 + 1 at (0,0)
ud
𝑎2 + 𝑎𝑏 + 1
⇒ > 0, ∀⁡𝑎 ∈ 𝑅
1
St
𝐷 < 0 ⇒ 𝑏 2 − 4 < 0 ⇒ −2 < 𝑏 < 2 but 𝑏 > 0

∴ ⁡0 < 𝑏 < 2
i.e., 𝑏 ∈ (0,2)
Q.12 Let PS be a median of the triangle with vertices P(2, 2), Q(6, −1) and R(7, 3). The equation of the
line passing through (1, −1) and parallel to PS is ________
(A) 2𝑥 − 9𝑦 − 7 = 0 (B) 2𝑥 − 9𝑦 − 11 = 0
(C) 2𝑥 + 9𝑦 − 11 = 0 (D) 2𝑥 + 9𝑦 + 7 = 0
Solution: (D)
6+7 −1+3 13
Midpoint of QR is S ≡ ( , ) ≡ ( , 1).
2 2 2
(1−2) 2
So, 𝑚PS = 13 =− .
( −2) 9
2
2
So, line parallel to PS and passing through (1, −1) has the equation 𝑦 + 1 = − (𝑥 − 1) or
9
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
2𝑥 + 9𝑦 + 7 = 0.
Q.13 Without changing the direction of coordinates axes, origin is transferred to (h, k), so that the linear
(one degree) terms in the equation x 2 + y2 − 4x + 6y − 7 = 0 are eliminated. Then the point (h, k) is
(A) (3, 2) (B) (-3, 2) (C) (2, -3) (D) None of these
Solution: (C)
Putting
𝑥 = 𝑥 ′ + ℎ, 𝑦 = 𝑦 ′ + 𝑘, the given equation transforms to
𝑥 ′2 + 𝑦 ′2 + 𝑥 ′ (2ℎ − 4) + 𝑦 ′ (2𝑘 + 6) + ℎ2 + 𝑘 2 − 7 = 0 Tо
eliminate linear terms, we should have
2ℎ − 4 = 0,2𝑘 + 6 = 0 ⇒ ℎ = 2, ⁡𝑘 = −3 i.e.,
(ℎ, 𝑘) = (2, −3)
l
Q.14
𝜋
If tan⁡ 𝑥 + tan⁡ ( + 𝑥) + tan⁡ (
2𝜋
ia
𝜋
+ 𝑥) = 3 and 𝑥 ∈ (0, ), then 𝑥 = _______
3 3
er 4
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
at
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 12 18 24
yM
Solution: (B)
𝜋 2𝜋
tan⁡ 𝑥 + tan⁡ ( + 𝑥) + tan⁡ ( + 𝑥) = 3
3 3
ud
tan⁡ 𝑥 + √3 tan⁡ 𝑥 − √3
⇒ tan⁡ 𝑥 + + =3
1 − √3tan⁡ 𝑥 1 + √3tan⁡ 𝑥
8tan⁡ 𝑥
St
⇒ tan⁡ 𝑥 + =3
1 − 3tan2 ⁡ 𝑥
3tan⁡ 𝑥 − tan3 ⁡ 𝑥
⇒ 3( )=3
1 − 3tan2 ⁡ 𝑥
⇒ 3tan⁡ 3𝑥 = 3
⇒ tan⁡ 3𝑥 = 1
𝜋
⇒ tan⁡ 3𝑥 =
4
𝜋
⇒𝑥=
12
Q.15 If 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 … … 𝑎𝑛 …. are in G.P. then the value of the determinant

log⁡ 𝑎𝑛 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+1 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+2
|log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+3 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+4 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+5 | is
log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+6 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+7 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+8
(A) −2 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 0
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (D)
We have 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 … . 𝑎𝑛 in G.P.
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
then 𝑟 = 2 i.e., 𝑟 = 𝑛+1 = 𝑛+2 = ⋯ …
𝑎1 𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑛+1
Hence log 𝑟 = log⁡(𝑎𝑛+1 ) − log⁡(𝑎𝑛 ) = log⁡(𝑎𝑛+2 ) − log⁡(𝑎𝑛+1 ) = ⋯
log⁡ 𝑎𝑛 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+1 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+2
Now |log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+3 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+4 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+5 |
log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+6 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+7 log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+8
Operate 𝐶2 → 𝐶2 − 𝐶1 and 𝐶3 → 𝐶3 − 𝐶2
log⁡ 𝑎𝑛 (log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+1 − log⁡ 𝑎𝑛 ) (log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+2 − log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+1 )

⁡= |log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+3 (log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+4 − log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+3 ) (log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+5 − log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+4 )|
log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+6 (log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+7 − log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+6 ) (log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+8 − log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+7 )
log⁡ 𝑎𝑛 log⁡ 𝑟 log⁡ 𝑟
⁡= |log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+3 log⁡ 𝑟 log⁡ 𝑟| = 0
log⁡ 𝑎𝑛+6 log⁡ 𝑟 log⁡ 𝑟
l
Q.16
ia
The system of simultaneous equations 𝑘𝑥 + 2𝑦 − 𝑧 = 1, (𝑘 − 1)𝑦 − 2𝑧 = 2 and (𝑘 + 2)𝑧 = 3 has a
er
unique solution, if 𝑘 is equal to
(A) −2 (B) −1 (C) 0 (D) 1
at
Solution: (B)
yM
For unique solution,
𝑘 2 −1
|0 𝑘 − 1 −2 | ≠ 0
ud
0 0 𝑘+2
⁡⇒ 𝑘(𝑘 − 1)(𝑘 + 2) ≠ 0
St
⁡⇒ 𝑘 ≠ 0, 1 or − 2
Q.17 The system of equations 𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 3𝑧 = 4, 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 4𝑧 = 5, 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 5𝑧 = 6 has

(A) infinitely many solutions (B) no solution
(C) unique solution (D) None of these
Solution: (A)
1 2 3
Since, Δ = |2 3 4| = 0 and 𝐷𝑥 , 𝐷𝑦 , 𝐷𝑧 are also each equal to 0
3 4 5
( ∵ entries in each row are in AP with common difference 1, and same is the case for 𝐷𝑥 , 𝐷𝑦 , 𝐷𝑧 )
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 Solve for 𝑥: |𝑥 + 2| ⩽ 9
(A) 𝑥 ∈ (−7,11) (B) ⁡𝑥 ∈ [−11,7]
(C) ⁡𝑥 ∈ [−∞, −7] ∪ (11, ∞) (D) ⁡𝑥 ∈ (−∞, 7] ∪ [11, ∞)
Solution: (B)
|𝑥 + 2| ⩽ 9
⇒ −9 ⩽ 𝑥 + 2 ⩽ 9
⇒ −11 ⩽ 𝑥 ⩽ 7
⇒ 𝑥 ∈ [−11,7]
Q.19 If 𝑥 is real, then the Range of 2𝑥 2 − 6𝑥 + 8 is _____

7 7
(A) [7, ∞) (B) [ , ∞) (C) [− , ∞) (D) None of these
2 2
Solution: (B)
Let 𝑦 = 2𝑥 2 − 6𝑥 + 8
l
ia
Comparing with 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐
Here 𝑎 > 0
er
𝐷
𝑦 ∈ [− , ∞)
at
4𝑎
𝐷 = 𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐 = 36 − 64 = −28
yM
28
⁡∴ 𝑦 ∈ [ , ∞)
8
7
⁡⇒ 𝑦 ∈ [ , ∞)
2
ud
St
Q.20 The solution set of log1/2 ⁡(𝑥 2 − 1) > 0 is

(A) (−1, √2) (B) (−√2, 1)
(C) (−√2, √2) (D) (−√2, −1) ∪ (1, √2)
Solution: (D)
log 1 ⁡(𝑥 2 − 1) > 0

2
1 0
⇒ 𝑥 2 − 1 < ( ) and because of domain 𝑥 2 − 1 > 0
2
⇒ 𝑥 − 1 < 1 and 𝑥 2 − 1 > 0
2
∴ 𝑥 2 < 2 and 𝑥 2 − 1 > 0

⇒ 1 < 𝑥2 < 2
1 < |𝑥| < √2
(−√2, −1) ∪ (1, √2)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
INTEGER TYPE
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Q.21 Let 𝑥 = √1 + + + √1 + + + √1 + + + ⋯ … … … + √1 + +
12 22 22 32 32 42 20092 20102
(2010)𝑥−2009
Then
2009×2010
=
Solution: (1)
Let
1 1
T𝑛 = √1 + 2
+
𝑛 (𝑛 + 1)2
l
⁡= √
𝑛2 (𝑛 + 1)2 + (𝑛 + 1)2 + 𝑛2
ia
er
𝑛2 (𝑛 + 1)2
at
(𝑛2 + 𝑛)2 + 2(𝑛2 + 𝑛) + 1
⁡= √
𝑛2 (𝑛 + 1)2
yM
(𝑛2 + 𝑛 + 1)2
⁡= √
𝑛2 (𝑛 + 1)2
ud
𝑛2 + 𝑛 + 1
⁡=
𝑛(𝑛 + 1)
1 1 1
St
⁡= 1 + = 1+ −
𝑛(𝑛 + 1) 𝑛 𝑛+1
Therefore,
2009 2009
1 1
𝑥 = ∑ T𝑛 = ∑ (1 + − )
𝑛 𝑛+1
𝑛=1 𝑛=1
1
⁡= 2009 + (1 − )
2009 + 1
(2010)2 − 1
⁡=
2010
2011 ⋅ 2009
⁡=
2010
Therefore
(2010)𝑥 − 2009
=1
2009 × 2010
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝜋
Q.22 If tan⁡(𝜋cos⁡ 𝜃) = cot⁡(𝜋sin⁡ 𝜃), then 72cos 2 ⁡ (𝜃 − ) is equal to ______
4
Solution: (9)
tan⁡(𝜋cos⁡ 𝜃) = cot⁡(𝜋sin⁡ 𝜃)
𝜋
⇒ tan⁡(𝜋cos⁡ 𝜃) = tan⁡ ( − 𝜋sin⁡ 𝜃)
2
𝜋
⇒ 𝜋cos⁡ 𝜃 = 𝑛𝜋 + − 𝜋sin⁡ 𝜃⁡, ⁡𝑛 ∈ ℤ
2
2𝑛 + 1
⇒ sin⁡ 𝜃 + cos⁡ 𝜃 =
2
𝜋 2𝑛 + 1
⇒ cos⁡ (𝜃 − ) =
4 2√2
2𝑛 + 1
⇒ −1 ⩽ ⩽1
2√2
⇒ 𝑛 ∈ {−1,0}
l
ia
𝜋 1
⇒ cos⁡ (𝜃 − ) = ± ( )
4 2√2
𝜋
er
⇒ 8cos2 ⁡ (𝜃 − ) = 1
4
𝜋
at
2
⇒ 72cos ⁡ (𝜃 − ) = 9
4
yM
sin⁡ 3𝑥
Q.23 If = 𝑎sec⁡ 𝑥 − 𝑏sin⁡ 𝑥tan⁡ 𝑥, then 𝑎𝑏 = _______
sin⁡ 2𝑥
ud
Solution: (3)
St
sin3𝑥 3sin𝑥 − 4sin3 𝑥 3

= = sec⁡ 𝑥 − 2sin⁡ 𝑥tan⁡ 𝑥
sin2𝑥 2sin⁡ 𝑥cos⁡ 𝑥 2
3
Comparing, we get 𝑎 = and 𝑏 = 2
2
3
∴ 𝑎𝑏 = ×2 =3
2
Q.24 The number of integral values of 𝑚, for which the 𝑋 coordinate of the point of intersection of the
lines 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 9 and 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 1 is also an integer is ______
Solution: (2)
5
Solving 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 9 and 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 1, we get 𝑥 = .
3+4𝑚
So, 𝑥 is an integer if 3 + 4𝑚 ∈ {1, −1,5, −5}.
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
−2 −4 2 −8 1 1
∴𝑚∈{ , , , } ⇒ 𝑚 ∈ {− , −1, , −2} .
4 4 4 4 2 2
So, 𝑚 has two integral values.
𝜆2 + 3𝜆 𝜆 − 1 𝜆 + 3
Q.25 Let | 𝜆 + 1 −2𝜆 𝜆 − 4| = 𝑝𝜆4 + 𝑞𝜆3 + 𝑟𝜆2 + 𝑠𝜆 + 𝑡 be an identity in 𝜆, where 𝑝, 𝑞, 𝑟, 𝑠 and 𝑡
𝜆−3 𝜆+6 3𝜆
are constants. Then the value of 𝑡 is
Solution: (6)
Put 𝝀 = 0 in the given identity
0 −1 3
𝑡= |1 0 −4|
−3 6 0
⁡⇒ 𝑡 = 6
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
10
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 7 DATED 27th Nov 2022
Exam Pattern: Advanced Level
PHYSICS:
l
ia
• Vertical Circular Motion, Center of mass and Collisions
er
at
CHEMISTRY:
M
• Redox Part I, Thermodynamics First Law, Thermochemistry
• All Previous Topics y
ud
St
MATHS:
• St. Lines & Circles (except family of circles)
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 A train of mass M is moving on a circular track of radius ' R′ with constant speed V. The length of
the train is half of the perimeter of the track. The linear momentum of the train will be
2MV 4𝑀𝑉
(A) zero (B) (C) (D) MV
𝜋 3𝜋
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.2 Block A of mass m after sliding from an inclined plane, strikes elastically another block B of same
ud
mass at rest. Find the minimum height H so that ball B just completes the circular motion (𝑅 =
5 m).
St
(A) 15 m (B) 75 m (C) 12.5 m (D) 10 m

Solution: (C)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.3 Two rectangular blocks A and B of masses 2 kg and 3 kg respectively are connect by a spring of
spring constant 10.8 Nm−1 and are placed on a frictionless horizontal surface. The block A was
given an initial velocity of 0.15 ms −1 in the direction shown in the figure. The maximum
compression of the spring during the motion is
(A) 0.01 m (B) 0.02 m (C) 0.05 m (D) 0.03 m
Solution: (C)
1 2×3 1
( ) (0.15)2 = × 10.8𝑥 2
2 2+3 2
l
ia
𝑥 = 0.05 m er
Q.4 In the figure shown find out the distance of centre of mass of a system of a uniform circular plate of
radius 3R from O in which a hole of radius R is cut whose centre is at 2𝑅 distance from centre of
at
large circular plate.
yM
ud
St
(A) R/4 (B) R/5 (C) R/2 (D) none of these

Solution: (A)
Q.5 The coordinate of the centre of mass of a system as shown in figure : -
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝑎 a a 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
(A) ( , 0) (B) ( , ) (C) ( , ) (D) (0, )
3 2 2 3 3 3
Solution: (C)
0+m×a+m×0 a
X CM = =
3m 3
0 + M × 0 + M(a) a
YCM = =
3M 3
Q.6 Two particles of mass 1 kg and 0.5 kg are moving in the same direction with speed of 2 m/s and 6
m/s respectively on a smooth horizontal surface. The speed of centre of mass of the system is:
10 10 11 12
(A) m/s (B) m/s (C) m/s (D) m/s
3 7 2 3
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.7 A wooden plank of mass 20 kg and length 10 m is resting on a smooth horizontal floor. A man of mass 60 kg
starts moving from one end of the plank to the other end. Find the magnitude of displacement of the plank
St
over the floor when the man reaches the other end of the plank.
(A) 7.5 m (B) 5 m (C) 12.5 m (D) 2.5 m
Solution: (A)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
MULTIPLE CORRECT
er
at
A block A of mass 2 kg rests on a horizontal surface. Another block B of mass 1 kg moving at a

yM
Q.8
speed of 1 m/s when at a distance of 16 cm from A, collides elastically with A. The coefficient of
friction between the horizontal surface and each of the blocks is 0.2. Then, (𝑔 = 10 m/s2 ),
ud
(A) after collision block B rebounds.

(B) after collision block B comes to rest.
St
(C) final separation between the blocks is 3 cm.

(D) final separation between the blocks is 5 cm.
Solution: (AD)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.9 A ball of mass m strikes the fixed inclined plane after falling through a height h. If it rebounds
elastically, then find impulse on the ball and speed of ball (v) just after impact.
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
(A) I = 2m cos  2gh (B) V = 2gh

St
2m 2gh
(C) I = (D) V = 2gh cos 
cos 
Solution: (AB)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.10 ⃗ 1 = 2𝑖ˆ + 3𝑗ˆ m/s and 𝑢

Two particles of masses 𝑚 and 2m has initial velocity 𝑢 ⃗ 2 = −4𝑖ˆ + 3𝑗ˆ m/s
ud
respectively. These particles have constant acceleration 𝑎1 = 4𝑖ˆ + 3𝑗ˆ( m/s 2 ) and 𝑎2 = −4𝑖ˆ −
2𝑗ˆ( m/s 2 ).
St
Choose correct options:
(A) Initial velocity of COM is −2𝑖ˆ + 3𝑗ˆ. (B) Acceleration of com is −4𝑖ˆ − 𝑗ˆ
(C) Path of com will be straight line. (D) Path of com will be parabolic.
Solution: (AD)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 Consider the following two statements :
(A) Linear momentum of a system of particles is zero
(B) Kinetic energy of a system of particles is zero, and choose incorrect options:-
(A) A does not imply B and B does not imply A (B) A implies B but B does not imply A
(C) A does not imply B but B implies A (D) A implies B and B implies A
Solution: (ABD)
Q.12 A system of particles has its centre of mass at the origin. The x-coordinates of all the particles
(A) May be positive (B) May be negative
(C) May be non-negative (D) May be non-positive
Solution: (CD)
l
Conceptual
ia
er
Q.13 Two identical billiard balls are in contact on a table. A third identical ball (moving with speed u)
at
collides with them simultaneously, symmetrically and comes to rest after impact. Find the coefficient
yM
of restitution and speed of first two balls just after impact
2 1 u
(A) e = (B) e = (C) V = (D) V = 3u
3 3 3
ud
Solution: (AC)
St
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 Assuming potential energy ' U ' at ground level to be zero.
All objects are made up of same material.

𝑈𝑝 = Potential energy of solid sphere
𝑈𝑄 = Potential energy of solid cube
𝑈𝑅 = Potential energy of solid cone
𝑈𝑆 = Potential energy of solid cylinder
(A) 𝑈𝑆 > 𝑈𝑃 (B) 𝑈𝑄 > 𝑈𝑠 (C) 𝑈𝑃 > 𝑈𝑄 (D) 𝑈𝑃 > 𝑈𝑆
Solution: (AB)
l
ia
In 𝑃, 𝑄 and 𝑆; the centre of masses lie at 𝐷/2 height from the base level. Where as in 𝑅 (cons) the
er
com lies at 𝐷/4 height from the base.
Hence 𝑈𝑝 > 𝑈𝑄 .
at
yM
ud
St
Paragraph Type
Paragraph 15 to 16
There are two blocks A and B placed on a smooth surface. Block A has mass 10 kg and it is moving
with velocity 0.8 m/s towards stationary B of unknown mass. At the time of collision, their
velocities are given by the following graph:
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.15 Coefficient of restitution of the collision is
(A) 1.5 (B) 1 (C) 0.5 (D) 0.8
Solution: (B)
Q.16 Maximum deformation potential energy is:

(A) 1.2 J (B) 3.2 J (C) 2.0 J (D) 1.6 J
l
ia
Solution: (A)
er
at
yM
ud
St
Paragraph 17 to 18
One end of massless inextensible string of length 𝑙 is fixed and other end is tied to a small ball of
mass m. The ball is performing a circular motion in vertical plane. At the lowest position, speed of
ball is √20 g𝑙. Neglect any other forces on the ball except tension and gravitational force.
Acceleration due to gravity is g.
Q.17 Motion of ball is in nature of

(A) circular motion with constant speed
(B) circular motion with variable speed
(C) circular motion with constant angular acceleration about centre of the circle.
(D) none of these
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (B)
As speed of ball is variable, so motion is non uniform circular motion.

Q.18 At the highest position of ball, tangential acceleration of ball is
(A) 0 (B) g (C) 5 g (D) 16 g
Solution: (A)
At the highest position of ball, net tangential force is zero, hence tangential acceleration of ball is
zero,
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-7 CHEMISTRY PAPER
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 A monoatomic ideal gas of two moles is taken through a reversible cyclic process starting from A as
VB V
shown in figure. The volume ratios are = 2 and D = 4 . If the temperature TA at A is 27 C,
VA VA
calculate: (ln 2 = 0.7 and R = 2 cal/K.mol)
l
ia
The magnitude of total work done by the gas (in cal) during complete cycle.
er
(A) – 1400 (B) – 800 (C) – 300 (D) – 1200
at
Solution : (D)
VA TA
yM
=
VB TB
⇒ TB = 2 × 300
= 600 K
ud
WA→B (isobaric process) = −PΔV

nRTB
=− (VB − VA )
St
VB
1
= −2 × 600R (1 − )
2
= −2 × 300R = −600R
VC
WB→C (isothermal process) = −nRT ln
VB
= −2 × R × 600 ln 2
= −840R
ωC→D ⋅ ( ischoric process) =0
ωD→A = 600 R ln 4 = +840R
total work done = ωA→B + ωB→C + ωC→D + ωD → A
= −600R − 840R + 0 + 840R
= −600R = −1200cal(∵ R = 2cal/mol K)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.2 Which of the following transformation has identical LUMO both side:
(A) N 2 → N 22− (B) O 2 → O 22 + (C) C2 → C22− (D) B2 → B22−
Solution : (D)
N2 has 𝜋 ∗ 2𝑝𝑥 as LUMO
N2 2− has 𝜎 ∗ 2𝑝 as LUMO
O2 has 𝜎 ∗ 2𝑝 as LUMO
O2+ ∗
2 has 𝜋 2p as LUMO
C2 has 𝜎2𝑝 as LUMO

C2 2− has 𝜋 ∗ 2𝑝 as LUMO
B2 and B2 2− have 𝜎2𝑝 as LUMO
Q.3 Consider the redox reaction in column-I and molar ratio of oxidizing to reducing agent in column-II
respectively. Match the item in which columns approximately.
l
ia
List-I er List-II
(Redox reaction) (Molar ratio of oxidizing to reducing agent)
(P) MnO 4 − + C2 O 4 2− → MnO 2 + CO 2 (1) 2:1
at
(Q) ClO− + Fe ( OH )3 → Cl− + FeO42− (2) 3:1
yM
(R) C2 O 42− + Fe3+ → Fe2+ + CO 2 (3) 2:3
(S) N2 H4 + Cu ( OH )2 → N2O + Cu (4) 3:2

ud
Codes :
P Q R S P Q R S
St
(A) 3 4 1 2 (B) 4 3 2 1
(C) 2 1 4 3 (D) 1 2 3 4
Solution : (A)
R.A. → Reducing agent; O.A. → Oxidising agent
O.A. 2
(P) 2MnO4 − + 3C2 O−2
4 ⟶ 2MnO2 + 6CO2 ; = Ans. (3)
R.A. 3
nf = 3 nf = 2
O.A. R.A.
O.A. 3
(Q) 3ClO− + 2Fe(OH)3 ⟶ 3Cl− + 2FeO4 2− ; = Ans. (4)
R.A. 2
nf = 2 nf = 3
O.A. R.A.
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
O.A. 2
=
R.A. I
O⋅A. 6 3
(S) 2N2 H4 + 6Cu(OH)2 ⟶ 2N2 O + Cu; = = Ans. (2)
R.A. 2 1
nf = 6 nf = 2
R.A. O.A.
Q.4 Consider the following figure at initial state.
l
ia
er
If a reaction is carried out in the above cylinder at constant temperature against constant external
at
pressure such that H = −34.8kJ and E = −35kJ , find the final volume of gas in cylinder after
yM
completion of process (Given 1 L atm = 100 J).

(A) 1.0 L (B) 1.5 L (C) 2.0 L (D) 2.5 L
Solution : (D)
ud
Given volume V1 = 0.5 L

ΔH = ΔU + Δ(PV)
St
−34.8 kJ = −35 kJ + 1 atm( V2 − 0.5 L)

0.2×1000
100
L atm = 1 atm( V2 − 0.5 L)
V2 = 2.5 L
Q.5 A photon of certain frequency is strike on a metal surface, so that there is ejection of a photo electron
150
with wavelength A. Calculate wavelength of photon strike on metal surface.
2
0
(Given : hc = 12400 eV A )
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
0 0 0
(A) 1550 A (B) 310 A (C) 1240 A (D) None of these
Solution : (A)
150 1/2 √150
λe Å = ( ) =
V 2
V = 4 volt
KE = 4 eV
ET (Photon) = 8 eV
l
12400
ia
λÅ = = 1550Å
8 er
Q.6 At low pressure, the compressibility factor for a particular gas is given by :
160P  where, P in bar 
Z = 1 + 0.34 P −
at
;  T in Kelvin 
T  
yM
What is the Boyle’s temperature of this gas?

(A) 680 K (B) 470 K (C) 340 K (D) 298 K
Solution : (B)
ud
for Boyle’s temperature.

Z=1
St
160P
⇒ 1 = 1 + 0.34P −
T
160
⇒ 0.34 =
T
160
⇒ T= = 470 K
0.34
Q.7 Consider the following statements and arrange in the order of true/false as given in the codes.
S1 : Change in state function between two states is a definite quantity and does not depend on path.
S2 : Intensive properties can’t be algebraically added or subtracted.
S3 : Ratio of two extensive properties result into a parameter that depends on amount of substance.
S4 : Molar heat capacity is a path function.
The correct order of true / false of the above statements is
(A) FTFT (B) FFFT (C) TTFT (D) TTTF
Solution : (C)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
S3 : Ratio of two extensive properties is intensive.
Q.8 Select correct order(s) of bond angle

(A) OCl2  SF2  AsH3 (B) NH3  PF3  PH3
(C) XeO3  ClO 4 −  SO 4 2− (D) N (SiH3 )3  O (SiH3 )2  O ( CH3 )2
Solution : (AB)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.9 Fuming H 2SO4 (oleum) is a homogenous mixture of H 2SO4 and SO3. Then which of the following
statement(s) are correct:

(A) If H 2SO4 and SO3 are equimolar in an oleum sample, then strength of oleum is 110.00%
(B) If H 2SO4 and SO3 are having equal masses in an oleum sample, then strength of oleum is
111.25%
(C) Strength of an oleum sample may be less than 100%.
(D) If strength of oleum is (100 + x) %, then x g of water is to be added to 100 g oleum sample to
convert whole of SO3 to H 2SO4 .
Solution : (BD & ABD)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) Let's take 1 mol H2 SO4 and 1 mol SO3
∴ total mass = 98 + 80 = 178 g
1 mol SO3 requires 1mol H2 O
80 mass of H2 O = 18 g
For 178 g − 18 g H2O
18
1g −
178
18
100g − × 100 g = 10.11 g
178
(B) Let's take 100g (H2 SO4 + SO3 )

50
then for 50g SO3 , moles of H2 O = × 18 = 11.25g
80
∴ % strength of oleum = 100 + 11.25 = 111.25%

(C) % strength is always greater then 100% .
l
(D) Factual
ia
Q.10 1 mole N2(g) undergo following cyclic process – er
at
yM
ud
Which option (s) is/are correct – [Use : R = 2 Cal / K – mole ; ln 2 = 0.7]

St
(A) WAB = −840cal (B) H AB = 300 cal (C) UCA = 1500cal (D) q BC = −600 cal
Solution : (AC)
(A) T1 , V1 at Point A is 600 K, 1 L
T2 , V2 at Point B is 600 K, 2 L
T3 , V3 at point C is 300k, 2L
nN2 = 1 mol
WAB is Reversible isothermal expansion
v2 2
∴ wAB = − ∫ PdV = −nRT ln
vl
= −1 × 2 × 600 ln
1
= −1200 × 0.7
= −840cal
∴ A option is correct
(B) ∵ H = U + PV
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
∴ ΔH = ΔV + Δ(PV)
for ideal gas
ΔHAB = ΔUAB + Δ(∩ KT)
B
At const temperature ∫A dU = 0
and Δn and T = 0 as neither moles nor temperature is changing
∴ B is incorrect
5R
(C) ΔUCA = +nCV ∆T = +n × × 300 = +1500 cal
2
∴ C option is correct
(D) q BC (isochoric process) = ΔUBC = nC𝑉 ∆T
5R
=1× × (−300)
2
= −750 R = −1500 cal

∴ D is incorrect
l
ia
Q.11 Which of the following statement is/are correct: er
(A) Enthalpy can be written as H = f(P,T) for a substance (no physical or chemical change)
(B) Absolute value of enthalpy can’t be determined
at
(C) The heat absorbed during the isothermal expansion of an ideal gas against vacuum is zero.
yM
(D) H = ncp,mT is only valid for isobaric process

Solution : (ABC)
Part A: Correct, Enthalpy is a function of (P,T) or (V,T) .
ud
Part B: Correct, as enthalpy entails internal energy which is incalculable because it is impossible to
track the course of action of each and every molecules or atoms inside the container to fid out
St
their KE and PE
Part C: Correct: Vacuum has no physical entity to transfer the heat to.
Part D: No, since enthalpy is a state function it is applicable for any process as it doesn’t depend on
path.
Q.12 For the reaction
I − + ClO − 3 + H 2SO 4 → Cl − + HSO − 4 + I 2
The correct statement(s) in the balanced equation is/are :

(A) Stoichiometric coefficient of HSO − 4 is 6
(B) Iodide is oxidized

(C) Sulphur is reduced
(D) H 2O is one of the products
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (ABD)
The balanced equation is ClO3− + 6I− + 6H2 SO4 → 3I2 + Cl− + 6HSO−
4 + 3H2 O.
So, stoichiometric coefficient of HSO− −

4 is 6 , iodide is oxidised from I to I2 and H2 O is one of the
product.
Q.13 Which of the following is/are correct for 17g/L of H2O2 solution?
(A) Volume strength is 5.6 at 273K and 1 atm
(B) Molarity of solution is 0.5 M
(C) 1 mL of this solution gives 2.8 mL O2 at 273K and 2 atm
(D) The normality of solution is 2N
Solution : (ABC)
17
17 g/L H2 O2 = mol L−1 H2 O2
34
1
Molarity of H2 O2 =
l
2
ia
V 1
M= ⇒ V = × 11.2 = 5.6
11.2 2
er
5.6 volume H2 O2 means 1mL will give 5.6 mL at 273 K and 1 atm
P1 V1 = P2 V2
at
1 × 5.6 = 2 × V2 ⇒ V2 = 2.8 mL
yM
Q.14 The disproportionation reaction (s) among the following is/are

(A) 2H 2O2 → 2H 2O + O2

(B) 4H 3PO 4 ⎯⎯ → 3H 3PO 4 + PH 3
ud
3Cl2 + 6NaOH → 5NaCl + NaClO3 + 3H 2 O

(C)
( Hot & conc.)
St
(D) 2Pb ( NO3 )2 ⎯⎯


→ 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2
Solution : (AC)
Decomposition of lead nitrate is not a disproportionation reaction as same element is not getting
oxidized as well as reduced simultaneously.
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
PARAGRAPH TYPE
Paragraph : 1
Q. No. 15 & 16
This paragraph contains three columns:
Column-III
Column-II
Column-I (Correct electronic
(Possible energy of
(H-like atom) transition for energy of
emitted photon)
photon in column-II)
(I) I.E. = 54.4 eV (i) 10.2 eV (P) 2 →1
(II) I.E. = 122.4 eV (ii) 40.8 eV (Q) 4→2
l
(III) I.E. = 14.4 eV (iii) 2.7 eV (R) 6→3
(IV) I.E. = 13.6 eV (iv) 12.75 eV

ia (S) 4 →1
er
at
Q.15 Which of the following is CORRECT match
yM
(A) I − i − S (B) I − i − Q (C) II − i − Q (D) II − ii − P

Solution : (B)
ud
Q.16 Which of the following is CORRECT match

(A) III − iii − Q (B) IV − iv − Q (C) III − iv − Q (D) IV − i − Q
St
Solution : (A)
Paragraph : 2
Q. No. 17 & 18
We know that balancing of a chemical equation is entirely based on law of conservation of mass.
However the concept of Principle of Atom Conservation (POAC) can also be related to law of
conservation of mass in a chemical reaction. So, POAC can also act as a technique for balancing a
chemical equation. For example, for a reaction :
ABC3 → AB + C2
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
n ABC3 n AB n C2
On applying POAC for A, B & C and relating the 3 equations, we get : = = ( nx :
2 2 3
number of moles of X)
Thus, the coefficients of ABC3, AB & C2 in the balanced chemical equation will be 2, 2 & 3
respectively and the balanced chemical equation can be represented as :
2ABC3 → 2AB + 3C2
Now answer the following questions :
Q.17 Which of the following relation is correct regarding the numerical coefficients p, q, r in the balanced
chemical equation :
pA + qB2 → rA 2 B5
(A) 2p = r (B) q = 1.25 p (C) r = 2q (D) q = 0.8p
l
Solution : (B)
On applying POAC for A & B respectively, we get
ia
er
1 × nA = 2 × nA2B5 … (i)
2 × nB2 = 5 × nA2B5 … (ii)
at
nA nB2 n A2 B 5
by (i) & (ii), = =
yM
4 5 2
∴ balanced equation : 4A + 5B2 → 2A2 B5

∴ q = 1.25p Ans.
ud
Q.18 If the atomic masses of X and Y are 10 & 30 respectively, then the mass of XY3 formed when 120 g
of Y2 reacts completely with X is :
St
Reaction X + Y2 → XY3
(A) 133.3 g (B) 200 g (C) 266.6 g (D) 400 g
Solution : (A)
on applying POAC for X and Y respectiely, we get
1 × nX = 1 × nXY3 … (iii)
2 × nY2 = 3 × nXY3 … (iv)
by (iii) & (iv), nY2 = 1.5 × nX
from (iii) and (iv)
nx nY2 nXY3
= =
2 3 2
∴ Balanced equation: 2X + 3Y2 → 2XY3

120 4
nY 2 = ∴ nXY3 = = 2
60 3
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
4
∴ mXY3 = × 100 = 133.3 g Ans.
3
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 If 2𝑎 + 3𝑏 + 4𝑐 = 0, then the family of lines 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 always passes through the point
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
(A) ( , − ) (B) ( , ) (C) ( , ) (D) (− , )
2 4 2 4 4 2 4 2
Solution: (B)
Given family of lines is 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0.
l
1 3
ia
Also given 2𝑎 + 3𝑏 + 4𝑐 = 0 ⇒ ( ) 𝑎 + ( ) 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 0.
2 4
1 3
So, 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 always passes through ( , ).
2 4
er
at
Q.2 Find the equation of the angle bisector of the angle between the lines 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 6 = 0 and
yM
5𝑥 + 12𝑦 + 9 = 0 which contains the point (1,2).

(A) 7𝑥 + 9𝑦 − 3 = 0 (B) 7𝑥 − 9𝑦 − 3 = 0
(C) 9𝑥 − 7𝑦 − 41 = 0 (D) 9𝑥 + 7𝑦 − 41 = 0
ud
Solution: (C)
St
The given lines are 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 6 = 0 and 5𝑥 + 12𝑦 + 9 = 0, and the given point is (1,2). Now,
(4(1) + 3(2) − 6)(5(1) + 12(2) + 9) = 152 > 0.
4𝑥+3𝑦−6 5𝑥+12𝑦+9
So, required angle bisector is = , that is 9𝑥 − 7𝑦 − 41 = 0.
5 13
Q.3 The lines joining the origin to the points of intersection of 3𝑥 2 + 𝜆𝑥𝑦 − 4𝑥 + 1 = 0 and
2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0 are at right angles for

(A) only 𝜆 = −4 (B) only 𝜆 = 4
(C) only 𝜆 = 7 (D) all values of 𝜆
Solution: (D)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Equation of the pair of lines joining the origin to the points of intersection of the given curves is
3𝑥 2 + 𝜆𝑥𝑦 − 4𝑥(2𝑥 + 𝑦) + (1)(2𝑥 + 𝑦)2 = 0
(Making the second degree equation homogeneous with the help of the equation of the line)
⇒ 𝑥 2 − 𝜆𝑥𝑦 − 𝑦 2 = 0
which are perpendicular for all values of 𝜆 as the product of the slopes is −1.
Q.4 The radius of the circle (𝑥 − 5)(𝑥 − 1) + (𝑦 − 7)(𝑦 − 4) = 0 is

5 7
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) (D)
2 2
Solution: (C)
Given equation of circle is (𝑥 − 5)(𝑥 − 1) + (𝑦 − 7)(𝑦 − 4) = 0, which is in diametric form. So,

extremities of diameter are (5,7) and (1,4).
1 5
So, 𝑟 = √42 + 32 = .
l
2 2
ia
er
Q.5 The equations of the tangents to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 4 = 0, which are perpendicular to
the line 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 1 = 0, are
at
(A) 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 5 = 0,4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 25 = 0 (B) 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 5 = 0,4𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 25 = 0
yM
(C) 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 5 = 0,4𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 25 = 0 (D) 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 5 = 0,4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 25 = 0
Solution: (D)
ud
Line perpendicular to 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 1 = 0 is of the form 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0.

Given circle is 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 4 = 0, whose centre is (1,2) and radius is 3 .
St
|4(1) + 3(2) + 𝑐|
∴ = 3 ⇒ |𝑐 + 10| = 15 ⇒ 𝑐 = 5 or 𝑐 = −25
√42 + 32
So, required equations are 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 5 = 0 or 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 25 = 0.
Q.6 The equation of the chord of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 8𝑥 whose mid-point is (4,3) is
(A) 3𝑦 = 1 (B) 𝑦 = 3 (C) 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 = 9 (D) 𝑦 = 2
Solution: (B)
T = S1 ⇒ 𝑥(4) + 𝑦(3) − 4(𝑥 + 4) = 16 + 9 − 32

⇒ 3𝑦 − 9 = 0 ⇒ 𝑦 = 3
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.7 If 16𝑚2 − 8𝑙 − 1 = 0 then equation of the circle having 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 1 = 0 as tangent is
(A) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 = 0 (B) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 = 0
(C) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑦 = 0 (D) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑦 = 0
Solution: (B)
16𝑚2 = 8𝑙 + 1
2 2)
16(𝑙 + 𝑚 = 16𝑙 2 + 8𝑙 + 1 = (4𝑙 + 1)2
4√(𝑙 2 + 𝑚2 ) = |4𝑙 + 1|
|4𝑙 + 1|
=4
√𝑙 2 + 𝑚2
Centre (4,0) and radius = 4

Equation of circle is (𝑥 − 4)2 + (𝑦 − 0)2 = 42
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 = 0
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.8 If the slope of one of the lines represented by 𝑎𝑥 2 + (3𝑎 + 1)𝑥𝑦 + 3𝑦 2 = 0 be the reciprocal of the
ud
slope of the other, then the individual equations of the lines are
(A) 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 0 (B) 3𝑥 − 𝑦 = 0 (C) 𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 0 (D) 3𝑥 + 𝑦 = 0
St
Solution: (CD)
Given joint equation is 𝑎𝑥 2 + (3𝑎 + 1)𝑥𝑦 + 3𝑦 2 = 0, whose auxiliary equation is
3𝑚2 + (3𝑎 + 1)𝑚 + 𝑎 = 0.

𝑎
Since slopes are reciprocals of each other, so = 1 ⇒ 𝑎 = 3.
3
So, the joint equation is 3𝑥 2 + 10𝑥𝑦 + 3𝑦 2 = 0.
Factoring, we get (3𝑥 + 𝑦)(𝑥 + 3𝑦) = 0.
Q.9 Given three straight lines 2𝑥 + 11𝑦 − 5 = 0,24𝑥 + 7𝑦 − 20 = 0 and 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 2 = 0. Then,

(A) they form a triangle
(B) they are concurrent
(C) one line bisects the angle between the other two
(D) two of them are parallel
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (BC)
2 11 −5
Here, |24 7 −20| = 2(−14 − 60) − 11(−48 + 80) − 5(−72 − 28)
4 −3 −2
= −148 − 352 + 500 = 0

So, given three lines are concurrent.
For the two lines 24𝑥 + 7𝑦 − 20 = 0 and 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 2 = 0, the angle bisectors are given by
24𝑥+7𝑦−20 4𝑥−3𝑦−2
25
=± Taking positive sign, we get 2𝑥 + 11𝑦 − 5 = 0.
5
So, one line bisects the angle between the other two.
Q.10 Which of the following pairs of points lie on the same side of the line 3𝑥 − 8𝑦 − 7 = 0 ?
(A) (0, −1) and (0,0) (B) (1, −3) and (8,2)
(C) (−3, −4) and (1,2) (D) (−1, −1) and (3,7)
l
Solution: (BD)
Given line is L ≡ 3𝑥 − 8𝑦 − 7 = 0.
ia
er
L(0, −1) = 3(0) − 8(−1) − 7 = 1 > 0 and L(0,0) = 3(0) − 8(0) − 7 = −7 < 0.
at
So, the points (0, −1) and (0,0) lie on different sides of the line 𝐿 = 0
yM
L(1, −3) = 3(1) − 8(−3) − 7 = 20 > 0 and L(8,2) = 3(8) − 8(2) − 7 = 1 > 0.
So, the points (1, −3) and (8,2) lie on same side of the line 𝐿 = 0
ud
L(−3, −4) = 3(−3) − 8(−4) − 7 = 16 > 0 and L(1,2) = 3(1) − 8(2) − 7 = −20 < 0.
St
So, the points (−3, −4) and (1,2) lie on different sides of the line 𝐿 = 0
L(−1, −1) = 3(−1) − 8(−1) − 7 = −2 < 0 and L(3,7) = 3(3) − 8(7) − 7 = −54 < 0.
So, the points (−1, −1) and (3,7) lie on same side of the line 𝐿 = 0
Q.11 Consider the circle S ≡ 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 4 = 0, the line L ≡ 2𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 15 = 0 and the point

P(3,4). Then,
(A) 𝑃 lies on 𝐿 = 0 (B) P lies inside 𝑆 = 0
(C) 𝐿 = 0 does not meet 𝑆 = 0 (D) 𝐿 = 0 is a tangent of 𝑆 = 0
Solution: (BC)
Clearly, 𝑃 does not lie on 𝐿 = 0.

SP = (3)2 + (4)2 − 2(3) − 4(4) − 4 = −1 < 0, so 𝑃 lies inside 𝑆 = 0.
Let 𝑑L is the distance of 𝐿 from the centre of the circle 𝑆
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
|2(1) + 2(2) + 15| 21
𝑑L = = > 3 = 𝑟, so 𝐿 = 0 does not meet 𝑆 = 0.
√22 + 22 2√2
𝑝
Q.12 If the lines 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 4 = 0 and 6𝑥 − 8𝑦 − 7 = 0 are tangents to a circle whose radius is equal to
𝑞
units, where 𝑝 and 𝑞 are relatively prime natural numbers, then
(A) 𝑝 = 3 (B) 𝑞 = 4 (C) 𝑝 = 5 (D) 𝑞 = 7
Solution: (AB)
The given two tangents are parallel tangents of the circle. So, half the distance between them will be
equal to the radius of the circle.
1 8 − (−7) 3
𝑟= | |=
2 √62 + 82 4
l
ia
Q.13 The tangents drawn from the origin to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑝𝑥 − 2𝑞𝑦 + 𝑞 2 = 0 are perpendicular,
er
if
(A) 𝑝 = 𝑞 (B) 𝑝2 = 𝑞 2 (C) 𝑞 = −𝑝 (D) 𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 = 1
at
Solution: (ABC)
yM
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑝𝑥 − 2𝑞𝑦 + 𝑞 2 = 0
or (𝑥 − 𝑝)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑞)2 = 𝑝2
ud
Since tangents are perpendicular, then locus of point of intersection of tangents is director circle.
Director circle of (i) is
St
(𝑥 − 𝑝)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑞)2 = 2𝑝2 … … (ii)
Since point of intersection of tangent is (0,0), then from Eq. (ii)
𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 = 2𝑝2
⇒ 𝑝2 = 𝑞 2
or 𝑝 = ±𝑞
Q.14 The equation of a tangent to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 25 passing through (−2,11) is

(A) 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 25 (B) 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 38
(C) 24𝑥 − 7𝑦 + 125 = 0 (D) 7𝑥 + 24𝑦 = 230
Solution: (AC)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Tangent of slope 𝑚 to 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 25 is 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 ± 5√(1 + 𝑚2 )
Given (i), pass through (−2,11), then
11 = −2𝑚 ± 5√(1 + 𝑚2 )
Squaring both sides, then we get
21𝑚2 − 44𝑚 − 96 = 0
⇒ (7𝑚 − 24)(3𝑚 + 4) = 0
∴ 𝑚 = −4/3,24/7
There from Eq. (i) we get required tangents are 24𝑥 − 7𝑦 ± 125 = 0 and 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 = ±25
Hence tangents are
24𝑥 − 7𝑦 + 125 = 0 and 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 25
PARAGRAPH TYPE
l
Paragraph for Q.15 & 16
ia
er
Let 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is a square with sides of unit length. Points 𝐸 and 𝐹 are taken on sides 𝐴𝐵 and 𝐴𝐷,
at
respectively so that 𝐴𝐸 = 𝐴𝐹. Let 𝑃 be a point inside the square 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷.
yM
Q.15 The maximum possible area of quadrilateral 𝐶𝐷𝐹𝐸, is

1 1 5 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8 4 8 8
Solution: (C)
ud
St
1 1
Area of CDFE = 1 − ℎ2 − (1 − ℎ)
2 2
2 − ℎ2 − 1 + ℎ 1 + ℎ − ℎ2
= =
2 2
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1 1
1 1+ − 5
At ℎ = , 𝐴max = 2 4
=
2 2 8
Q.16 The value of (𝑃𝐴)2 − (𝑃𝐵)2 + (𝑃𝐶)2 − (𝑃𝐷)2 is equal to

(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0
Solution: (D)
𝑃𝐴2 − 𝑃𝐵 2 + 𝑃𝐶 2 − 𝑃𝐷2
l
ia
er
at
yM
= (𝑟 2 + 𝑡 2 ) − (𝑡 2 + 𝑠 2 ) + (𝑠 2 + 𝑢2 ) − (𝑢2 + 𝑟 2 )
=0
ud
Paragraph for Q.17 & 18

St
Let 𝐴, 𝐵 and 𝐶 be the sets of real numbers (𝑥, 𝑦) defined as
𝐴: {(𝑥, 𝑦): 𝑦 ≥ 1}
𝐵: {(𝑥, 𝑦): 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 4𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 4 = 0}
𝐶: {(𝑥, 𝑦): 𝑥 + 𝑦 = √2}
Q.17 Number of elements in the 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐶, is

(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) infinite
Solution: (B)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
Q.18 If ( x, y ) B , then (𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 + (𝑥 − 5)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 has the value equal to
(A) 16 (B) 25 (C) 36
ia (D) 49
er
Solution: (C)
at
When 𝑦 = 1
𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 − 5 = 0
yM
⇒ (𝑥 − 5)(𝑥 + 1) = 0
∴ 𝑥 = −1,5
Thus, (𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 + (𝑥 − 5)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 = 𝑄𝑅 2 = 36
ud
St
8
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 8 DATED 25th Dec 2022
PHYSICS:
l
ia
• Variable mass system
er
• Rotational Dynamics excluding Angular momentum
at
M
CHEMISTRY:
y
• Previous Topics + Thermodynamics (Complete) + Thermochemistry
ud
• Organic: IUPAC Nomenclature of Hydrocarbons
St
MATHS:
• Current Topics: Circles, Permutation and Combination
• Previous Topics: St. Lines, S & S
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Find the moment of inertia of a uniform rod of mass 3 kg lying in xy plane about z axis. The rod is
oriented along line y + 2x = 2. The ends of the rod are on x-axis and y-axis.
(A) 2 kg m2 (B) 3 kg m2 (C) 5 kg m2 (D) 1 kg m2
Solution : (C)
l
l = √12 + 22 = √5
ia
er
√5
d=
at
2
ml2
yM
I2 = + md2 = 5 kg m2
12
Q.2 A block of mass m placed on rough surface is pushed by a force F as shown in the figure. Find
minimum value of F so that block topples (friction is sufficient to prevent slipping) :-
ud
St
mg 3mg 3mg 3mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 2 5 8
Solution : (D)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
For toppling, τ⃗net = 0 about O
4a a
F × ( ) = mg (2)
3
3mg
F=
8
Q.3 In the shown figure half of the part is disc and other half is a ring both of mass m and radius r. Then
moment of inertia of this system about the shown axis is :-
l
3 3 3 mr2
(A) mr 2 (B) mR2 (C) mr 2
ia
(D)
4 8 2 4
Solution : (A)
er
at
yM
ud
I = Idisc + Iring
St
mr 2 mr 2
= +
4 2
3mr 2
=
4
Q.4 A small circular disc is cut off from a disc of radius r and put on the disc itself as shown in the
figure. Select the CORRECT statement :-
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) Moment of inertia about z-axis is changed
(B) Moment of inertia about y-axis is changed
(C) Moment of inertia about x-axis is changed
(D) Moment of inertia about z-axis does not changes.
Solution : (D)
Since mass is placed in a symmetric location the moment inertia about each axis remains unchanged.
Q.5 A pulley is hinged at the centre and a massless thread is wrapped around it. The thread is pulled with
a constant force F starting from rest. As time increases,
l
(A) its angular velocity increases, but force on hinge remains constant
(B) its angular velocity remains same, but force on hinge increases
ia
er
(C) its angular velocity increases and force on hinge increases
at
(D) its angular velocity remains same and force on hinge is constant
Solution : (A)
yM
ud
St
τ = FR = Iα ⇒ α = Constant
angular velocity increases
F − R = Macm , acm = 0 ⇒ R = constant
Q.6 A disc of radius R is rolling purely on a flat horizontal surface, with a constant angular velocity. The
angle between the velocity and acceleration vectors of point P is :-
(A) 0 (B) 45∘ (C) 135∘ (D) tan−1 (1/2)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (C)
ap is towards the center and resultant velocity makes 90∘ + 45∘ = 135∘ with the acceleration rector
Q.7 A disc is moving uniformly on ground surface as shown in the figure. Velocity of centre is V0 and
angular velocity is ω. Then acceleration of point P on the disc is:
l
ia
er
at
(A) zero (B) rω2 vertically upward
yM
(C) rω2 vertically downward (D) None

Solution : (B)
ud
St
acceleration of the point P is towards the center with magnitude ω2 r
Q.8 A truck moving on a smooth horizontal surface with a uniform speed u, is carrying stonedust. If a
mass Δm of the stone-dust leaks from the bottom of the truck in time Δt, the force needed to keep the
truck moving at its uniform speed is :-
Δm Δm du du
(A) u Δt
(B) u Δt
+ (Δm) dt (C) Δm dt (D) 0
Solution : (D)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
As the sand leaves There is no change in the horizontal momentum and no force acts on the sand in
horizontal direction. This implies there is no force on the truck due to falling sand.
Q.9 A solid sphere of mass m is placed on a rough inclined plane as shown in figure. The coefficient of
friction μ is not sufficient for pure rolling. The centre of sphere slides a length ℓ on the incline from
rest and its kinetic energy becomes k. Then work done by friction will be :-
l
ia
er
at
(A) −μmgℓcos θ (B) −mgℓsin 𝜃 + k

yM
2 2
(C) − μmgℓsin θ + k (D) − mgℓsin θ
5 5
Solution : (B)
ud
wfric + wgravity = Δk
wfric = k − (mg sin θ)l
St
Q.10 A uniform rod of length L is hinged from one end. It is brought to the horizontal position and
released. The angular velocity of the rod when it is in the vertical position is
2g 3g g g
(A) √ (B) √ (C) √ (D) √
L L 2L L
Solution : (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l 1 ml2
O = −mg + ( ) ω2
2 2 3
3g
ω =√
l
Q.11 From a complete ring of mass M and radius R, a 30∘ sector is removed. The moment of inertia of the
incomplete ring about an axis passing through the centre of the ring and perpendicular to the plane of
the ring is
l
9 11 11.3
MR2 MR2 MR2 (D) MR2
ia
(A) (B) (C)
12 12 12
Solution : (B)
er
M 11M
Mass of remaining ring = ( 2 −  / 6 ) =
at
2 12
Moment of inertia of remaining part = 

11M  2 11
yM
 R = MR
2
 12  12
Q.12 Four forces are applied to a wheel of radius 20 cm as shown in figure. The net torque produced by
the forces is
ud
St
(A) 5.4Nm anticlockwise (B) 1.8Nm clockwise

(C) 2.0Nm clockwise (D) 5.4Nm clockwise
Solution : (B)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Assume clock wise +ve

τ⃗A = 8 × R sin 30∘ = +0.8Nm
τ⃗B = 4 × 0.2 = −0.8Nm
τ⃗C = 9 × 0.2 = 1.8Nm
τ⃗D = 0
l
Net torque = 1.8Nm clockwise
ia
er
at
Q.13 A disc is rolling (without slipping) on a frictionless surface. C is its center and Q and P are two points
equidistant from C. Let VP , VQ and VC be the magnitude of velocities of points P, Q and C
yM
respectively, then
ud
St
(A) VQ > VC > VP (B) VQ < VC < VP (C) VQ = VC = VP (D) VQ < VC > VP
Solution : (A)
VQ = ωOQ
VC = ωOC
VP = ωOP
⇒ VQ > VL > VP
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 A rod of mass m and length l rests on a smooth horizontal ground and is hinged at one of its end. At
the other end a horizontal force F is applied whose magnitude is constant and the direction is always
perpendicular to the rod. When the rod rotates by 90 angle, power supplied by this force at that
instant is:
3𝐹3 𝜋𝑙 3𝐹3 𝜋𝑙 3𝐹3 𝑙 3𝐹3 𝑙

(A) √ (B) √ (C) √ 2𝑚 (D) √
𝑚 2𝑚 𝑚
l
ia
er
Solution : (A)
at
yM
ud
St
Method - 2
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
Q.15 A solid metallic cylinder of mass m = 1 kg and radius R = 20 cm is free to roll (without sliding)
at
over the inclined surface of a wedge. Surface of wedge is inclined at 37∘ with the horizontal and the
wedge is fixed to the floor. When the system is released from rest, calculate angular acceleration of
yM
the cylinder. (g = 10 ms −2 )
ud
St
(A) 4rad/s 2 (B) 2rad/s2 (C) 5rad/s 2 (D) 20rad/s 2

Solution : (D)
acm 1 g sin θ R
α= = ( 2 ) for solid cylinder k =
R R 1+ k
√2
R2
2
= 20rad /s
Q.16 A uniform rod AB of mass m = 1.12 kg and length I = 100 cm is placed on a sharp support O such
that AO = a = 40 cm and OB = b = 60 cm. To keep the rod horizontal, its end A is tied with a
thread. Calculate reaction of support O on the rod when the thread is burnt. (g = 10 ms −2 )
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) 40 N (B) 10 N (C) 15.5 N (D) 20 N

Solution : (B)
l ml2 l 2
l
mg ( ) =[ + m( ) ]α
ia
10 12 10
2
α = 10.7rad/s
er
l
acm = α ( ) = 1.07 m/s2
10
at
mg − N = macm
N = 10 N
yM
Q.17 A mass M is supported by a massless string wound round a uniform cylinder of mass M and radius R.
ud
On releasing the mass from rest, it will fall with acceleration:

St
1 1 2
(A) g (B) g (C) g (D) g
2 3 3
Solution : (D)
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 Two uniform solid spheres having unequal masses and unequal radii are released from rest from the
same height on a rough incline. If the spheres roll without slipping,
(A) the heavier sphere reaches the bottom first
l
(B) the bigger sphere reaches the bottom first
(C) the two spheres reach the bottom together
ia
er
(D) lighter sphere reaches the bottom first
Solution : (C)
at
g sin θ 2
acm = for both spheres K = √ R
yM
k2 5
1+ 2
R
This means both spheres will have same acm and hence will take same time.
ud
St
Q.19 The line action of the resultant of two like parallel forces shifts by one-fourth of the distance between
the forces when the two forces are interchanged. The ratio of the two forces is
(A) 1:2 (B) 2:3 (C) 3:4 (D) 3:5
Solution : (D)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
Q.20 A uniform cylinder of mass m wrapped by a light string remains in equilibrium on a sufficiently
at
rough inclined plane. Then:
yM
ud
St
mg sin 
(A) If the tension in the string is equal to
2
mg sin 
(B) Normal force acting on the cylinder is
2
(C) Frictional force acting on the cylinder is equal to mgsin 
(D) Frictional force acting on the cylinder is zero
Solution: (A)
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.21 A homogeneous disc with a radius 0.2 m and mass 5 kg rotates around an axis perpendicular to its
plane and passing through its center. The angular velocity of the rotation of the disc as a function of
time is given by the formula  = 2 + 6t . The tangential force applied to the rim of the disc is (in N)
Solution : (3)
ω = 2 + 6t
dω
α= =6
dt
τ = Iα
FR = Iα
MR2
FR = α
2
l
M×R
ia
F= = 3N
2
er
Q.22 A thin uniform rod AB of mass m = 1 kg moves translationally with acceleration a = 2 m/s2 due to
two anti parallel forces F1 and F2 . The distance between the points at which these forces are applied
at
is equal to ℓ = 20 cm. Besides, it is known that F2 = 5 N. Find the length of the rod.
yM
ud
St
Solution : (1)
F2 − F1 = macm
5 − F1 = 1(2) ⇒ F1 = 3 N
Since there is no rotational motion, net torque about CM is zero. let l be the length of rod.
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l l
F2 ( − 0.2) = F1 ( )
2 2
5l 3l
2
−1 =
2
l=1m
Q.23 A body having a moment of inertia of 1.2 kg m2 about an axis is at rest. In order to produce in it
rotational kinetic energy of 1500 J, an angular acceleration of 25rads −2 about that axis must be
imposed for a duration of
Solution : (2)
ω = αt
1
1
KE = Iω = 2 I(αt)2 = 1500
2
2
t = 2s
Q.24 A 6000 kg rocket is set for vertical firing. If the exhaust speed is 1000 ms −1 , the minimum amount of
gas that must be ejected per second initially to supply the thrust needed to overcome the weight of
l
the rocket is 10x. find x. ( g = 10 ms −1 )
ia
er
Solution: (6)
at
yM
ud
St
Q.25 A cubical block of mass m and edge a slides down a rough inclined plane of inclination θ with a
x
uniform speed. The torque of the normal force acting on the block about its centre is mg a sinθ.
8
Find the value of x.

Solution : (4)
14
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
block moves with uniform speed.  f k = mg sin 
Net torque about CM = 0

τN +τfriction = 0
a
τN = fk ( )
2
a
= mg sin θ( )
2
l
Q.26 A uniform ring of mass m and radius r is hinged at point O so that it can rotate about horizontal axis
ia
passing through O in vertical plane. If the system is released from rest, then the initial acceleration of
er
the ring is [Ring is in the vertical plane.] (g = 10 m/s 2 ).
at
yM
ud
Solution : (5)
St
mgR = Iaxis α
Iaxis = mR2 + mR2 = 2mR2
g
α=
2
Q.27 If the moment of inertia of a isosceles right angle plate is I about an axis shown in figure. Then
moment of inertia of a square plate of same material and thickness shown in figure about the given
axis is 2 x I . Find x.
15
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (6)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Each side of triangle is twice the given triangle mass will be proportional to area which is 4 times.
so moment of inertia of each triangle is 16 times and moment of inertia of square plate is 64 times.
A disc of mass m = 2 kg and radius R = 0.5 m with initial angular velocity ω = 96rad/s is kept on
ud
Q.28
a fixed rough inclined plane as shown in figure. Find out time (in sec) after which it come at rest first
St
time.
Solution : (4)
16
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
fk − mgsin θ = macm
Since μ = 3/4 ⇒ tan θ = μ
acm = 0
mR2
fk R = α
2
mR2
mgsin θ R = α
2
l
α = 24rad/s2
So the disc will rotate at its position till it stops rotating.
ia
er
ω = αt
96
t = = 4s
at
24
Q.29 A disc of radius R = 0.5 m& mass m = 2 kg rolling on a surface with linear velocity v0 = 4 m/s.
yM
Magnitude of linear velocity of point P is α√β (in m/s ) value of α + β.

ud
St
Solution : (7)
vp = √v02 + v02 + 2v02 cos 60∘ = √3v0
17
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 A box of mass m placed at the middle of a light shelf. The reaction on the pivot in vertical direction
mg
is . Find x.
x
Solution : (2)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
18
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Single correct
Q.1 List − I contains properties and List − II contains moles or ions
List − I List − II
(I) 2 lone pair on central atom (P) XeF5−
(II) Zero dipole moment (Q) NF3
(III) Planar (R) ICl3
(IV) All adjacent bond angle are equal (S) XeF4
PCl3 F2
l
(T)
ia
er
(A) I→P, R, S; II→S, T; III→P, Q,R, S; IV→P, Q, R, S, T
at
(B) I → P , R, S; II → P, S, T; III → P, R, S; IV → P, Q, R, S
yM
(C) I → P , R, T; II → R, S, T; III → R, S; IV → S, T
(D) I → P, S, T; II → P, R, S; III → P, Q, R, S, T; IV → P, R, S
Solution: (B)
ud
St
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.2 In the emission spectrum of H-atom sample from energy level ' 𝑛 ' to ground state in one or more
step and no line belongs to the Brackett series is observed. The wavelength belonging to Balmer
series is (R = Rydberg Constant):
36 15 35 15
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5𝑅 5𝑅 5𝑅 36𝑅
Solution: (A)
When electron jumps from 3→2
Q.3 S1 : Magnitude of first electron gain enthalpy of an atom is the same as the first ionization energy of
the monovalent anions.
S2 : Aqueous solution of Al2 O3 can react with both H2 SO4 and NaOH.
S3 : Electronegativity of phosphorus is greater than that of sulphur, due to its stable half filled
l
ia
configuration.
S4 : lonic size of isoelectronic species increases as nuclear charge of ion increases.
er
(A) T F T T (B) T F F F (C) T TF F (D) F T F F
at
Solution: (C)
yM
X + e− ⟶ X −
|ΔHeg(x) | = |I. E(𝑋−) |

ud
Al2 O3 is amphoteric.
St
E.N. of 𝑃 = 2.1, E.N. of 𝑆 = 2.5
nuclear charge (𝑍eff ) ↑ ionic size ↓.
Q.4 If equal volume of oxygen gas and unknown gas take 2.0 and 4.0 minutes to effuse through a
membrane respectively. What is the molecular mass of unknown gas ?
(A) 8 g/mole (B) 64 g/mole (C) 128 g/mole (D) 306 g/ mole
Solution: (C)
𝑟O2 𝑀gas 𝑡gas 𝑀gas 4 𝑀

=√ ; =√ ; = √ ⇒ 𝑀 = 128
𝑟gas 𝑀O2 𝑡O2 𝑀O2 2 32
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.5 100 g of powdered iron is added to an open beaker containing dilute hydrochloric acid at constant
temperature of 300 K where the following reaction occurs quantitatively.
Fe(s) + 2HCl(aq) ⟶ FeCl2 (aq) + H2 ( g)
determine the work done by the gas (Given 1 L atm = 100 J ) (Molar mass Fe = 56)
(A) −43.9821 J (B) −4398.21 J (C) −24.63 J (D) −2463 J
Solution: (B)
100
𝑛fe = = produce moles of H2
56
100
𝑊 = −𝑃ext Δ𝑉 = −Δ𝑛g 𝑅𝑇 = − ( ) (0.0821) × 300 × 100 J = −4398.21J
56
Q.6 A heat engine undergoes two cyclic process 1 and 2. Process 1 is reversible and process 2 is
l
ia
irreversible. The CORRECT statement relating to the two processes is :
er
(A) S (for process 1) = 0, while S (for process 2)  0
at
(B) qcyclic = 0 for process 1 and qcyclic   for process 2
yM
(C) More heat can be converted to work in process 1 than in process 2
(D) More work can be converted to heat in process 1 than in process 2

ud
Solution: (C)
St
Reversible cyclic process has more efficiency than irreversible cyclic process
Q.7 Choose the incorrect matching among the following:
T2
(A) For System : ΔS = nC𝑣,𝑚 ln ( ) Process : Irreversible isochoric heating
T1
T
(B) For System : ΔS = nC𝑝,𝑚 ln ( T2 ) Process: Reversible isobaric heating
1
(C) For System : Δ𝑆 = 0 Process : Irreversible adiabatic expansion

V
(D) For System : ΔS = nRln ( V2 ) Process : Irreversible isothermal expansion
1
Solution: (C)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
In irreversible process, entropy change can never be zero due to turbulence which increases the
randomness.
Q.8 Three samples A, B and C of the same ideal gas (𝛾 = 1.5) having different mass and equal volumes
and equal temperatures. The volume of each sample is doubled, the process being reversible
isothermal for A, reversible adiabatic for B and reversible isobaric for C. If the final pressures are
equal for the three samples, then the ratio of their initial pressures is-
(A) 1: 1: 1 (B) 2: 2: 1 (C) 2: 2√2: 1 (D) 1: 2√2: 2
Solution: (C)
Isothermal: PA ⋅ V = P ⋅ (2 V) ⇒ PA = 2P
Adiabatic: PB ⋅ V1.5 = P ⋅ (2 V)1.5 ⇒ PB = 2√2P
Isobaric: PC = P
l
∴ PA : PB : PC = 2: 2√2: 1
ia
er
at
Q.9 At 250 K, heat is supplied to the heat engine the efficiency of carnot cycle is 20%.
yM
If temperature of sink decreases by 100 K than calculate how many times the efficiency of carnot
cycle increases?
ud
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 8
Solution: (A)
St
𝑇1
𝜂 = 1−
𝑇2
𝑇1
0.2 = 1 − ⇒ 𝑇1 = 200 K
250
𝑇1′ 100 150 3
𝜂′ = 1 − =1− = = = 0.6
𝑇2 250 250 5
𝜂′ 0.6
= =3
𝜂 0.2
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.10 The heat of formation of liquid octane at 27∘ C is −55.6kcal/mol when the measurements are made
at constant volume. What will be the heat of formation at constant pressure? (Given : R = 2cal/
mol.K)
(A) −60.4kcal/mol (B) −61kcal/mol
(C) −65.2kcal/mol (D) None of these
Solution: (B)
ΔH = ΔU + Δng RT 8C(s) + 9H2 (g) → C8 H18 (ℓ)

9 × 2 × 300
ΔH = −55.6 − = −61kca/mol Δng = −9
1000
l
ia
5
Q.11 What is the change in molar entropy (in cal. mol−1 ⋅ K −1 ) of an ideal gas X2 (Cv,M = R) in the
2
er
following process ?
at
X2 (400 K, 1 bar ) → X2 (100 K, 10 bar)
yM
Given : ln 2 = 0.70; ln 5 = 1.6, R = 2 cal/mol. K

(A) −14.4 (B) 5.2 (C) −5.2 (D) none of these
Solution: (A)
ud
𝑇2 𝑃1
Δ𝑆𝑚 = 𝐶𝑃.𝑀 ln ( ) + 𝑛𝑅ln ( )
St
𝑇1 𝑃2
7 100 1
= 𝑅ln ( ) + 𝑛𝑅ln ( )
2 400 10
7
= − 𝑅 × (1.4) − 1 × 𝑅 × ln (5 × 2)
2
= −9.8 − 2 × 2.3 = −14.4cal/K − mol
Q.12 The decreasing order

Xe > Kr > Ar > Ne > He, is correct for
(1) boiling point (2) solubility in water
(3) polarizability (4) Ease of liquification
(A) only 1 (B) 1,2,3,4 (C) 1,2,4 (D) 2,4
Solution: (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Boiling Point and melting point depends on molar mass in non-polar substances.
Polarizability depends on size, more the size, more delocalization of electron clouds can happen.
Ease of liquefaction directly depends on Vanderwaal forces which is most in case of Xe.
Q.13 In irreversible adiabatic compression of an ideal gas

(A) Δ𝑆system = 0 & Δ𝑆surounding = 0 (B) Δ𝑆system < 0 & Δ𝑆surrounding > 0
(C) Δ𝑆system > 0 & Δ𝑆surrounding < 0 (D) Δ𝑆system > 0 & Δ𝑆surrounding = 0
Solution: (D)
Turbulence due to sudden change increases the entropy of system
l
Q.14 Match of following (where Urms = root mean square speed, 𝑈av = average speed, Ump = most
ia
probable speed) er
List I List II
(a) Urms /Uav (i) 1.22
at
(b) Uav /Ump (ii) 1.13
(c) Urms /Ump (iii) 1.08
yM
(A) (a)-(iii), (b)-(ii), (c)-(i) (B) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii)

(C) (a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii) (D) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i).
ud
Solution: (A)
St
𝑈rms ∶ 𝑈avg : 𝑢𝑚𝑝

1.225 ∶ 1.128: 1
𝑈rms 1.225
∴ = ≃ 1.08
𝑈avg 1.128
𝑈avg
= 1.128 ≃ 1.13
𝑈𝑚𝑝
𝑈rms
= 1.225
𝑈𝑚𝑝
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.15 In following compound -
The correct lowest set of locants are :
(A) 3,3,4,5 (B) 3,4,5,5 (C) 4,5,3,3 (D) 5,5,4,3
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
Lowest set of locant (3,3, 4, 5)
at
Q.16 When a hydrocarbon Cx Hy is burnt, gives 100ml of gaseous mixture of CO2 and H2 O (vapour). On
yM
passing product mixture through anhydrous CuSO4 result into decrease of volume by 60ml. Which
of the following lowest molecular weight hydrocarbon can satisfy the above condition?
(A) CH4 (B) C2 H6 (C) C2 H4 (D) C4 H10
ud
Solution: (B)
St
y
2x + 𝑦
2
C𝑥 H𝑦 + ( ) O2 ⟶ xCO2 + H2 O
2 2
Volume of CO2 = 100 − 60 = 40ml

Molar ratio of CO2 : H2 O = 40: 60 = 2: 3
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.17
Select the correct option for correct matchings:
l
(A) A – R ; B – P,Q,S,T ; C – P ; D – P,Q,T
ia
(B) A- R, T ; B-P,S,T ; C-P,Q ; D – P,Q,T
er
(C) A-P,Q ; B – P,Q,S,T ; C – P ; D – P,Q,T (D) A- R, T; B- P,Q,S,T ; C – P ; D- P,Q,T
at
Solution: (D)
yM
Homocyclic Compound is a compound in which all ring vertices member is carbon, but a heteroatom
can be attached to it
ud
In Homocyclic hydrocarbon, the compound must contain only hydrogen and carbon
St
Q.18 C5 H12 has a symmetrical structure with one quaternary carbon. Its IUPAC name is :
(A) n-pentane (B) 2-methylbutane
(C) 2,2-dimethylpropane (D) 3-methylbutane
Solution: (C)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 A closed 2.0 L container initially holds 4.0 mol of oxygen and 2.0 mol of nitrogen at temperature T.
If the pressure remains constant when 2.0 mol of oxygen are moved, which expression correctly
describes the final temperature of the system in terms of the initial temperature, T? Assume Ideal
Gas behaviour.
(A) 3 T/2 (B) 2 T (C) 2 T/3 (D) 3 T
Solution: (A)
At constant 𝑃 & V
1
n∝
T
n1 T1 6
= =
n2 T2 4
l
3
ia
T2 = T
2 er
Q.20 For the reaction,
at
[Redox Equivalent (E)]
M x+ + MnO− −
4 → MO3 + Mn
2+
yM
If one mole MnO−

4 oxidises 1.67 moles of M
x+
to MO−
3 , then the value of x in the reaction is -
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

ud
Solution: (B)
St
1 × 5 = 1.67 × (5 − 𝑥)
𝑥=2
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 In the given compounds bond angel and bond length are defined
Order of bond parameter is/are given
(I) 𝛾>𝛽>𝛼
l
(II) y1 > y2 > y3 > y4
(III) 𝜃3 > 𝜃2 > 𝜃1
ia
er
(IV) 𝑥1 > 𝑥2 > 𝑥3 > 𝑥4
at
(V) Dipole moment IV > II > III > I = V
If the number of correct order(s) is ′x′ and incorrect order (s) is ′y′ about molecules I, II, III, IV and
yM
V. Calculate the value of (2𝑥 + 𝑦) …. Is?
Solution: (9)
ud
I, II, III and IV are correct due to bent rule and V is incorrect. Correct order in case of V is II > III >
IV > I = V.
St
𝑥=4
𝑦=1
2𝑥 + 𝑦 = 9
Q.22 How many isopropyl groups connected with the parent chain?
Solution: (3)
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.23 How many compounds are hydrocarbon in the following?
l
Solution: (8)
ia
er
Other than heteroatom because hydrocarbons only consist of carbon & Hydrogen
at
yM
Q.24 Calculate the 3∘ hydrogens in the given compound:

ud
St
Solution: (7)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.25 For the reaction at 300 K.
H2 (g) + Cl2 (g) ⟶ 2HCl(g) ΔG∘ = −191 kJ/ mole

0 0 0
SCl2
= 228 J/K mole, SHCl = 184 J/K mole & ΔHf,HCl = −92.5 kJ/mole.
𝟎
𝐒𝐇
𝟐
What will be the value of (in J/K mole) at 300 K.
𝟏𝟓
Solution: (8)
𝐻2(𝑔) + 𝐶𝑙2 (𝑔) → 2𝐻Cl(𝑔) Δ𝐺 ∘ = −191

Δ𝑆 ∘ = 2 × 184 − 228 − 𝑥
Δ𝐻f∘ = −92.5
∴ ΔG∘ = Δ𝐻 ∘ − TΔ𝑆 ∘
300
−191 = 2(−92.5) − (2 × 184 − 228 − 𝑥)
l
1000
ia
191 + 185
⇒− = 368 − 228 − 𝑥
−0.3
er
⇒ 20 = 140 − 𝑥
⇒ 𝑥 = 140 − 20
at
⇒ 𝑆𝐻∘ 2 = 120 J/mol − K
𝑆H∘ 120
yM
⇒ 2= =8
15 15
ud
Q.26 If the number of correct statements is x and incorrect statement is y for the following rules regarding
numbering and IUPAC nomenclature of hydrocarbon in the following:
St
a) It is not necessary to consider double bond or triple into main(parent) chain while numbering.
b) If locants of double bond and triple bonds are same then double bond is preferred over triple bond
while numbering.
c) The longest chain selection rule can be violated to select the maximum number of unsaturated
bonds for parent hydrocarbon chain.
d) If it is not possible to select all the unsaturated bonds(double or triple) into parent hydrocarbon
chain then select the maximum number of unsaturated bonds with maximum number of carbon to
select parent hydrocarbon chain.
e) If a molecule has no double, triple bond, or any other functional group then we have to always
select the longest hydrocarbon chain for numbering and then naming.
f) If there is a tie in selection of longest hydrocarbon chain then select the chain with minimum
number of branching
Find the value of 2x – y
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (6)
No of correct statements = 4 (b,c,d,e)
No of incorrect statement = 2 (a,f)
Ans: 8-2 = 6
Q.27 According to Bohr's theory, the ratio of electrostatic force of attraction acting on electron in 3rd orbit
2 𝑥
of He+ ion and 2nd orbit of Li2+ ion is ( ) . Then, the value of x is :
3
Solution: (7)
kZe2
F= 2
r
Z
∴ F𝛼 2
r
n2
l
∵ r𝛼
ia
Z
Z3
∴ F𝛼 4
er
n
at
yM
Q.28 If the table of atomic weights were established with atomic weight of oxygen as 100 the atomic,
weight of carbon would be
Solution: (75)
ud
If At weight of oxygen is not 16 but 100

St
100×12
then At weight of carbon will not be 12 but = 75
16
Q.29 When Cr + OH − ⟶ Cr(OH)− 4 + H2 is balanced, then calculate the sum of the stiochiometric
coefficient of all the reactants and products.
Solution: (15)
The balanced redox reaction is : 2Cr + 2OH − + 6H2 O ⟶ 2Cr(OH)−

4 + 3H2
Q.30 How many of these elements have lower electron affinity than fluorine?
Cl, S, O, N, P, Br, I, C
Solution: (7)
Fluorine has the second most electron gain enthalpy after Chlorine
S, O, N, P, Br, I, C
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-8 (MAINS) MATH
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 There are 15 stones placed in a line numbered 1 to 15. In how many ways a person can mark 5 of
these stones so that there are an odd number of stones between any two stones marked:
(A) 77 (B) 56 (C) 252 (D) 21
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.2 A dice is rolled 4 times, the numbering appearing are listed. The number of different throws, such
ud
that the larger number appearing in the list is not 4, is:

(A) 175 (B) 625 (C) 1040 (D) 1121
St
Solution: (D)
The total number of ways = All numbers possible - numbers when largest number is 4
Number of ways = 64 − (44 − 34 ) = 1121
Q.3 If the sum of first 2𝑛 terms of the A.P. 2,5,8, …, is equal to the sum of first 𝑛 terms of the A.P.
57,59,61, …. , then 𝑛 equals
(A) 10 (B) 12 (C) 11 (D) 13
Solution: (C)
Sum to 2𝑛 terms of 2,5,8, … is
2𝑛
[2(2) + (2𝑛 − 1)(3)] = 𝑛(6𝑛 + 1)
2
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
And sum to 𝑛 terms of 57,59,61, … is
𝑛
[2(57) + (𝑛 − 1)(2)] = 𝑛(56 + 𝑛)
2
According to given condition
𝑛(6𝑛 + 1) = 𝑛(56 + 𝑛)
⇒ 6𝑛 + 1 = 56 + 𝑛
⇒ 𝑛 = 11
Q.4 The equation of the circle passing through the intersection of the circles
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 4 = 0, 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 6 = 0 and having its centre on the line 𝑦 = 𝑥 is

(A) 3(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ) − 5𝑥 − 5𝑦 + 2 = 0 (B) 7(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ) − 10𝑥 − 10𝑦 − 12 = 0
(C) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0 (D) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 − 6𝑦 + 12 = 0
Solution: (B)
l
ia
Required circle is er
S + 𝜆S ′ = 0
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 4 + 𝜆(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 6) = 0
at
⇒ (𝜆 + 1)𝑥 2 + (𝜆 + 1)𝑦 2 + (2𝜆 − 6)𝑥 + (2 − 4𝜆)𝑦 + 4 − 6𝜆 = 0
2(𝜆 − 3) 2(1 − 2𝜆) 4 − 6𝜆
yM
⇒ 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 + 𝑥+ 𝑦+ = 0 … (i)
(𝜆 + 1) (𝜆 + 1) 𝜆+1
3−𝜆 2𝜆−1
Its centre ( , ) lies on line 𝑦 = 𝑥
𝜆+1 𝜆+1
ud
2𝜆 − 1 3 − 𝜆
⇒ =
𝜆+1 𝜆+1
St
⇒ 2𝜆 − 1 = 3 − 𝜆
⇒ 3𝜆 = 4
4
⇒𝜆=
3
Put in (i)
4 8
2 ( − 3) 2 (1 − ) 4−8
3 3
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 + 4
𝑥+ 4 𝑦+4 =0
( + 1) +1 +1
3 3 3
10 10 12
⇒ 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 − 𝑥− 𝑦− =0
7 7 7
⇒ 7𝑥 2 + 7𝑦 2 − 10𝑥 − 10𝑦 − 12 = 0
which is equation of the required circle.
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.5 Let 𝐴 = (3, −4), 𝐵 = (1,2) and 𝑃 = (2𝜆 − 1,2𝜆 + 1). If the sum 𝑃𝐴 + 𝑃𝐵 is minimum, then the
value of 𝜆 is
7 7 13
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D)
8 9 20
Solution: (D)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.6 If 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾, 𝛿 are four positive real numbers and their product is 1 , then the minimum value of
(1 + 𝛼) ⋅ (1 + 𝛽) ⋅ (1 + 𝛾) ⋅ (1 + 𝛿) is
(A) 6 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 32
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
Q.7 Q7: The number of unique triangles that can be formed from 8 points in a plane, no three of which
are collinear, is equal to
at
yM
Solution: (B)
Since no 3 points out of these 8 points are collinear, number of triangles that can be formed is given
by 8 𝐶3 = 𝟓𝟔.
ud
St
Q.8 The centre of the circle passing through the points (0,0) and (1,0) and touching the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 9 in the first quadrant is

3 1 1 3 1 1 1
(A) ( , ) (B) ( , ) (C) ( , ) (D) ( , √2)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Solution: (D)
Let S ≡ 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 be the required circle.

It passes through (0,0), so 𝑐 = 0.
It passes through (1,0), so 2𝑔 = −1.
It touches the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 9 internally, so
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝐶1 𝐶2 = 𝑟1 − 𝑟2
√𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 = 3 − √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐
⇒ 2√𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 = 3
⇒ 4(𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 ) = 9
1
⇒ 4 ( + 𝑓 2) = 9
4
⇒ 4𝑓 2 = 8
⇒ 𝑓 = ±√2
But the centre lies in the first quadrant. Therefore 𝑓 = −√2

1
So the centre is ( , √2)
2
Q.9 12 − 22 + 32 − 42 + ⋯ upto 21 terms is equal to

(A) 210 (B) 231 (C) −210 (D) −231
l
ia
Solution: (B) er
(12 − 22 ) + (32 − 42 ) + ⋯ + (192 − 202 ) + 212
at
= (1 − 2)(1 + 2) + (3 − 4)(3 + 4) + ⋯ + (19 − 20)(19 + 20) + 212
= −(1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + ⋯ + 19 + 20) + 212
yM
20 × 21
=− + 212
2
= (−10 + 21)21
= 231
ud
St
Q.10 The equation of the normal to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 4𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 17 = 0 which passes through (1,1) is
(A) 3𝑥 + 𝑦 − 4 = 0 (B) 𝑥 − 𝑦 = 0 (C) 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 0 (D) None
Solution: (A)
Centre of the given circle is (2, −2). Normal to the circle will pass through centre of the circle.
Hence, equation of normal passing through (2, −2) and (1,1) is
−2 − 1
𝑦−1= (𝑥 − 1)
2−1
𝑦 − 1 = −3𝑥 + 3
3𝑥 + 𝑦 − 4 = 0
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 The equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the points (7,4) and (−1, −2)
is
(A) 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 10 = 0 (B) 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 7 = 0
(C) 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 15 = 0 (D) None of these
Solution: (C)
Let 𝐀(7,4) and 𝐁(−1, −2)
4+2 6 3
𝑚𝐴𝐵 = = =
7+1 8 4
4
⇒ 𝑚Right Bisector = −
3
Mid point of 𝐴𝐵 is (3,1).

∴ Equation of Right bisector is
l
ia
4
𝑦 − 1 = − (𝑥 − 3)
3
⇒ 3𝑦 − 3 = −4𝑥 + 12
er
⇒ 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 15 = 0
at
yM
Q.12 12 persons are to be seated around a round table. If two particular persons among them are not to be
side by side, the total number of arrangements is
(A) 9(10!) (B) 2(10!) (C) 45(8 !) (D) 10!
ud
Solution: (A)
St
12 persons can be seated around a round table in 11 ! ways. The total number of ways in which 2
particular persons sit side by side is 10! × 2!. Hence the required number of arrangements = 11! −
10! × 2! = 9 × 10!.
Q.13 The sum of divisors of 25 ⋅ 34 is

25 −1 34 −1 26 −1 35 −1 24 −1 33 −1
(A) ( 2−1 ) ( 3−1 ) (B) ( 2−1 ) ( 3−1 ) (C) ( 2−1 ) ( 3−1 ) (D) 25 ⋅ 34
Solution: (B)
Sum of all divisors is
(1 + 21 + 22 + 23 + 24 + 25 )(1 + 31 + 32 + 33 + 34 )
26 − 1 35 − 1
1⋅( )⋅( )
2−1 3−1
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 If 𝑎, 𝑏 and 𝑐 are real and satisfy the equation 4𝑎2 + 9𝑏 2 + 12𝑎𝑏 − 9𝑐 2 = 0, then 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0
can represent two families of concurrent lines, the distance between whose points of concurrence is
2
(A) 1 (B) 3√3 (C) √13
3
(D) 2√13
Solution: (C)
From the given relation, we have
(2𝑎 + 3𝑏)2 − (3𝑐)2 = 0

⇒ (2𝑎 + 3𝑏 + 3𝑐)(2𝑎 + 3𝑏 − 3𝑐) = 0
⇒ 2𝑎 + 3𝑏 + 3𝑐 = 0 or 2𝑎 + 3𝑏 − 3𝑐 = 0
2 −2
⇒ 𝑎 ( ) + 𝑏(1) + 𝑐 = 0 or 𝑎 ( ) + 𝑏(−1) + 𝑐 = 0
3 3
l
Which implies that 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 passes through
2 −2
( , 1) or ( , −1)
ia
er
3 3
at
2√13
and distance between them is 3
yM
ud
Q.15 The equation of the circle passing through origin and cutting intercepts of lengths 2 and 3 from the
positive sides of 𝑥 and 𝑦 axes, respectively, is
St
(A) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 0 (B) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 = 0
2 2
(C) 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 = 0 (D) None of these
Solution: (C)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.16 In a group of 8 girls, two girls are sisters. The number of ways in which the girls can sit in a row so
l
ia
that two sisters are not sitting together is
(A) 4820 (B) 1410 (C) 2830 (D) 30240
er
Solution: (D)
at
The required number of ways
yM
= the number of ways in which 8 girls can sit in a row - the number of ways in which two sisters sit
together = 8! − (2)(7!) = 30240.
ud
Q.17 Find the sum of all the numbers that can be formed with the digits 2,3,4,5 taken all at a time.
(Repetition of digits is not allowed)
St
(A) 93324 (B) 92324 (C) 91384 (D) 90084
Solution: (A)
The total number of numbers formed with the digits 2,3,4,5 taken all at a time is equal to the number
of arrangements of 4 digits, taken all at a time, i.e., 4 P4 = 4! = 24.
To find the sum of these 24 numbers, we have to find the sum of the digits at unit's, ten's, hundred's,
and thousand's places in all these numbers.
Consider the digits in the unit's places in all these numbers.
If 2 is the digit in unit's place, the remaining three places can be filled in 3 ! ways or we can say 2
occurs in unit's place 3! = 6 times.
Similarly, each digit occurs 6 times.
So, the total sum of the digits in the unit's place in all these numbers is (2 + 3 + 4 + 5) × 3 ! = 84.
Similarly, the sum of digits is 84 in ten's, hundred's, and thousand's places.
Hence, the sum of all the numbers is 84(100 + 101 + 102 + 103 ) = 93324.
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 If the A.M. between two positive numbers 𝑎 and 𝑏 is twice as great as the G.M. between them, then
𝑎: 𝑏 can be
(A) 2 + √3: 2 − √3 (B) 3: 5 (C) 2: 3 (D) √3 + 1: √3 − 1
Solution: (A)
𝑎+𝑏
A.M. between 𝑎 and 𝑏 =
2
G.M. between 𝑎 and 𝑏 = √𝑎𝑏
Since A.M. between 𝒂 and 𝒃 is twice as great as the geometric mean,
𝑎+𝑏
∴ = 2√𝑎𝑏 ⇒ 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 4√𝑎𝑏
2
Squaring both sides, (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 = 16𝑎𝑏
⇒ 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 2𝑎𝑏 = 16𝑎𝑏
⇒ 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 14𝑎𝑏 = 0
𝑎 2 𝑎
l
⇒ ( ) − 14 ( ) + 1 = 0
𝑏 𝑏
[Dividing throughout by b2 ]
ia
er
𝑎 14 ± √196 − 4 14 ± √192
at
∴ = =
𝑏 2 2
yM
= 7 ± 4√3 [∵ √192 = √64 × 3 = 8√3]

= (2 ± √3)2
𝑎 (2±√3)2
i.e., = [∵ 4 − 3 = 1]
ud
𝑏 4−3
(2±√3)2 2+√3 2−√3
= (2−√3)(2+√3) = 2−√3 or 2+√3
St
⇒ 𝑎: 𝑏 = 2 + √3: 2 − √3 or 2 − √3: 2 + √3
Q.19 The mid-points of the sides of a triangle are (5,0), (5,12) and (0,12). The orthocenter of this triangle
is
13
(A) (0,0) (B) (10,0) (C) (0,24) (D) ( , 8)
3
Solution: (A)
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.20 Equation of the circle touching the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 15𝑥 + 5𝑦 = 0 at the point (1,2) and passing
through the point (0,2) is
(A) 13(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ) − 13𝑥 − 61𝑦 + 70 = 0 (B) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 𝑥 − 2𝑦 = 0
(C) 13(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ) − 13𝑥 − 61𝑦 + 9 = 0 (D) None of these
l
ia
Solution: (A) er
at
yM
ud
St
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.21 A light ray gets reflected from the line 𝑥 = −2 and the reflected ray touches the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 4.
If the point of incidence on the line is (−2, −4), then the equation of the incident ray is 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏.
Then find the value of 4 (a – b)
Solution: (19)
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.22 Find the number of ways in which six digits, 1,2, … 6, respectively, can be assigned to six faces of a
cube (without repetition of digit) so that one arrangement cannot be obtained from another by a
ud
rotation of the cube.
Solution: (30)
St
1st face can be numbered in = 1 ways

Face opposite to 1st face can be numbered in = 5 ways
Remaining 4 faces can be numbered in (4 − 1)! = 6 ways (as arrangement is similar to circular)
Total no. of ways = 5 × 1 × 6 = 30
Q.23 The number of lines, which belong to the family of lines 𝑎(2𝑥 + 𝑦 + 4) + 𝑏(𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 3) = 0 and
are at a distance of √10 from the point (2, −3), is:
Solution: (1)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.24 If (ℎ, 𝑘) is the center of smallest circle cutting orthogonally the circles 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 and
l
ia
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 + 8𝑦 − 33 = 0, then ℎ + 𝑘 is equal to er
Solution: (4)
at
yM
ud
St
Q.25 The number of ways of selecting 4 cards of an ordinary pack of playing cards so that exactly 3 of

them are of the same denomination is  then =
32
Solution: (78)
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1
Q.26 If 𝑆𝑛 = ∑𝑛𝑟=1 𝑡𝑟 = 𝑛(2𝑛2 + 9𝑛 + 13) and M = ∑100
𝑟=1 √𝑡𝑟 . Find sum of digits of M.
6
Solution: (11)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.27 The number of words can be formed with the letters of the word PATALIPUTRA without changing
ud
k
the relative positions of vowels and consonants is k, then =
100
St
Solution: (36)
Q.28 The number of common tangents to the circles 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 𝑥 = 0 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑥 = 0 is
Solution: (3)
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.29 5 boys (𝐵1 , 𝐵2 , 𝐵3 , 𝐵4 and 𝐵5 ) and 5 girls (𝐺1 , 𝐺2 , 𝐺3 , 𝐺4 and 𝐺5 ) are to be seated around a round
table such that boy and girl sit alternately and 𝐵𝑖 does not sit beside 𝐺𝑖 ∀𝑖 ∈ {1,2,3,4,5}. If the
number of such arrangements is N, then the sum of digits of N is equal to
Solution: (6)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
14
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 The vertices of a triangle ABC are (𝜆, 2 − 2𝜆), (−𝜆 + 1,2𝜆) and (−4 − 𝜆, 6 − 2𝜆)
If its area is 70 units, then number of integral values of 𝜆 is
Solution: (1)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
15
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 9 DATED 22nd Jan 2023
Exam Pattern: Advanced Level
PHYSICS:
l
ia
• Rolling motion, ICR, and angular momentum.
er
• Fluids: Hydrostatics, Hydrodynamics and Viscosity
at
• Vectors
M
CHEMISTRY:
y
• Inorganic: Previous Topics + Hydrogen
ud
• Physical: Previous Topics + Chemical equilibrium, Acid Base Theories
St
• Organic: Complete IUPAC Nomenclature, Structural Isomerism (except tautomerism)
MATHS:
• Current Topics: Binomial Theorem, Complex Number (except Geometry & Cube roots of unity)
• Previous Topics: Permutation and Combination, Determinants
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-9 (ADV) PHYSICS
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.1 A displacement vector, at an angle of 30∘ with 𝑦-axis, has an 𝑥-component of 10 units. Then the
magnitude of the vector is
Solution: (20)
l
Q.2
ia
A uniform stick of mass ' 𝑚 ' and length ' 𝑙 ' spins around on a frictionless horizontal plane, with its
er
Centre of Mass stationary. A mass 𝑀 is placed on the plane, and the stick collides elasticity with it,
𝑚
at
as shown (with the contact point being the end of the stick). What should be value of
𝑀
yM
be so that after the collision the stick has translational motion, but no rotational motion? take 𝑚 =
24 kg.
ud
St
Solution: (2)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.3 A sphere at rest on a horizontal rough surface is hit by a cue. At what height h (in cm ) above the
ud
centre of the sphere should it be hit so that it starts pure rolling, just after hitting? Assume the radius
𝑥
of the sphere to be 0.5 cm. If ℎ = cm then the value of 𝑥 is.
10
St
Solution: (2)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.4 A ring and a disc are initially at rest, side by side, at the top of an inclined plane which makes an angle 60∘
with the horizontal. They start to roll without slipping at the same instant of time along the shortest path. If the
time difference between their reaching the ground is (2 − √3)/√10 s, then the height of the top of the
inclined plane, in centimeters, is. Take 𝑔 = 10 ms−2.
Solution: (75)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.5 The U tube shown below is filled with a liquid and is accelerating horizontally with an acceleration a
St
(in m/s2 ). Find a.
Solution: (BONUS)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.6 A man is rowing a boat with a constant velocity ′𝑉0 ′ in a river the contact area of boat is ' 𝐴 ' and
coefficient of viscosity is 𝜂. The depth of river is 'D'. Find the force required to row the boat. If force
xnAV0
required is find x?
D
l
Solution: (1)
ia
er
F − FT = 𝑚 ares
at
As boat moves with constant velocity 𝑎res = 0
yM
F = FT
𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑣 𝑣0 −0 𝑣0
But 𝐹𝑇 = 𝜂 𝐴 , but = =
𝑑𝑧 𝑑𝑧 𝐷 𝐷
ud
𝑛𝐴𝑣0
Then 𝐹 = 𝐹T =
𝐷
St
Q.7 A cubical block is floating in a liquid with half of its volume immersed in the liquid. When the whole
system accelerates upwards with acceleration of g/3, the fraction of volume immesed in the liquid is
1/N. Then 𝑁 is equal to__________.
Solution: (2)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
Q.8 A large tank is filled with water. A small hole is made at a depth 10 m below water surface. The
at
range of water issuing out of the hole is 𝑅 on ground. What extra pressure in atm must be applied on
yM
the water surface so that the range becomes 2𝑅 : (Take 1 atm = 105 Pa and g = 10 m/s2 )
ud
St
Solution: (3)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
MULTIPLE CORRECT
l
Q.9 Pressure gradient in a static fluid is represent by (z-direction is vertically upwards, and x-axis is
along horizontal, d is density of fluid):
ia
er
p p p p
(A) = −dg (B) = dg (C) =0 (D) =0
at
z x x z
yM
Solution: (AC)
In a static fluid, pressure remains same at the same level, ie, pressure do not vary with x-coordinate
ud
Hence (c)
St
Q.10 A wooden block is floating in a water tank. The block is pressed to the bottom. During the process, a
work is done. Which of the following statements are false.
(A) Work done is equal to work done against upthrust exerted by the water.
(B) Work done is equal to work done against upthrust plus loss of gravitational potential energy of
the block.
(C) Work done is equal to work done against upthrust minus loss of gravitational potential energy of
the block.
(D) Work done is equal to loss of gravitational potential energy of the block.
Solution: (ABD)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Initially, the wooden block floats partially immersed in water. Initially, upthrust exerted by water is
exactly equal to weight of the block. But when it is exactly pressed down, then the more water is
displaced. Hence, upthrust exerted by water increases. The force required to press down the block is
F = upthrust – mg. Hence, work done by the force F will be equal to work against (upthrust – mg). It
means, work done by the external force = work done against upthrust – loss of gravitational potential
energy of the block.
Q.11 Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but of different densities d A and d B are connected by a
string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density d F . They get arranged into an equilibrium state
as shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if
l
ia
er
at
(A) d A  d F (B) d B  d F (C) d A  d F (D) d A + d B = 2d F
yM
Solution: (ABD)
ud
St
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.12 The 𝜏⃗ torque on a body about a given point is found to be equal to 𝐴⃗ × 𝐽⃗ where 𝐴⃗ is a constant vector
and 𝐽⃗ is the angular momentum of the body about that point. From this it follows that
𝑑𝐽⃗
(A) 𝑑𝑡 is perpendicular to 𝐽⃗ at all instants of time
(B) the component of 𝐽⃗ in the direction of 𝐴⃗ does not change with time
(C) the magnitude of 𝐽⃗ does not change with time
(D) 𝐽⃗ does not change with time
Solution: (ABC)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.13 The disc of radius 𝑟 is confined to roll without slipping at 𝐴 and 𝐵. If the plates have the velocities as
shown then
ud
St
3𝑉
(A) Linear velocity 𝑉0 = 𝑉 (B) Angular velocity of disc is
2𝑟
2V
(C) Angular velocity of disc is (D) Linear velocity 𝑉0 = 2 V
𝑟
Solution: (A/AC) – Both answers are correct
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 Select correct statement(s)

(A) for any two vectors |𝐴⃗ ⋅ 𝐵
⃗⃗ | ≤ 𝐴𝐵
⃗⃗ | ≤ 𝐴𝐵
(B) for any two vectors |𝐴⃗ × 𝐵
(C) A vector is not changed if it is slid parallel to itself.
(D) A vector is necessarily changed if it is rotated through an angle.
Solution: (ABC)
rotation by 2𝑛𝜋 gives the same vector.
SINGLE CORRECT
l
ia
Q.15 A plank P is placed on a solid cylinder S, which rolls on a horizontal surface. The two are of equal
mass. There is no slipping at any of the surfaces in contact. The ratio of the kinetic energy of P to the
er
kinetic energy of S is:
at
yM
ud
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 8 : 3 (D) 1 : 4

Solution: (C)
St
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.16 A particle of mass m is moving horizontally at speed v perpendicular to a uniform rod of length d
and mass M = 6 m. The rod is hinged at centre O and can freely rotate in horizontal plane about a
fixed vertical axis passing through its centre O. The hinge is frictionless. The particle strikes and
sticks to the end of the rod. The angular speed of the system just after the collision:
2v 3v v 2v
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3d 2d 3d d
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
3
Q.17 A body floats with one-third of its volume outside water and of its volume outside another liquid.
St
4
The density of another liquid is
9 4 8 3
(A) g / cc (B) g / cc (C) g / cc (D) g / cc
4 9 3 8
Solution: (C)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 In the figure below is shown the flow of liquid through a horizontal pipe. Three tubes A, B and C are
connected to the pipe. The radii of the tubes, A, B and C at the junction are respectively 2 cm, 1 cm.
and 2 cm. It can be said that the:
l
ia
(A) Height of the liquid in the tube A is minimum
er
at
(B) Height of the liquid in the tubes A and B is the same
yM
(C) Height of the liquid in all the three tubes is the same
(D) Height of the liquid in the tubes A and C is the same

ud
Solution: (D)
St
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-9 (ADV) CHEMISTRY
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.1 N2 O4 gas is introduced into an evacuated chamber at 300 K. Temperature is increased to 600 K at
which N2 O4 dissociates partially into NO2 , where equilibrium mixture has vapour density of 29. A
rNO2
pin hole is made in the chamber. Calculate effusing out initially, where r is rate of effusion.
r N2 O 4
(N = 14, O = 16)
l
ia
Solution: (4)
er
at
N2 O4 ⇄ 2NO2
yM
at equilibrium: 𝑛1 𝑛2
𝑛1 × 92 + 𝑛2 × 46
∴ = 29
2(𝑛1 + 𝑛2 )
ud
⇒ 34𝑛1 = 12𝑛2
𝑛N2 O4 12
⇒ ≐
St
𝑛NO2 34
𝑟NO2 34 92 34
= √ = × √2 ≃ 4
𝑟N2O4 12 46 12
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.2 If maximum number of compounds having same D.U. is x then find x
l
Solution: (5)
ia
er
(1), (3), (4), (5), (6)
at
yM
Q.3 If total number of incorrect statements are 𝑥, then write the value of 𝑥 :
(a) We can obtain pure ortho hydrogen but not para
(b) Ultra-pure H2 (> 99.95%) can be obtained by electrolysing warm Ba(OH)2 between nickel
ud
electrodes
(c) Nascent hydrogen is more reactive than atomic hydrogen
St
(d) Presence of sodium and potassium bicarbonates are the cause of temporary hardness
(e) The water is fit for drinking purposes in the following method
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(f) Calcium gone (calgon) utilizes sodium polymetaphosphate (Na2 [Na4 (PO3 )6 ]) to remove
hardness.
(g) Normality of 5.6 V H2 O2 at is 2 N.
Solution: (4)
a), c) , d), g)
Q.4 Find out the number of following orders which are correct against the mentioned properties:
(i) H2 < D2 < T2 (Number of protons)
(ii) H2 < D2 (Bond energy)
(iii) H2 < D2 < T2 (Boiling point)
(iv) H2 < D2 < T2 (No. of neutrons)
Solution: (3)
ii, iii, iv
l
ia
Q.5 Total number of correct statements among the following is
er
(1) Pressure and density are intensive properties.
at
(2) Every isolated system is closed system and vice-versa.
yM
(3) Entropy change for adiabatic reversible process is zero.

(4) A reaction is non-spontaneous at any temperature when enthalpy change is positive and entropy
change is negative.
ud
(5) For cyclic process internal energy change is zero.

(6) For isobaric process, volume (for fixed amount of an ideal gas) get doubled when temperature
St
increases from 100∘ C to 200∘ C.

(7) The dissolution of NaCl in H2 O is endothermic though it is spontaneous process.
(8) Heat of combustion of ethane is −341.1kcal/mole and heat of combustion of ethyne is -
310kcal/mole means ethane is a better fuel.
Solution: (5)
1 Pressure and density are intensive property as it does not depends on amount.
2 Every close system is not isolated system.
3 ΔS = 0 for adiabatic reversible process.
4 ΔG should be − ve for a spontaneous processs.
5 For cyclic process Δ𝑈 = 0.
V2 T2 573
6 = =
V1 T1 473
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
341.1 310
7 Calorific value of C2 H6 = = 11.37kcal/g. Calorific value of C2 H2 = = 11.92kcal/g.
30 26
∴ Ethyne is a better fuel.
1,3,4,5 and 7 are correct statement.
Q.6 In an organic compound of molar mass greater than 100 containing only C, H and N, the percentage
of C is 6 times the percentage of H while the sum of the percentage of C and H is 1.5 times the
percentage of N. What is value of least molar mass divided by 10:
Solution: (14)
l
ia
er
at
For the reaction A + 2B ⇌ C + D, Keq = 1012, initially 2 M of A and 5 M of B are present in a

yM
Q.7
constant volume solution. The sum of concentrations of all the reaction component at equilibrium is
nearly
ud
Solution: (5)
St
𝐴 + 2𝐵 ⇌ 𝐶 + 𝐷 1012
initially: 2 5
since 𝐾 is verry large, reaction has almost gone to completion
∴ [𝐴] ≃ 0𝑀
[𝐵] ≃ 1𝑀
∴ total concentration = 0 + 1 + 2 + 2 = 5M
[𝐶] ≃ 2𝑀
[𝐷] ≃ 2𝑀
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 Identify the total number of functional group isomeric pairs among the following pair:
i) 1,2-dichloro ethane and 1,1-dichloro ethane
ii) Propanoic acid and methyl acetate
iii) Methyl acetate and ethyl formate
iv) o-Nitrophenol and p-nitrophenol
v) N-methylaniline and 2-methylaniline
vi) Phenol and Cyclohexa-2,4-dien-1-one
give your answer by adding the total number of primary hydrogen present in neopentane(2,2-
dimethylpropane) with total number of functional group isomeric pairs
Solution: (15)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
MULTIPLE CORRECT
1
Q.9 For the dissociation A2 B3 ( g) ⇌ 2AB(g) + B2 (g)
2
If, M = Molecular mass of A2 B3 (g)
𝐷 = Vapour density of equilibrium mixture
p∘ = Initial pressure of A2 B3 (g)
then, identify the CORRECT statement(s) :
2P∘ D
(A) Equilibrium pressure can be expressed as
M
P∘ M
(B) Equilibrium pressure can be expressed as 2D
𝑀−2𝐷
(C) Degree of dissociation of 𝐴2 𝐵3 (𝑔) can be expressed as
3𝐷
(D) Increase in temperature will increase the magnitude of D
Solution: (BC)
l
ia
M
dt − do −D M − 2D
𝛼= = 2 =
er
(n − 1)d0 (2.5 − 1)D 3D
1
at
A2 B3 (g) 2AB(g) + B2 ( g)
2
M − 2D M − 2D M − 2D
yM
1−( ) 2( ) ( )
3D 3D 6D
M − 2D
=1+
2D
Po 1 Po M
= M−2D or Pf =
ud
P f 1+ 2D
2D
St
Q.10 Consider cyclic process for one mole mono atomic ideal gas. Select correct statements.
33
(A) Work done by the gas in one cyclic is 3PV (B) U AB = PV
2
23
(C) q AB = PV (D) Scycle = 0
2
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (ABD)
Work done by the system per cycle
1
= × 3P × 2 V = 3PV
2
Heat absorbed by the system
q 𝐴𝐵 = ΔU𝐴𝐵 − 𝑊𝐴𝐵
3𝑅 12𝑃𝑉 𝑃𝑉 33
Δ𝑈𝐴𝐵 = 1 × [ − ]= 𝑃𝑉
2 𝑅 𝑅 2
1
𝑊𝐴𝐵 = − [ × 3𝑃 × 2𝑉 + 𝑃 × 2𝑉] = −5𝑃𝑉
2
33 43
𝑞𝐴𝐵 = 𝑃𝑉 + 5𝑃𝑉 = 𝑃𝑉
2 2
l
ia
Q.11 The IUPAC name of the following can not be:
er
at
yM
ud
(A) 5-Ethoxy-2, 4, 6-trimethyloct-2, 6-dien-9-ol

St
(B) 4-Ethoxy-3, 5, 7-trimethyloct-2, 6-dien-1-ol

(C) 5-Ethoxy-3, 5, 7-trimethyloct-2, 6-dien-1-ol
(D) 4-methoxy-3, 5, 7-trimethyloct-2, 6-dien-1-ol
Solution: (ABCD)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.12 Which of the following is/are correct about marked bond length and bond angles, in the following
structure of PCl2 F3 ?
(A) ℓ2 > ℓ1 > ℓ3 ; 𝜃 < 90∘ (B) ℓ1 > ℓ3 > ℓ2 ; 𝜃 > 90∘
(C) ℓ1 > ℓ2 > ℓ3 ; 𝜃 = 90∘ (D) ℓ1 > ℓ2 > ℓ3 ; 𝜃 ≃ 120∘
Solution: (C)
l
ia
In case of P − Cl bond, orbital, of 3rd shell of Cl is involved in bonding while in case of P − F bond,
orbital of 2nd shell of 𝐹 is involved, which is much smaller than 3nd shell orbital. Also, axial bond
er
length is larger than equitorial bond length, provided the ligand atoms are same.
at
Q.13 In a redox reaction, the equivalent weight of HNO2 is found to be 23.5. The reaction products might
yM
contain
(A) N2 O (B) NO (C) NH3 (D) HNO3
Solution: (AD)
ud
n-factor is 2 for both the options so equivalent weight is same which is 23.5
St
Q.14 The radial part of schrodinger wave equation for hydrogen atom is
1
Ψ(r) = 3/2
(𝜎 − 1)(𝜎 2 − 8𝜎 + 12)e−𝜎/2
16√4a0
Where a0 = constant &𝜎 = 2r/na0 ; n = principle quantum number Select the correct statements:
(A) Distance of nearest radial node form the nucleus is 2a0 .
(B) Distance of farthest radial node from the nucleus is 12a0 .
(C) Number of maxima in the curve 4𝜋𝑟 2. Ψ(𝑟)2 vs 𝑟 are 4 .
(D) Ψ(r) is for 4p orbital.
Solution: (ABC)
𝑙 = 0( s − orbital )
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
n−𝑙−1=3
n−0−1 =3
n=4
4 s orbital node
Radial nodes [Ψ(r) = 0] at
𝜎 = 1,2,3
2𝑟 𝑟
𝜎= =
4𝑎0 200
r
(a) Nearest radial node = 1 ⇒ r = 2a0
2a0
r
(b) Furthest radial node = 6 ⇒ r2 = 12a0
2a0
l
ia
er
SINGLE CORRECT
at
yM
Q.15 In a constant pressure calorimeter, 400 mL, 1.0 M HA aqueous solution is mixed with
400 mL, 1.0 M BOH solution. It raised temperature of calorimeter by 4∘ C. Calculate enthalpy of
ud
1 cal
neutralisation (in kcal / mole). [Given: specific heat capacity of solution is ∘ C−mL and heat capacity
∘
of calorimeter metal is 12cal/ C ]
St
(A) −3.248 (B) −8.12 (C) −16.15 (D) −8.98
Solution: (B)
( 0.4mol HA + 0.4mol HB) H of reaction = − ( VC + 12) 4 = − (800 1 + 12) 4
812  4
For 1 mol H = − = −8.12 kcal
0.4
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.16 For an endothermic reaction: 4A ( g ) + B2 ( g ) 2A2B ( g )

I, II, III represents concentration of A ( g ) , B2 ( g ) and A2B ( g )
List-I List-II
(P) (1) Increase in temperature
(Q) (2) Increase in pressure by decreasing volume of

container
l
ia
er
at
(R) (3) Addition of A 2 B at equilibrium
yM
ud
St
(S) (4) Addition of inert gas at constant pressure
(5) Increase in volume of container
Codes:
(A) P-2 Q-4 R-3 S-1,5 (B) P-2 Q-3 R-1,5 S-4
(C) P-1 Q-2,5 R-3 S-4 (D) P-4,5 Q-3 R-2 S-1
Solution: (D)
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.17 0.5 litre H2O2 ( aq ) solutions bottle placed in jar as shown and final pressure of Jar becomes 1.5 atm
after complete decomposition of H 2 O 2 . If volume of Jar is 22.4 L then calculate initial volume
strength of H 2 O 2 at 1 atm and 273 K (Assume negligible volume of bottle w.r.t. Jar)
(A) 2 (B) 11.2 (C) 22.4 (D) 10
Solution: (C)
PV 0.5 × 22.4
l
Mole of O2 gas evolved = =
ia
RT 0.0821 × 273
= 0.5 moles
er
1
H2 O2 (aq.) ⟶ H2 O(ℓ) + O2 ( g)
at
2
moles of H2 O2 initially = 0.5 × 2 = 1 mole

yM
1
Molarity = = 2M
0.5
ud
Volume strength = 𝑀 × 11.2 = 2 × 11.2 = 22.4

St
Q.18 RH2 (ion exchange resin) can replace Ca2+ ions in hard water as:
RH2 + Ca2+ ⟶ RCa + 2H +
If 1 L of hard water after passing through RH2 has  H +  = 10−3 , then hardness in parts per million of
Ca2+ is:
(Ca = 40; density of solution is nearly 1 g/ml)
(A) 10ppm (B) 40ppm (C) 100ppm (D) 20ppm
Solution: (D)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
RH2 + Ca2+ → R Ca + 2H +  H +  = 10−3

10−3
⟵ 10−3 [H + ] = 10−3
2
10−3
[Ca2+ ] =
2
10−3
⇒ 𝑛Ca2+ = mol
2
10−3
⇒ 𝑚Ca2+ = × 40 = 2 × 10−2 g
2
2×10−2
ppm = × 106 = 20 ppm
1000
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 BTEST-9 (ADV) MATHEMATICS PAPER
NUMERICAL TYPE
k
Q.1 The total number of three-digit numbers, with one digit repeated exactly two times, is k then equals
3
Solution : (81)
If 0 taken twice then ways = 9
If 0 taken once then 9 C1 × 2 = 18
If 0 not taken then 9 C1 8 C1 ⋅ 3 = 𝟐𝟏𝟔
Total = 243
Q.2 The letters of the word 'MANKIND' are written in all possible orders and arranged in serial order as
λ
in an English dictionary. And the serial number of the word 'MANKIND' is λ then equals
373
l
ia
Solution : (4)
M A N K I N D
er
at
4×6! 4!×3
( 2!
)+ (5! × 0) + ( )+ (3! × 2) + (2! × 1)(1! × 1) + (0! × 0) + 1 = 1492
2!
yM
n n
r 7
Q.3 If  n
=  n
, then n =
r =0 Cr r =0 Cr
ud
Solution : (14)
n−r
St
n n n n
r n r

r =0
n
= n = n − n
Cr r =0 Cn − r r =0 Cn − r r =0 Cr
n n n
r n r n n 1
 2.  n
=    = 
r =0 Cr r =0 n Cr r =0
n
Cr 2 r =0 n Cr
n
1 n n 1
 7 n
=   n = 14
r =0 Cr 2 r =0 n Cr
Q.4 The total number of distinct x ∈ R for which

x x2 1 + x3
|2x 4x 2 1 + 8x 3 | = 10 is
3x 9x 2 1 + 27x 3
Solution : (2)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
x x2 1 + x3
|2x 4x 2 1 + 8x 3 | = 10
3x 9x 2 1 + 27x 3
1 1 1 + x3
3
x |2 4 1 + 8x 3 | = 10
3 9 1 + 27x 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
x 3 |2 4 1| + x 6
|2 4 8 | = 10
3 9 1 3 9 27
⇒ 6x 6 + x 3 − 5 = 0
⇒ (6x 3 − 5)(x 3 + 1) = 0
5
⇒ x3 = or x 3 = −1
6
⇒ Two real distinct values of x.
l
Q.5 In a hotel, four rooms are available. Six persons are to be accommodated in these four rooms in such
ia
a way that each of these rooms contains at least one person and at most two persons. The number of
α
all possible ways in which this can be done is α then
er equals
12
at
Solution : (90)
Two rooms accommodate two persons each and two rooms have one person each.
yM
6!
So, total required ways = × 4! = 1080
2!2!1!1!2!2!
ud
Q.6 The sum of last 3 digits of 3100 is

Solution : (1)
St
We have,
3100 = (34 )25
= (81)25
= (80 + 1)25
= 25 C0 ⋅ (80)25 + 25 C1 ⋅ (80)24 + ⋯ + 25 C22 (80)3 + 25
C23 (80)2 + 25
C24 (80) + 25
C25
= 103 [ 25 C0 825 × 1022 + 25 C1 × 824 × 1021 + ⋯ … + 25
C22 × 83 ]
25×24
+ × (80)2 + 25 × 80 + 1
2
3
= 10 m + 1920000 + 2000 + 1, where m ∈ N
= 103 (m + 1920 + 2) + 1
Thus, last three digits of 𝟑𝟏𝟎𝟎 are 001 .
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.7 If a, b, c ∈ ℂ and |a| = |b| = |c| = 1 and abc = a + b + c, then bc + ca + ab is equal to
Solution : (1)
1 1 1
|a|2 = |b|2 = |c|2 = 1 ⇒ aa‾ = bb‾ = cc‾ = 1 ⇒ a‾ = , b‾ = , c‾ =
a b c
Now, abc = a + b + c ⇒ a‾b‾c‾ = a‾ + b‾ + c‾
1 1 1 1
⇒ = + + ⇒ bc + ca + ab = 1
abc a b c
Q.8 If a and b are complex numbers and one of the roots of the equation x 2 + ax + b = 0 is purely real
and the other is purely imaginary, then a2 − a‾2 = kb, where k =
Solution : (4)
Let α and iβ; α, β ∈ R are roots of x 2 + ax + b = 0
⇒ α + iβ = −a, iαβ = b
α − iβ = −a‾
l
⇒ 2α = −(a + a‾) and 2iβ = −(a − a‾)
∴ 4iαβ = a2 − a‾2 ⇒ 4b = a2 − a‾2
ia
er
at
yM
Q.9 If |z| = z + 3 − 2i, and z = a + ib, where a, b ∈ R then

7 5
(A) a + b = 1 (B) a + b = (C) ab = −6 (D) ab = −
6 3
ud
Solution : (BD)
z = |z| − 3 + 2i
St
⇒ |z|2 = (|z| − 3)2 + 4

⇒ |z|2 = |z|2 − 6|z| + 9 + 4
⇒ |z| = 13/6
Thus, z = −5/6 + 2i
a 8
Q.10 If the middle term in the expansion of ( + 3) is 1120, then value of (a + 3) can be
3
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 7

Solution : (AC)
a 8 8 th
Middle term of (3 + 3) is the ( + 1) or the 5th term.
2
a 4
T5 = T4+1 = ( 8 C4 ) ( ) (3)4 = 70a4 = 1120 ⇒ a4 = 16 ⇒ a = ±2
3
So, a + 3 = 3 ± 2 = 1 or 5
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 If (5 + 2√6)n = I + f where I ∈ N, n ∈ N and 0 ≤ f < 1, then
1 1
(A) I = −f (B) I = − f
1−f f
(C) I is an even integer (D) I is an odd integer

Solution : (AD)
Let (5 − 2√6)n = (f ′ ) where 0 < f ′ < 1
I + f + f ′ = even integer
f + f ′ = 1 or f ′ = 1 − f
I + f = (5 + 2√6)n
1
I = (5 + 2√6)n − f = −f
(5 − 2√6)n
1
⇒I= −f
1−f
In the expansion of (x + y + z)10 which of the following will be true
l
Q.12
ia
(A) The expansion will contains 66 terms er
(10)!
(B) The coefficient of x 3 y 2 z 5 will be
3!2!5!
at
(C) There cannot be term of x 3 y 2 z 4
(10 )!
yM
(D) 
++=10  ! !  !
= 310
Solution : (ABCD)
ud
10+3−1 12
number of terms = C3−1 = C10 = 66
10!
coefficient of x 3 y 2 z 5 of the given expansion is
3!2!5!
St
Since 3 + 2 + 4 = 9 ≠ 10, hence

x 3 y 2 z 4 can not be term of the expansion (x + y + z)10
10!   
( x + y + z) = 
10
x yz
++=10  !!  !
on substituting x = y = z = 1 we get
10!
310 = 
++=10  !!  !
Q.13 If z‾ be the conjugate of the complex number z, then which of the following relations is/are true?
(A) |z| = |z‾| (B) z ⋅ z‾ = |z‾|2
(C) ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
z1 + z2 = z̅1 + z̅2 (D) arg z = arg z‾
Solution : (ABC)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
|z| = |z‾|
z ⋅ z‾ = |z|2 = |z‾|2
z̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
1 + z2 = z ‾ 1 + z‾2
arg z‾ = −arg z
n +4
Let (1 + x 2 ) (1 + x ) =  a k x k . If a1 , a2 and a3 are in arithmetic progression, then 𝐧 can be
2 n
Q.14
k =0
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 2

Solution : (BCD)
n +4
(x + 2x 2 + 1)  n Cr x r =  a k .x k
n
4
r =0 k =0
Equating coefficients of x, x 2 and x 3 both sides we get,

n(n − 1) n(n − 1)(n − 2)
a1 = n, a2 = + 2, a3 = + 2n
2 6
l
ia
Now, 2a2 = a1 + a3 gives n3 − 9n2 + 26n − 24 = 0
⇒ (n − 2)(n − 3)(n − 4) = 0
er
⇒ n = 2,3,4
at
yM
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.15 Let λ ∈ R. The system of linear equations

ud
2x1 − 4x2 + λx3 = 1

St
x1 − 6x2 + x3 = 2
λx1 − 10x2 + 4x3 = 3
is inconsistent for:
(A) exactly two values of λ (B) exactly one negative value of λ
(C) every value of λ (D) exactly one positive value of λ
Solution : (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
2 −4 λ
D = |1 −6 1|
λ −10 4
= 2(3λ + 2)(λ − 3)
D1 = −2(λ − 3)
D2 = −2(λ + 1)(λ − 3)
D3 = −2(λ − 3)
when λ = 3, then
D = D1 = D2 = D3 = 0
⇒ Infinitely many solution
2
when λ = − then D1 , D2 , D3 none of them is zero, so equations are inconsistent.
3
2
∴λ=−
3
Q.16 Let X = ( 10 C1 )2 + 2( 10 C2 )2 + 3( 10 C3 )2 + ⋯ … + 10( 10 C10 )2 where 10

Cr , r ∈ {1,2, … … ,10}
1
denote binomial coefficients in the expansion of (1 + x ) . Then, the value of
10
X is
l
1430
ia
(A) 646 (B) 640 (C) 636 er (D) None of these
Solution : (A)
10 10
X =  r. Cr . Cr = 10. 9 Cr −1.10 C10−r = 10.19 C9
at
10 10
r =1 r =1
yM
x 10. 19 C9 19 C
Now = = 9
= 646
1430 1430 143
ud
5π z+z‾
Q.17 Suppose arg (z) = − , then arg (1+zz‾) is (where z is a complex number)
13
5π 5π
(A) − (C) π
St
(B) (D) 0
13 13
Solution : (D)
−5π
arg (z) = ⇒ Re (z) > 0
13
z+z‾ 2Re (z)
=
1+zz‾ 1+|z|2
z+z‾
As is a positive real number
1+zz‾
z+z‾
arg ( )=0
1+zz‾
(1−4x)−5/2
Q.18 If x is so small that square and higher power of x can be neglected and = 1 + kx, then find
√1−2x
the value of k.
(A) 10 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 13
Solution : (B)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(1−4x)−5/2
= (1 − 4x)−5/2 (1 − 2x)−1/2
√1−2x
5 1
= (1 + (− ) (−4x)) (1 + (− 2) (−2x))
2
= (1 + 10x)(1 + x)
= 1 + 11x
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
7
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 10 DATED 9th Apr 2023
PHYSICS:
l
ia
• Simple Harmonic Motion Complete
er
• Errors and Dimensions, Photoelectric Effect, Basics of Matter waves, radiation pressure
at
• Waves on a String, Sound Waves and Wave Optics
M
CHEMISTRY:
y
ud
• Inorganic: S-Block, Boron Family
• Physical: Ionic Equilibrium & Redox Titrations (Redox Part II)
St
• Organic: GOC
MATHS:
• Functions, ITF, Relations, Heights & Distances, MI, Basic Limits, SOT
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-10 PHYSICS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Initially a small block is in equilibrium and at a height 10m from ground as shown. At 𝑡 = 0, block
explodes in two equal parts. One part collides with the ground at 𝑡 = 1sec and sticks to ground at the
position just below the initial equilibrium position and another part remains held with spring.
l
ia
er
(A) then the amplitude of oscillations of the block held by spring is 3 meter
at
(B) then the amplitude of oscillations of the block held by spring is 5 meter
yM
(C) then the amplitude of oscillations of the block held by spring is 2 meter
(D) then the amplitude of oscillations of the block held by spring is 7 meter
ud
Solution : (A)
St
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.2
If a Junction is there of 40 cm from left End and it’s a combination of two strings. Find the minimum
frequency at which the two strings vibrate together?
[V1 & V2 represent Velocity of wave in respective string]
(A) 10 Hz (B) 25 Hz (C) 30 Hz (D) 35 Hz
Solution : (C)
Use n1f1 = n 2f 2
 6   4 
l
n1   = n 2  
 2 ( 0.4 )   2 ( 0.6 ) 
ia
er
 6   4 
n1   = n2  
 0.8  1.2 
at
n1 4 0.8 4
=  =
yM
n 2 1.2 6 9
6 4
So, f min = 4  = 9 = 30 Hz
0.8 1.2
ud
Q.3 For the wave shown in figure, the equation for the wave, travelling along +x axis with velocity
350 ms −1 when its position at t = 0 is as shown.
St
 314   379 
(A) 0.05sin  x − 27475 t  (B) 0.05sin  x − 27475 t 
 4   5 
 314   289 
(C) 1sin  x − 27475 t  (D) 0.05sin  x + 27475 t 
 4   5 
Solution : (A)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
5λ
As = 20 ⇒ λ = 8 cm
2
2π 314
K= =
λ 4
2π
ω = KV × 350 = 27475
8 × 10−2
314
∴ y = 0.05sin ( x − 27475 t)
4
Q.4 A train moves towards a stationary observer with speed 34 m/s. The train sounds a whistle and its
frequency registered by the observer is f1. If the train’s speed is reduced to 17 m/s, the frequency
registered is f2. If the speed of sound is 340 m/s then the ratio f1/f2 is
(A) 18/19 (B) ½ (C) 2 (D) 19/18
Solution : (D)
V
f1 = f ( )
V − Vs
l
340 340
ia
f1 = f ( ) = f( )
340 − 34 306
V 340 340
and f2 = f ( )=( )= f
er
V − Vs 340 − 17 323
f1 323 19
at
= =
f2 306 18
yM
Q.5 In the Young’s double slit experiment using a monochromatic light of wavelength  , the path
difference (in terms of an integer n) corresponding to any point having half the peak intensity is :
   
(A) ( 2n + 1) (B) ( 2n + 1) (C) ( 2n + 1) (D) ( 2n + 1)
ud
2 4 8 16
Solution : (B)
St
Imax ϕ
= Im cos 2 ( )
2 2
ϕ 1
⇒ cos ( ) =
2 √2
ϕ π
⇒ =
2 4
π
⇒ ϕ = (2n + 1)
2
λ λ π λ
⇒ Δx = ϕ= × (2n + 1) = (2n + 1)
2π 2π 2 4
Q.6 A travelling wave represented by y = Asin ( ( t − kx ) ) is superimposed on another wave represented
by y = Asin ( t + kx ) . The resultant is :
(A) A wave travelling along + x direction

(B) A wave travelling along – x direction
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
n
(C) A standing wave having nodes at x = , n = 0,1, 2,........
2
 1
(D) A standing wave having nodes at x =  n +  ; n = 0,1, 2,........
 2 2
Solution : (D)
Y = A sin(ωt − kx) + A sin (ωt + kx)
Y = 2A sin ωt cos kx standing wave
For nodes cos kx = 0
2π π
⋅ x = (2n + 1)
λ 2
(2n + 1)λ
∴ x= , n = 0,1,2,3, … … .
4
Q.7 Radiation pressure on any surface (for a given intensity) :

(A) is dependent on wavelength of the light used
l
ia
(B) is dependent on nature of surface er
(C) is dependent on frequency and nature of surface
(D) depends on the nature of source from which light is coming and on nature of surface on which it
at
is falling.
yM
Solution : (B)
Q.8 The period of small oscillations of a simple pendulum of length if its point of suspension O moves
ud
a with a constant acceleration  = 1î − 2ˆj with respect to earth is ( î and ˆj are unit vectors in
St
horizontal and vertically upward directions respectively)
(A) T = 2 (B) T = 2
g − 2  g − 1 
1/2 1/2
+ 12 +  22
2 2
(C) T = 2 (D) T = 2
(g + 12 )
1/2
g 2
Solution : (A)
Point O is moving as shown
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
So acc. Of particle w.r.t O

= (−α1 î + (α2 − g)ĵ
So get = √α12 + (g − α2 )2
l
So time period
= 2π√
( )
ia
1/2
er
(a21 +(g−a2 )2 )
at
Q.9 If this is displacement wave of sound then what does A & B represent?
yM
ud
(A) Compression & Rarefaction (B) Rarefaction & Compression

(C) Both are compression (D) Both are rarefaction
St
Solution : (A)
Q.10 A wave pulse is generated in a string that lies along x-axis. At the points A and B, as shown in
figure, if RA and RB are ratio of wave speed to the particle speed respectively then :
(A) R A  R B (B) R B  R A
(C) R A = R B (D) Information is not sufficient to decide.
Solution : (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
V V
RA = , RB =
VA VB
as VA > VB , R A < R B
Q.11 In a photoelectric experiment, the frequency and intensity of a light source are both doubled. Then
consider the following statements.
(i) The saturation photocurrent remains almost the same.
(ii) The maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons is doubled.
(A) Both (i) and (ii) are true (B) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(C) (i) is false but (ii) is true (D) Both (i) and (ii) are false
Solution : (B)
Q.12 A wire of density 9 gm / cm3 is stretched between two clamps 1.00 m apart while subjected to an
l
ia
extension of 0.05 cm. The lowest frequency of transverse vibrations in the wire is
(Assume Young’s modulus Y = 9 1010 N / m 2 )
er
(A) 35 Hz (B) 45 Hz (C) 75 Hz (D) 90 Hz
at
Solution : (A)
yM
YA
1 T 1 √ ℓ ⋅ Δℓ 1 9 × 1010 × 5 × 10−14
f= √ = = √ = 35 Hz
2ℓ μ 2 × 1 ρA 2 9 × 103
ud
Q.13 The photoelectrons emitted from a metal surface :

(A) Are all at rest
St
(B) Have the same kinetic energy

(C) Have the same momentum
(D) Have speeds varying from zero up to a certain maximum value
Solution : (D)
Q.14 Graph shows three waves that are separately sent along a string that is stretched under a certain
tension along x-axis. If 1 , 2 and 3 are their angular frequencies respectively then :
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) 1 = 3  2 (B) 1  2  3 (C) 2  1 = 3 (D) 1 = 2 = 3

Solution : (A)
v is same for all the waves.
From the figure 1 = 3   2
So, 1 = 3  2
l
Q.15 In a double slit interference experiment, the separation between the slits is 1 mm, the wavelength of
ia
light used is 6000𝐴∘ and the distance of the screen from the slits is 1 m. Total number of maxima
and minima on screen are respectively.
er
(A) 1667, 1667 (B) 3333, 3334 (C) 3332, 3334 (D) 1666,1667
at
Solution : (B)
yM
ud
St
Q.16 A person is talking in a small room and the sound intensity level is 60 dB everywhere within the
room. If there are eight people talking simultaneously in the room, what is the sound intensity level?
(A) 60 dB (B) 69 dB (C) 74 dB (D) 81 dB
Solution : (B)
I I
β = 10 log , 60 = 10 log
I0 I0
8I
β = 10 log
I0
I
= 10 log 8 + 10 log = 30 log 2 + 60 = 69 dB.
I0
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.17 Which one of the following graphs in figure shows the variation of photoelectric current (I) with
voltage (V between the electrodes in a photoelectric cell?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
l
Solution : (A)
ia
er
Q.18 When sound wave is refracted from air to water, which of the following will remain unchanged?
at
(A) Wave number (B) Wavelength (C) Wave velocity (D) Frequency
Solution : (D)
yM
Frequency depends on source not on medium.

Q.19 The mass M shown in the figure oscillates in simple harmonic motion with amplitude A. The
ud
amplitude of the point P is

St
k 1A k 2A k1 A k 2A
(A) (B) (C) (D)
k2 k1 k1 + k 2 k1 + k 2
Solution : (D)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Extensions in springs are x1 and x2 then
k1 x1 = k 2 x2
and x1 + x2 = A
k1 x1 k2 A
⇒ x1 + = A ⇒ x1 =
k2 k1 + k 2
Q.20 The density of a material in the shape of a cube is determined by measuring three sides of the cube
and its mass. If the relative errors in measuring the mass and length are respectively 1.5% and 1%,
the maximum error in determining the density is :
(A) 4.5 % (B) 6 % (C) 2.5 % (D) 3.5 %
Solution : (A)
The correct option is A 4.5%
Δm
× 100 = 1.5
m
Δe
× 100 = 1
l
e
ia
m Δd Δm 3Δe
d= ⇒ × 100 = × 100 + × 100
e3 d m e
= 1.5 + 3 = 4.5%
er
at
NUMERICAL TYPE
yM
Q.21 A non-uniform rope of mass M and length L has a variable linear mass density given by  = kx ,
ud
where x is the distance from one end of the wire and k is a constant. the time required for a pulse
generated at one end of the wire to travel to the other end is given by t = ( pML / 9F) where F
St
(constant) is the tension in the wire then find p

Solution : (8)
dM
(a) μ = Kx =
dx
M L
∫0 dM = ∫0 Kx dx
KL2
M=
2
2M
and K = 2
L
F F dx L F t
(b) V = √ = √ = ∫0 √x dx = √ ∫0 dt
μ Kx dt K
4L3 K 4L3 2M 8ML

∴ t=√ ⋅ = √ ⋅ 2 =√
9 F 9F L 9F
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.22 The potential energy of a particle of mass ‘m’ situated in a unidimensional potential field varies as
U ( x ) = U0 1 − cos ax  , where U0 and a are constants. The time period of small oscillations of the
m
particle about the mean position is  , then find the value of ‘  ’
2a 2 U 0
Solution : (8)
−du −d
Restoring force F = = (u0 (1 − cos ax))
dx dx
F(x) = −u0 a sin ax

for small angle sin ax = ax
−u0 a2 x 2π 2
F = −u0 a2 x ⇒ acc. = = −ω2 x = ( ) × x
m T
m
So, Time period T = 2π√
u0 a2
l
ia
Q.23 S1 , S2 are two coherent sources (having initial phase difference zero) of sound located along 𝑥-axis
separated by 4𝜆 where 𝜆 is wavelength of sound emitted by them. Number of maxima located on the
er
elliptical boundary around it will be:
at
yM
ud
St
Solution : (16)
Q.24 A string of mass ‘m’ and length . Fixed at both ends is vibrating in its fundamental mode. The
maximum amplitude is ‘a’ and the tension in the string is ‘T’. If the energy of vibrations of the string
2a 2T
is . Find  .
L
Solution : (4)
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
ℓ1 ℓ1
Energy E = ∫0 dmv 2 = ∫0 dmA2x ω2
2 2
ℓ1 m
= ∫0 ( ) dx A2 sin2 kx ω2
2 ℓ
ℓ1 m
= ∫0 ( ) A2 ω2 sin2 kx dx
2 ℓ
1
= mA2 ω2
4
v π T π Tℓ
As ω = 2πf = 2π = √ = √
2ℓ ℓ μ ℓ m
1 2
π2 Tℓ a2 π2 T
∴ Energy = m a 2 =
4 ℓ m 4ℓ
Q.25 A string 120 cm in length and fixed at both ends sustains a standing wave, with the consecutive
points of the string at which the displacement amplitude is equal to 3.5 mm (not maximum) being
separated by 15.0 cm. The maximum displacement amplitude is 3.5 x1/2 in mm. Then find x.
l
ia
Solution : (2) er
at
yM
∴ x = 7.5 λ = 60
∴ ASΩ = 3.5 = A sin Kx
2π
3.5 = A sin ( 7.5) ⇒ A = 3.5√2 mm
ud
60
∴ A = 3.5√2 mm
St
1
Q.26 When an oscillator completes 100 oscillations its amplitude reduced to of initial value. If its
3
x
amplitude is of initial value when it completes 200 oscillations then value of x is
18
Solution : (2)
In case of damped vibration, amplitude at any instant is
a = aeμ
where a0 = initial amplitude
b = damping constant
a0
1st case : t = 100T and a =
3
a0
∴ = a0 e−b(100)
3
1
⇒ e−100 bt =
3
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
2nd case : t = 200 T
a = a0 eμ = a0 e−b(200T)
2 1 2 a0
= a0 (e−100 bT ) = a0 x ( ) =
3 9
Q.27 When a centimeter thick surface is illuminated with light of wavelength  , the stopping potential is
V. When the same surface is illuminated by light of wavelength 2 , the stopping potential is V/3.
The threshold wavelength for the surface is n , find ‘n’.
Solution : (4)
According to question,
1 1
ev = h0 ( − λ )
λ 0
ev 1 1
(i) = hc ( − )
3 2λ λ0
(ii) Dividing equ (1) by eq (2)
l
1 1
( − )
ia
λ λ0
We get 3 = 1 1
( − )
2λ λ0
er
3 1 3 1
or − = −
2λ λ λ0 λ0
at
1 2
⟹ =
2λ λ0
yM
Threshold wavelength for metallic surface

λ0 = 4λ
ud
Q.28 In a YDSE experiment, thin films of thickness t1 and t 2 are placed infront of slits S1 and S2 as
St
shown in figure-1 and figure-2. It is observed that first minima and second maxima are produced at
point ′𝑂′ in first and second experiment respectively. Point 'O' and ′S′ are symmetrical with
respect to S1 and S2 .
𝑡 𝑥
Both the films have same refractive index if 2 = , then calculate ′𝑥′ :
𝑡 1 25
Solution : (15)
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.29 A man standing infront of a mountain beats a drum at regular intervals. The drumming rate is
gradually increased and he finds that the echo is not heard distinctly when the rate becomes 40 per
minute. He then moves near to the mountain by 90 m and finds that the echo is again not heard when
the drumming rate becomes 60 per minute. If the distance (in metre) between the mountain and the
initial position of the man is x, Find x/10.
Solution : (27)
60
Time interval between beats (initially) = = 1.5sec
40
2S
Since t =
v
2S
1.5 =
v
where S is the initial distance and v is the speed of sound. As the man approaches 90 m towards the
mountain
l
ia
2( S−90)
= 1 since drumming rate is 60/min
v
er
Solving for S from the two relations we get
2S S−90 2
at
= 1.5 =
2(S−90) S 3
⇒ 3S − 3 × 90 = 2S S = 270 m
yM
Q.30 Two particles P1 and P2 are performing SHM along the same line about the same mean position.
ud
Initially they are at their positive extreme positions. If the time period of each particle is 12 sec and
the difference of their amplitudes is 12 cm then find the minimum time after which the separation
St
between the particles become 6 cm.

Solution : (2)
The coordinates of the particles are
x1 = A1 cos ωt , x2 = A2 cos ωt
separation = x1 − x2 = (A1 − A2 )cos ωt = 12 cos ωt
Now x1 − x2 = 6 = 12 cos ωt
π
⇒ ωt =
3
2π π
⇒ ∙t=
12 3
⇒ t = 2s
Ans. t = 2 s
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 20224 BTEST-10 CHEMISTRY
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 Ordinarily the barrier to rotation about a carbon-carbon double bond is quite high but in compound P
double bond between two rings was observed by NMR to have a rotational energy barrier of only
about 20cal./mol., showing that it has lot of single bond character.
l
The reason for this is
ia
(A) Double bond having partial triple bond character because of resonance
er
(B) Double bond undergo flipping
(C) Double bond having very high single bond character because of aromaticity gained in both three
at
and five membered rings.
yM
(D) +l effect of nC3 H7 groups makes double bond having partial single bond character.
Solution: (C)
ud
Q.2 HCOOH has following possible resonating structures

St
Decreasing order of stability is:

(A) I > II > III > IV (B) III > IV > I > II
(C) III > II > I > IV (D) II > III > I > IV
Solution: (C)
II and III are more stable than I and IV due to complete octet. I is more stable than IV because in I,
more electronegative atom has - ve charge.
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.3 What is the molar solubility of Mn(OH)2 (Ksp = 4.5 × 10−14 ) in a buffer solution containing equal
amounts of NH4+ & NH3 (K b = 1.8 × 10−5 )
(A) 3.0 × 10−5 (B) 1.38 × 10−4 (C) 1.38 × 10−2 (D) 7.3 × 10−6
Solution: (B)
Q.4 In borax bead test, what type of compound is formed in the end?
(A) Meta borate (B) Ortho borate
(C) Tetra borate (D) Double oxide
l
Solution: (A)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.5 The common ion effect shown by

St
(A) NaCl + NaOH (B) KCl + HCl (C) H2 O + HCl (D) BaCl2 + Ba(NO3 )2
Solution: (C)
Common ion effect is observed in a mixture of strong and weak electrolyte having common ion.
Q.6 Which is correct among the following?

(A) Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs (according to density)
(B) B < Al < Ga < In < Tℓ (according to atomic radii)
(C) BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 < Bl3 (acidic nature)
(D) LiF > NaF > KF > RbF > CsF (solubility)
Solution: (C)
1. Li < Na > K < Rb < Cs (Due to abnormal increase in size of K).
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
2. B < Ga < Al < ln < Tl (Ga comes after 3 d series).
3. Due to back bonding.
4. LiF < NaF < KF < RbF < CsF (Due to lattice energy).
Q.7
The correct order of stability of the given carbonium ions is

(A) II > I > III (B) III > II > I (C) I > III > II (D) II > III > I
l
Solution: (D)
ia
Planarity at the bridgehead position is not permitted. However, the flexibility of the molecule is
er
increased as number of carbon atoms in the bridge increases.
at
Q.8 K a of HCN and CH3 COOH are respectively 4.5 × 10−10 and 1.5 × 10−5 at 298 K. Thus, equilibrium
yM
constant for CN− + CH3 COOH ⇌ CH3 COO− + HCN would be

(A) 3.1 × 105 (B) 3.2 × 10−5 (C) 3.3 × 10−4 (D) 3.3 × 104
ud
Solution: (D)
St
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.9 Hyperconjugation is possible in:
(A) i and ii (B) i, ii and iii (C) only ii (D) in all of these
l
Solution: (B)
Q.10
ia
Statement-1: For the given two compounds-I is more acidic than compounds-II.
er
at
yM
ud
and
Statement-2 : Due to presence of −CH3 group at ortho positions to −NO2 ; the plane of −NO2
St
deviates, w.r.t plane of ring.

(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True ; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True ; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for
Statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False.
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
Solution: (D)
When NO2 goes out of plane the compound I becomes less acidic due to compromised -M effect of
NO2
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 Basicity order of N in following compound is:
(A) 𝑏 > 𝑑 > 𝑎 > 𝑐 (B) a > b > d > c (C) 𝑎 > 𝑏 > 𝑐 > 𝑑 (D) 𝑎 > 𝑐 > 𝑏 > 𝑑
Solution: (B)
Q.12 The correct order of solubility is

(A) CaCO3 < KHCO3 < NaHCO3 (B) KHCO3 < CaCO3 < NaHCO3
l
ia
(C) NaHCO3 < CaCO3 < KHCO3 (D) CaCO3 < NaHCO3 < KHCO3
er
Solution: (D)
at
Down the group solubility increases in alkali metals
yM
Q.13 Following statements are for boric acid

(a) exists in polymeric form due to inter-molecular hydrogen bonding.
(b) is used in manufacturing of optical glasses.
ud
(c) is a tri-basic acid

St
(d) with borax, it is used in the preparation of a buffer solution.

Select the option having the correct statement:
(A) a, b and c (B) a, b and d (C) b, c and d (D) a and b
Solution: (B)
Q.14 If 10 g of V2 O5 is dissolved in acid and is reduced to V 2+ by zinc metal, how many mole I2 could be
reduced by the resulting solution if it is further oxidised to VO2+ ions ?
[Assume no change in state of Zn2+ ions] (V = 51, O = 16, I = 127) :
(A) 0.11 mole of I2 (B) 0.22 mole of I2 (C) 0.055 mole of I2 (D) 0.44 mole of I2
Solution: (A)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.15 Select the correct option
Note: log 2 = 0.3: All data are at 25∘ C
l
Column-I
ia Column-II
er
1 M XOH(aq)[pK b (XOH) = 6] [H + ] > [OH]
at
(A) p
yM
(B) 0.1 M C6 H5 NH2 (aq)[pK b (C6 H5 NH2 ) = 7] q pH = 2.4
(C) At equivalence point when 20 ml of r POH = 3

ud
0.5 M BOH is titrated with 2M HCl

1
[K b (BOH) = × 10−9 M]
St
(D) 20 ml 0.125 M, C5 H5 NHCl + 5ml, 5 × s pH = 10
10−3 M HCl[K 𝑏 (C5 H5 N) = 5 × 10−10 M]
t pH + pOH = 14
(A) (A→p, t); (B→r, t); (C→ s, t); (D→p, t) (B) (A→r, t); (B→r, t); (C→ s, t); (D→p, t)
(C) (A→r, t); (B→s, t); (C→p, q, t); (D→p, t) (D) (A→r, t); (B→p, t); (C→r, q, t); (D→p, t)
Solution: (C)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.16 A 0.2 g sample containing copper (II) was analysed iodometrically, where copper(II) is reduced to
copper (I) by iodide ions. 2Cu2+ + 4I− ⟶ 2 CuI + I2
If 20 mL of 0.1 M Na2 S2 O3 solution is required for titration of the liberated iodine, then the
percentage of copper in the sample will be:
(A) 31.75% (B) 63.5% (C) 53% (D) 37%
Solution: (B)
2 moles of Cu2+ − 1 mole of I2 − 2 moles of hypo.

so moles of hypo used = 20 × 10−3 × 0.1 = 2 m moles = moles of copper hence
2 × 10−3 × 63.5
% of copper = × 10% = 63.5%
0.2
l
ia
Q.17 Consider the following trends:
(A) CH3 O− < CH3 NH2− < CH3 CH2− (increasing basicity)
er
(B) CH3 C ≡ C− < CH3 CH = CH − < CH3 CH2 CH2− (increasing basicity)
at
(C) CH3 OCH3 < CH3 CH2 OH < CH3 CH2 OH2+ (increasing acidity)
yM
(D) CH3 CH2 OH > H5 C2 − O − C2 H5 (solubility in water)

Select the correct option regarding INCORRECT TO CORRECT TREND ratio:
(A) 3:1 (B) 2:2 (C) 1:3 (D) 0:4
ud
Solution: (D)
St
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 Here are some of the pK a values mentioned below. 8 of them are correct and only one is incorrect.
l
ia
er
Detect the pK a value which doesn’t go well with the corresponding compound
at
yM
(A) pK a of p-chlorophenol (B) pK a of p-methoxyphenol
(C) pK a of picric acid (D) pK a of cyclohexanol

ud
Solution: (A)
Cl is an o, p directing but EWG group so its -I effect is dominating

St
Q.19 Aluminium chloride exists as dimer, Al2 Cl6 in solid state as well as in solution of non-polar solvents
such as benzene. When dissolved in water, it gives-
(A) Al3+ + 3Cl− (B) [Al(H2 O)6 ]3+ + 3Cl−
(C) [Al(OH)6 ]3− + 3HCl (D) Al2 O3 + 6HCl
Solution: (B)
Q.20 Boron cannot form which one of the following anions?

(A) B(OH)−
4 (B) BO2− (C) BF63− (D) BH4−
Solution: (C)
Can’t expand its octet
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.21 An excess amount of CaCO3 is treated with 6L of 0.2 N HCl solution. The obtained CaCl2 is used for
the preparation of plaster of paris. The maximum amount of plaster of paris (in g) that could be
obtained is? [Ca=40, S=32, O=16, C=12, H =1]
Solution: (87)
Number of equivalent of HCl used = Number equivalent of CaCl2 obtained = Number of equivalent
of plaster of paris can form = 6 × 0.2 = 1.2
1 Mol.wt. 145
Equivalent weight of plaster of paris (CaSO4 ⋅ H2 O) = =
2 2 2
1 145
∴ Maximum weight of CaSO4 . H2 O that can be obtained = 1.2 × = 87 g.
2 2
l
ia
er
at
Q.22 20 ml, 0.1 M reacts with 20 ml, 0.025 M Ca ( OH )2
yM
Solution, what will be pH of final solution Given:K a1 = 10−5 , K a 2 = 10−9 

ud
Solution: (5)
St
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.23 What is the pH at which 1.25 × 10−4 M CO+2 ions in solution precipitate as Co(OH)2 ?
(K sp of Co(OH)2 is 2.5 × 10−16 ) [Given : log 1.414 = 0.1504].
Solution: (8)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.24 How many following compounds are more acidic than water?
ud
St
Solution: (4)
a, b, d, e
Q.25 Find the number of s-block elements which can produce ammoniated cation and ammoniated
electron with liquid ammonia.
Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Ca, Sr, Ba
Solution: (8)
Except Be and Mg all can be solvated
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.26 A 458 g sample containing Mn3 O4 was dissolved and all manganese was converted to Mn2+ . In the
presence of fluoride ion, Mn2+ is titrated with 3 lit of KMnO4 solution (which was 1.25 N against
oxalate in acidic medium), both reactants being converted to a complex of Mn(III), What was the %
of Mn3 O4 in the sample ?
(Mn = 55, O = 16)
Solution: (50)
l
ia
er
at
Q.27 For the reaction of FeC2O4 with a strong oxidizing agent the n-factor of the former is
yM
Solution: (3)
Fe2+ → Fe3+
C2O42− → 2CO2
ud
Q.28 Of the given systems, how many are anti-aromatic systems?

St
Solution: (5)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Anti -aromatic systems are those which follow 4n e− rule
Q.29 Ratio of Number of correct and incorrect statements among the following : -
(a) Borazine is isoelectronic with benzene.
(b) Borazine is more reactive than benzene.
(c) Both Borazine and benzene are planar molecules.
(d) Both Borazine and benzene are aromatic molecules.
(e) Resonance energy of borazine is greater than benzene.
(f) The formula of borazine is B3N3H6.
(g) Borazine can react with HCl but benzene can not.
l
ia
Solution (6) er
6/1 = 6
(a) borazine and benzene both contain same No. of electrons ( 48 e− s)
at
(b) borazine is more reactive due to presence of polar bonds.
yM
(c) In both molecular, all the atoms inside the ring are sp2 hybridize. Both are planar and aromatic
molecules.
(e) Resonance energy of benzene is high because 𝜋e− s are more effectively and symmetrically
ud
delocalized over the whole ring

(f) Yes it is
St
(g) Borazine is more reactive
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 Which of the following C − H bond can give homolytic fission most easily
Solution: (1)
Stability of free radicls

Vinylic < 2∘ < allylic < substituted allylic
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
 2002 
Q.1 Let f be a real-valued function such that f ( x ) + 2f   = 3x for all x  0 . The value of f ( 2) is
 x 
(A) 1000 (B) 2000 (C) 3000 (D) 40000
Solution : (B)
Put x = 2
l
 f ( 2) + 2f (1001) = 6 ……(i)
Put x = 1001
ia
er
 f (1001) + 2f ( 2) = 3003 …..(ii)
Solving for f ( 2) , we get f ( 2 ) = 2000
at
yM
Q.2 The domain of the function f ( x) = sin −1[log 2 ( x / 2)] is (where [.] denotes G.I.F)
(A) [1, 4] (B) [– 4, 1] (C) [1, 8) (D) None

ud
Solution: (C)
f (x ) = sin −1 [log 2 (x /2)]
St
Domain of sin −1 x is x  [−1, 1]

 −1  [log 2 ( x / 2)]  1  −1  log 2 ( x / 2)  2
1 x
   22  1  x  8
2 2
Q.3 The value of cos−1 ( cos12) − sin −1 ( sin12) is
(A) 0 (B)  (C) 8 − 24 (D) None of these

Solution: (C)
Q.4 With usual notations, in a triangle ABC, acos⁡(B − C) + bcos⁡(C − A) + ccos⁡(A − B) is equal to
𝑎𝑏𝑐 𝑎𝑏𝑐 4𝑎𝑏𝑐 𝑎𝑏𝑐
(A) (B) (C) (D)
𝑅2 4𝑅 2 𝑅2 2𝑅 2
Solution: (A)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.5 If A = {1,2,3,4} and f: A → A, then total number of invertible functions, ' f ', such that
l
ia
𝑓(2) ≠ 2, 𝑓(4) ≠ 4, 𝑓(1) = 1 is equal to
er
Solution: (C)
at
yM
𝑥−1
Q.6 lim𝑥→1 equals
2𝑥 2 −7𝑥+5
(A) 1/3 (B) −1/3 (C) ½ (D) −1/2
ud
Solution : (B)
St
4
k (f(k))
Q.7 Let f(k) = and g(k) = (1−f(k))4+(f(k))4 then the sum ∑2009
k=0 g(k) is equal :
2009
(A) 2009 (B) 2008 (C) 1005 (D) 1004
Solution: (C)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.8 The range of the function
 
−1 1 + x
2
f ( x ) = cos −1
( )
log 4 x − + sin 
 4x 
 is equal to
l
2  
 
(A)  0, +
  
(B)  , +
  
ia 
  (C)  , 
er (D)  
 2 2 2 2 2 6 2 6
at
Solution : (D)
yM
 1+ x2 
We have f ( x ) = − sin −1 ( )
log 4 x + sin −1 
 4x


 
2 
Clearly domain of f ( x ) is x = 1 only, so f (1) = 0 + sin −1   =
ud
4 6

Hence range of f ( x ) is  
St
6
𝜋x 𝜋x 𝜋x
Q.9 The function f(x) = sin⁡ + 2cos⁡ − tan⁡ is periodic with period
2 3 4
(A) 6 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 12
Solution: (D)
Q.10 ( (
If domain of f ( x ) is 1,3 , then the domain of f log 2 x 2 + 3x − 2 ))
3 
(A)  −5, −4  1, 2 (B)  −13, −2   ,5
5 
(C)  4,1   2,7 (D)  −3, 2
Solution : (A)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
( )
1  log 2 x 2 + 3x − 2  3
 2  ( x 2 + 3x − 2 )  8
 −5  x  −4 and 1  x  2
cos x
Q.11 f (x) = (where x is not an integral multiple of  and [.] is Greatest Integer Function) is
x 1
   + 2
(A) Even function (B) Odd function
(C) Neither even or Odd (D) Cannot be determined
Solution: (B)
cos⁡(−𝑥) cos⁡ 𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑥 1
= 𝑥 1
= −𝑓(𝑥)
[ ]+2 −[ ]− 1 + 2
𝜋 𝜋
l
ia
If 𝑓(x) = x 2 + bx + c and 𝑓(2 + t) = 𝑓(2 − t) for all real numbers t, then which of the following is
Q.12
er
true?
at
(A) 𝑓(1) < 𝑓 (2) < 𝑓 (4) (B) 𝑓(2) < 𝑓(1) < 𝑓(4)
(C) 𝑓(2) < 𝑓(4) < 𝑓(1) (D) 𝑓(4) < 𝑓(2) < 𝑓(1)
yM
Solution: (B)
ud
Q.13 Let 𝑓: 𝑅 → 𝑅 be a function defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 + 𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + sin⁡ 𝑥. Then 𝑓 is

(A) One - one & onto (B) One - one & into
(C) Many one & onto (D) Many one & into
St
Solution: (A)
𝑓: 𝑅 → 𝑅𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 + 𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + sin⁡ 𝑥
𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 3𝑥
⏟ 2 + 2𝑥 + 3 + cos⁡ 𝑥 > 0∀𝑥 ∈ 𝑅
(−1,1)
1
−𝐷 (4 − 36) 32
=− = = 2.57
4𝑎 12 12
𝑓(𝑥) = one-one, ⁡ Range = Co-domain
𝜋 1 𝜋 1
Q.14 tan⁡ ( + 2 cos −1 ⁡ 𝑥) + tan⁡ ( 4 − 2 cos−1 ⁡ 𝑥) , 𝑥 ≠ 0 is equal to
4
2 𝑥
(A) 𝑥 (B) 2𝑥 (C) (D)
𝑥 2
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (C)
l
ia
1 3sin⁡ 2𝜃 𝜋
Q.15 If sin−1 ⁡ ( ) = , then tan⁡ 𝜃 is equal to
2 5+4cos⁡ 2𝜃 4
er
(A) 1/3 (B) 3 (C) 1 (D) -1
at
Solution: (B)
yM
ud
St
Q.16 A flagstaff 5 m high is placed on a building 25 m high. If the flag and building both subtend equal
angles on the observer at a height 30 m, the distance betweenthe observer and the top of the flag is
5√3 3 2 5√2
(A) (B) 5√ (C) 5√ (D)
2 2 3 3
Solution: (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
−1
 x 2 − 2x 
The number of elements in the domain of the function f ( x ) = sin  x  +  −x  , (where
l
Q.17  +
 3 
ia
 
 . denotes the greatest integer function) is equal to

er
at
(A) 6 (B) 4 (C) Infinite (D) 5
Solution : (D)
yM
 x 2 − 2x 
f ( x ) = sin −1  +  x  + −x 
 3 
 
ud
 x 2 − 2x 
sin −1   − is defined for
 3 
 
St
x 2 − 2x
−1  1
3
and  x  − −x  . defined only for integral values of x
 x = −1,0,1,2,3
Q.18 Let R is the real line. Consider the following subsets of the plane R  R :
S = ( x, y ) : y = x + 1and 0 < x < 2
T = ( x, y ) : y − x is an integer
Which one of the following is true?
(A) T is an equivalence relation on R but S is not
(B) Neither S nor T is an equivalence relation on R.
(C) Both S and T are equivalence relation on R.
(D) S is an equivalence relation on R but T is not
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (A)
To be an equivalence with relation, the relation must be all reflexive, symmetric and transitive.
T = ( x, y ) : x − y  Z  is 1) Reflexive for ( x, x )  Z , i.e.x − x = 0  Z
(2) Symmetric for ( x, y )  Z  x − y  Z  y − x  Z , i.e.( y, x )  Z
(3) Transitive for ( x, y )  Z and ( y, w)  Z  x − y  Z and y − w  Z , giving
x − w  Z , i.e.( x, w)  Z S = ( x, y ) : y = x + 1and 0  x  2 is not reflexive, for ( x, x )  S would
imply x = x + 1  0 = 1( impossible ) Thus, S is not an equivalence relation.
Q.19 Let R = ( 3,3) , ( 6,6) , ( 9,9 ) , (12,12 ) , ( 6,12 ) , (3,9 ) , (3,12 ) , (3,6 ) be a relation on the set A = 3,6,9,12 .
The relation is
l
(A) Reflexive and symmetric only (B) an equivalence relation
(C) Reflexive only
ia
(D) reflexive and transitive only
Solution: (D)
er
For ( 3,9)  R, ( 9,3)  R
at
 Relation is not symmetric which means our choices (a) and (b) are out of question. We therefore
need to prove reflexivity and transitivity.
yM
For reflexive a  A, ( a, a )  R which holds, i.e, R is reflexive. Again, for transitivity of

( a, b)  R, (b, c )  R  ( a, c )  R which is also true in
R = ( 3,3) , ( 6,6) , (9,9) , (12,12 ) , ( 6,12 ) , (3,9 ) , (3,12 ) , (3,6 ) .
ud
St
Q.20 In a △ 𝐴𝐵𝐶, (𝑐 + 𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑐) = 𝑎𝑏. The measure of ∠C is-

𝜋 𝜋 2𝜋
3 6 3
Solution: (C)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
NUMERICAL TYPE
1
Q.21 Let f(x) = sin23 ⁡ x − cos22 ⁡ x and g(x) = 1 + tan−1 ⁡ |x|, then the number of non-positive values of
2
x in the interval [−10π, 20π] satisfying the equation f(x) = sgn⁡(g(x)), is

Solution : (5)
π
tan−1 ⁡ |x| ∈ [0, )
2
1 π
⁡∴ g(x) = 1 + tan−1 ⁡ |x| ∈ [1,1 + )
2 4
⁡∴ Sgn⁡(g(x)) = 1
f(x) = sin23 ⁡ x − cos22 ⁡ x = 1
Now cos22 ⁡ x ≥ 0
⁡∴ sin23 ⁡ x = 1 ⇒ sin⁡ x = 1
−19π −15π −11π −7π −3π
l
⁡∴ x = { , , , , }
ia
2 2 2 2 2 er
Q.22 loge x = k − 1 − 3 has four distinct roots then no. of integral values of k is?
at
( where x  e , x  0 )
2
yM
Solution : (2)
ud
St
Q.23 If f(x, y) = max{x, y} and g(x, y) = max{x, y} − min{x, y} and the value of
2
f(g(5, −3), g(−1.25,14.75)) is λλ , then the value of |λ| is
Solution : (2)
f(g(5,0,3), g(−1.25,14.75))
⁡= f(8,16) = 16
2
λλ = 16 ⇒ λ = 2
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
3𝜋
Q.24 If sin−1 ⁡ 𝑥 + sin−1 ⁡ 𝑦 + sin−1 ⁡ 𝑧 = , then 𝐴 = 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2 .
2
3𝜋 2
If (sin−1 ⁡ 𝑥)2 + (sin−1 ⁡ 𝑦)2 + (sin−1 ⁡ 𝑧)2 = 4
, then 𝐵 = |(𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧)min |. Then, the value of
(𝐴 + 𝐵) is
Solution: (6)
l
ia
er
at
Q.25 If f(x) = 2x 3 + 7x − 5, then the value of f −1 (4) is
Solution : (1)
yM
2x 3 + 7x − 5 = 4
2x 3 + 7x − 9 = 0
⁡(x − 1)(2x 2 + 2x + 9) = 0
ud
⁡⇒ x = 1
St
Q.26 Set A consists of 6 different elements and set B consists of 4 different elements. Number of
mappings which can be defined from the set A → B which are surjective is k, then sum of digits of k
is?
Solution: (12)
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝑝−2
Q.27 If the equation (𝑝2 − 4)(𝑝2 − 9)𝑥 3 + [ ] 𝑥 2 + (𝑝 − 4)(𝑝2 − 5𝑝 + 6)𝑥 + {2𝑝 − 1} = 0 is
2
satisfied by all values of 𝑥 in (0,3] then sum of all possible integral values of ' 𝑝 ' is
[Note : {𝐲} and [𝑦] denote fractional part function and greatest integer function of y respectively.]
Solution: (5)
l
ia
er
𝑥𝑓(𝑥 2 )
Q.28 It is given that 𝑓(𝑥) is an even function and satisfy the relation 𝑓(𝑥) = 2+tan2⁡ 𝑥⋅𝑓(𝑥 2) then the value
at
of 𝑓(10) is
yM
Solution: (0)
ud
St
𝜋
Q.29 The number of solutions of the equation tan−1 ⁡(1 + 𝑥) + tan−1 ⁡(1 − 𝑥) = is k then 8k is
2
Solution: (8)
1 1
Q.30 If a function 𝑓(𝑥) is such that 𝑓 (𝑥 + ) = 𝑥 2 + ; then (𝑓o𝑓)(√11) =
𝑥 𝑥2
Solution: (79)
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
11
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF BTEST- 10 DATED 9th Apr 2023
PHYSICS:
l
ia
• Simple Harmonic Motion Complete
er
• Errors and Dimensions, Photoelectric Effect, Basics of Matter waves, radiation pressure
at
• Waves on a String, Sound Waves and Wave Optics
M
CHEMISTRY:
y
ud
• Inorganic: S-Block, Boron Family
• Physical: Ionic Equilibrium & Redox Titrations (Redox Part II)
St
• Organic: GOC
MATHS:
• Functions, ITF, Relations, Heights & Distances, MI, Basic Limits, SOT
BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-10 PHYSICS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 A flexible steel cable of total length L and mass per unit length  hangs vertically (under its own
weight) from a support at one end. If transverse pulse starts to move down in the wire from its
support, how long will it take for the pulse to reach the free end?
L L L
(A) t = (B) t = (C) t = 2 (D) t = gL
2g g g
Solution: (C)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.2 Two vibrating strings of the same material but length L and 2L have radii 2r and r respectively. They
are stretched under the same tension. Both the strings vibrate in their fundamental modes, the one of
the length L with frequency v1 and the other with frequency v2 . The ratio v1 v2 is given by:
ud
(A) 1 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 2

Solution: (A)
St
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.3 A source of frequency f is stationary, and an observer starts moving towards at it at t = 0 with
constant small acceleration. Then the variation of observed frequency f registered by the observer
with time is best represented as:
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.4 An open pipe is suddenly closed at one end with the result that the frequency of third harmonic of the
ud
closed pipe is found to be higher by 100 Hz than the fundamental frequency of the open pipe. The
fundamental frequency of the open pipe is:
St
(A) 200 Hz (B) 480 Hz (C) 240 Hz (D) 300 Hz

Solution: (A)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.5 The ends of a stretched wire of length L are fixed at x = 0 and x = L , in one experiment the
x 
displacement of the wire is y1 = A sin   sin t and energy is E1 and in other experiment its
 L 
 2 x 
displacement is y2 = A sin   sin 2t and energy is E2 .Then:
 L 
(A) E2 = E1 (B) E2 = 2E1 (C) E2 = 4E1 (D) E2 = 16E1
Solution: (C)
Q.6 A particle of mass 𝑀 at rest decays (breaks) into two particles of masses 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 , having non-
zero velocities. The ratio of the de-Broglie wavelengths of the particles, 𝜆1 /𝜆2 is
l
ia
(A) 𝑚1 /𝑚2 (B) 𝑚2 /𝑚1 (C) 1.0 er (D) √𝑚2 /√𝑚1
Solution: (C)
at
As momentum of both the particles will be same
yM
Q.7 In the resonance tube experiment, the first resonance is heard when length of air column is l1 and
second resonance is heard when length of air column is l2 . What should be the minimum length of
the tube so that third resonance can also be heard:
ud
(A) 2l2 − l1 (B) 7l1 (C) 5l1 (D) 2l1

Solution: (A)
St
Q.8 In a double slit experiment, the coherent sources are spaced 2d apart and the screen is placed a
distance D form the slits. If nth bright fringe is formed on the screen exactly opposite to a slit, the
value of n must be:
d2 2d 2 d2 d2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 D D D 4 D
Solution: (B)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.9 Two sources S1 and S 2 separated by 2 metres vibrate according to the equations y1 = 0.03sin  t and
y2 = 0.02sin  t where y1 and y2 are in meters. They send out waves of velocity 1.5 m/s. The amplitude
of the resultant motion of particle collinear with S1 and S 2 at the middle of S1S2 will be:
(A) 0.05m (B) 0.01m (C) 0.11m (D)0.06m
l
Solution: (A)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.10 In a Young’s double slit experiment the slits are illuminated by a parallel beam of light from the
medium of refractive index n1 = 1.2 . A thin transparent film of thickness 1.2μm and refractive index
n = 1.5 is placed in front of S1 perpendicular to path of light. Wavelength of light measured in
medium n1 is 400 nm. The refractive index of medium between plane of slits and screen is n2 = 1.4 . If
the light coming from the film and S 2 have equal intensities I then intensity at geographical centre of
the screen is:
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) 0 (B) 2I (C) 4I (D) none of these
Solution: (B)
l
Q.11
ia
Two monochromatic coherent point sources S1 and S 2 are separated by a distance L. Each source
er
emits light of wavelength  , where L   . The line S1S2 when extended meets a screen perpendicular
to it at a point A.
at
(A) The interference fringes on the screen are circular in shape
(B) The interference fringes on the screen are straight lines perpendicular to the line S1S2 A
yM
(C) The point A is an intensity maxima if L = n 2

(D) The point A is always an intensity maxima for any separation L
Solution: (A)
ud
If screen is perpendicular to the line joining the sources the fringes will be circular and central fringe
will be if S1S2 = n
St
Q.12 In the Young’s experiment using monochromatic light, the fringe pattern shifts by a certain distance
on the screen when a mica sheet of  = 1.6 and thickness t = 1.964 micron is introduced in the path of
one of the slits. The mica sheet is now removed and the distance between the slits and screen is
doubled. It is found that the distance between successive maxima (or minima) is the same as the
observed fringe shift upon the introduction of mica. Calculate  .
(A) 5892 A (B) 15712A (C) 11784A (D) 5600 A
Solution: (A)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.13 Two beams of light having intensities I and 4I interfere to produce a fringe pattern on a screen. The
phase difference between the beams is  2 at point A and  at point B. Then the difference between
the resultant intensities at A and B is:
(A) 2I (B) 4I (C) 5I (D) 7I
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.14 Two coherent sources 𝑆1 and 𝑆2 are kept on the edges of a step as shown in the figure. An infinitely
long screen is placed on the right side of sources and lies along y-z plane. Calculate total no. of
ud
maximas observed
Screen 𝑃𝑆1 = 8𝜆 & 𝑃𝑆2 = 6𝜆. Where 𝜆 is wavelength of light used. (There is no reflection from
St
steps)
(A) 18 (B) 16 (C) 14 (D) 12

Solution: (A)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.15 Two particles A and B perform SHM along the same straight line with the same amplitude ‘a’, same
l
frequency ‘f’ and same equilibrium position ‘O’. The greatest distance between them is found to be
ia
3a/2. At some instant of time, they have the same displacement from mean position. What is the
displacement?
er
(A) a / 2 (B) a 7 / 4 (C) 3 a/2 (D) 3 a / 4
at
Solution: (B)
yM
ud
St
7
 cos  =
4
a 7
 a cos  =
4
Q.16 The string of a simple pendulum is replaced by a uniform rod of length L and mass M while the bob
has a mass m. It is allowed to make small oscillations. Its time period is
 2M L 2 ( M + 3m ) L
(A) 2   (B) 2
 3m g 3 ( M + 2m ) g
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
 M +m  L  2m + M  L
(C) 2  (D) 2 

 M + 3m  g  3 ( M + 2m )  g
 
Solution: (B)
When the rod is replaced by the string the simple pendulum will act as compound pendulum for
which time period is given by
I0
T = 2
Mgd
l
ia
er
I 0 = moment of inertia about point of suspension
at
=
ML2
+ mL2 =
( M + 3m ) L 2
3 3
yM
M ' = total mass = ( M + m )
d = separation between point of suspension and centre of mass of the pendulum

ud
M ( L / 2 ) + m ( L ) ( M + 2m ) L
= =
( M + m) 2 ( M + m)
St
Q.17 String I and II have identical lengths and liner mass densities, but string I is under greater tension
than string II. The accompanying figure shows four different situations, A to D, in which standing
wave patterns exist on the two strings. In which situation(s) is it possible that strings I and II are
oscillating at the same resonant frequency?
Solution: (C)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 A tuning fork of frequency 340 Hz is sounded above a cylindrical tube 1.2 m long. Water is slowly
poured into the tube. If the speed of sound is 340ms −1 , at what levels of water in the tube will the
sound of the tuning fork be appreciably intensified?
(The levels are measured from the bottom of the tube)
(A) 25 cm, 75 cm (B) 20 cm, 80 cm (C) 23 cm, 67 cm (D) 45 cm, 95 cm
Solution: (D)
Length of air column for resonance = 25 cm , 75 cm
Therefore, water level = 45 cm, 95 cm
Q.19 A gas bubble formed from an explosion under water oscillates with a period proportional to 𝑝𝑎 𝜌𝑏 𝐸 𝑐 ,
where p is static pressure,  is density of water and E is energy of explosion. Then a, b and c are
respectively.
1 1 −5 −5 1 1 1 −5 1
(A) 1,1,1 (B) , , (C) , , (D) , ,
3 2 6 6 2 3 2 6 3
l
Solution: (C)
ia
er
𝑇 ∝ 𝑝 𝑎 𝜌𝑏 𝐸 𝑐
at
𝑀0 𝐿0 𝑇 ∝ [𝑀𝐿−1 𝑇 −2 ]𝑎 [𝑀𝐿−3 ]𝑏 [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2 ]𝐶
yM
𝑀0 𝐿0 𝑇 ∝ [𝑀]𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 [𝐿]−𝑎−𝑏+𝑐 [𝑇]−2𝑎−2𝑐

𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 =0 ....(1)
−𝑎 − 3𝑏 + +2𝑐 = 0
ud
....(2)
−2𝑎 − 2𝑐 = 1 ....(3)
St
On solving
−5 1 1
𝑎= ,𝑏 = ,𝑐 = Q
6 2 3
Q.20 If the unit of mass is 360 kg, unit of length is 1 km and the unit of time is one minute. Then unit of
force will be
1 1
(A) 1 Newton (B) 100 Newton (C) Newton (D) Newton
100 1000
Solution: (B)
𝑛1 𝑈1 = 𝑛2 𝑈2
𝑛1 [𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 ] = 1[𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 ]
𝑀 𝐿 𝑇 −2
𝑛1 = 1 [ ( ) ]
𝑀𝐿 𝑇
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
360𝑘𝑔 1𝑘𝑚 1𝑚𝑖𝑛 −2
= 1[ ( () ) []]
1𝑘𝑔 1𝑚 1𝑠
1
= 1 [360 × 1000 × ]
60 × 60
= 100𝑁𝑒𝑤𝑡𝑜𝑛
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.21 A uniform disc of mass m and radius R is pivoted smoothly at its centre of mass. A light spring of
stiffness k is attached with the disc tangentially as shown in the following figure. Find the angular
frequency in rad/s of torsional oscillations of the disc. (Take m = 5 kg and K = 10 N / m )
(Round off your answer to the nearest integer)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Solution: (2)
If we twist (rotate) the disc through a small clockwise angle  , the spring will be deformed
(compressed) by a distance x = R . Hence the spring force FS = kx = k ( R ) will produce a restoring
ud
torque.
St
Restoring torque :  = − FS R where FS = kR
This gives  = −kR2
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.22 A sonometer wire resonates with a given tuning fork forming standing waves with five antinodes
between two bridges when a mass of 9 kg is suspended from the wire. When the mass is replaced by
a mass M, the wire resonates with the same turning fork forming three antinodes for the same
positions of the bridges. The value of M is: (Round off your answer to the nearest integer)
Solution: (25)
Q.23 If the work function of the target material is 1.24 eV and the wavelength of incident light is 4.36 ×
10−7 m. If the retarding potential necessary to stop the emissions of the electrons is x. what is the
value of 10x. (The unit of x is eV ) (Round off your answer to the nearest integer)
o
Use ( hc = 12400eV − A )
Solution: (16)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.24 A wire has a mass 0.3  0.003g, radius 0.5  0.005 mm and length 6  0.06cm. The maximum percentage
error in the measurement of density is. (Round off your answer to the nearest integer)
Solution: (4)
𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟓 𝟎. 𝟎𝟔 𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟑
= (𝟐 × + + ) × 𝟏𝟎𝟎,
𝟎. 𝟓 𝟔 𝟎𝟑
𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝓵
[ ] = 𝟒%
𝒎
Q.25 In Young's double slit experiment how many maximas can be obtained on a screen (including the
central maximum) on both sides of the central fringe if 𝜆 = 2000Å and 𝑑 = 7000Å

Solution: (7)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.26 If the amplitude ratio of two sources producing interference is 3: 5, the ratio of intensities at the
maxima and the minima is
Solution: (16)
Q.27 Two wires are fixed on a sonometer. Their tensions are in the ratio 8: 1, their lengths are in the ratio
36: 35, the diameters are in the ratio 4: 1 and densities are in the ratio 1: 2. Find the frequencies of
the beats produced if the note of the higher pitch has a frequency of 360 per second.
Solution: (10)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.28 In the figure shown, mass of the plank is m and that of the solid cylinder is 8m. The springs are light.
St
The plank is slightly displaced against the spring from equilibrium and the released. Find the period
of small oscillations (in seconds) of the plank. There is no slipping at any contact point. The ratio of
m 2
the mass of the plank and stiffer of the spring i e, = . (Round off your answer to the nearest
K 2
integer)
Solution: (4)
 2kx − Fr1 = ma2 & Fr1 − Fr2 = 8ma1 (1)
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Tcm = Icm 
8mR2
(Fr1 + Fr2 ) R = 2
 (2)
from(1) & (2)

3a1
2Fr1 = 8 cm 
2
Fr1 =
( )
8m 3a1
4
2a1 = a2
Fr1 = 8m
( 3a2 )
8
Fr1 = 3ma2
2kx − 3ma2 = ma2

−2k
a2 = x
4m
2k 22 
 = = =
4m 4 2( ) 2
2 2
( 2 ) = 4s
l
T= =
 
ia
er
at
10
Q.29 Figure shows wave fronts coming form a source at equal interval of milli second. Frequency of
yM
3
wave emitted by source is 300 Hz. XX' is line along common diameter of wave fronts passing
through ' 𝐴 '. Distance between two consecutive wave fronts along line 𝑋𝑋 ′ is 0.9 m and 1.3 m in
the right and left of point 𝐴 respectively. At some instant source is at point 𝐴. Detector is placed at
point ' 𝑄 '. 𝐴𝑄 makes an angle 60∘ with line 𝑋𝑋 ' If frequency of wave received by detector is 𝑓 Hz,
ud
𝑓
then
110
(in Hz ) is equal to (Round off your answer to the nearest integer)
St
Solution: (3)
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 A uniform vertical cylinder of cross-sectional area ‘a’ float, 90% submerged in an unknown liquid
inside a tank with cross-sectional area four times that of cylinder. When cylinder is pushed down
gently and released, it performs S.H.M. The maximum possible amplitude (in cm) for this S. H. M is:
Solution: (6)
Excess (B) acts on cylinder when it is pushed down by ‘x’ is (𝑎𝑥)𝜌ℓ𝑔 ⇒ (𝑎ℓ)𝜌𝐶 𝑔 ⇒
If cylinder goes down by ‘x’ inside, the liquid level comes up by
l
ia
𝑥′(𝑠𝑎𝑦) ⇒ (4𝑎 − 𝑎)𝑥′ = 𝑥𝑎 ⇒ 𝑥′ = 𝑥/3. er
Now,
at
the centre of cylinder goes down by (w.r.t. liquid surface)
4 ℓ
yM
⇒ 𝑥 + 𝑥′ = 𝑥 ≤
3 10
3ℓ
⇒𝑥≤ ≃ 6𝑐𝑚
40
ud
St
14
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP 2024 BTEST-10 CHEMISTRY
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Rank the following substances in order of decreasing heat of combustion (maximum → minimum)
(A) 1 > 2 > 4 > 5 (B) 3 > 4 > 2 > 1

(C) 2 > 4 > 1 > 3 (D) 1 > 3 > 2 > 4
Solution: (C)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.2 The correct acidic strength order of acidic hydrogen x, y and z is respectively
ud
St
(A) 𝑥 > 𝑧 > 𝑦 (B) 𝑥 > 𝑦 > 𝑧 (C) 𝑧 > 𝑦 > 𝑥 (D) 𝑦 > 𝑧 > 𝑥
Solution: (A)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
Q.3
yM
ud
St
Solution: (A)
Q.4 What is the correct increasing order of bond lengths of the bonds indicated as I, II, III and IV in
following compounds –
(A) I < II < III < IV (B) II < III < IV < I
(C) IV < II < III < I (D) IV < I < II < III
Solution: (D)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.5 The basic strength order of following anion:
Solution: (C)
Q.6 When hydrated MgCl2. 6H2O is strongly heated:

(A) MgO is formed (B) Mg(OH)2 is formed
(C) Mg(OH)Cl is formed (D) anhydrous MgCl2 is formed
l
ia
Solution: (A)
er
Q.7 Portland cement does not contain
at
(A) CaSiO4 (B) CaSiO3 (C) Ca3Al2O6 (D) CaSO4
yM
Solution: (A)
ud
Q.8 Match the compounds/metal in (X) with their uses in (Y)

X Y
St
a. Liquid sodium metal i. Breathing apparatus submarine

b. Potassium stearate ii. Explosive
c. Potassium nitrate iii. Coolant in nuclear reactors
d. Potassium superoxide iv. Soft soap
Hence correct order is
abcd abcd abcd abcd
(A) i iii ii iv (B) iii iv ii i (C) ii i iii iv (D) iv ii iii i
Solution: (B)
Q.9 Identify the correct statement.

(A) Gypsum contains a lower percentage of calcium than Plaster of Paris
(B) Gypsum is obtained by heating Plaster of Paris
(C) Plaster of Paris is obtained by hydration of gypsum
(D) Plaster of Paris is obtained by partial oxidation of gypsum
Solution: (A)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.10 Which has least molar solubility in H2O?

(A) LiCl (B) NaCl (C) KCl (D) CsCl
Solution: (C)
Q.11 The incorrect statement about BCl3 and AlCl3 is

(A) BCl3 is a fuming liquid and AlCl3 is a solid
(B) Both exist as dimer state in vapor phase
(C) BCl3 on hydrolysis gives boric acid
(D) Anhydrous AlCl3 is a covalent compound, and it does not conduct electricity in the fused state.
Solution: (B)
Q.12 Which one of the following compounds does not exist?

(A) B2H4(CH3)2 (B) B2H3(CH3)3 (C) B2H2(CH3)4 (D) B2H(CH3)5
l
Solution: (D)
ia
er
Q.13 Choose the correct sequence for the geometry of the given molecules.
at
Al2 (CH3 )6 , Borazole, B3 O3−
6 , Fe2 Cl6 , I2 Cl6
yM
['P' stands for planar and 'NP' stands for non-planar]

(A) NP, NP, NP, P, P (B) P, P, NP, NP, P
(C) NP, NP, NP, P, NP (D) NP, P, P, NP, P
ud
Solution: (D)
St
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.14 Volume of 0.1M ferrous oxalate solution required in mL to react completely with 60mL of 0.1N
acidified KMnO4 solution
(A) 30 (B) 20 (C) 150 (D) 10
Solution: (B)
Q.15 . A 75mL solution that is 0.10M in HC2H3O2 and 0.10M of NaC2H3O2 has a pH of 4.74, which of the
following actions will change the pH of this solution?
(P) Adding 15mL of 0.10M HCl (Q) Adding 0.010 mol of NaC2H3O2
(R) Diluting the solution from 75 to 125mL
(A) P only (B) Q only (C) P and Q only (D) P,Q and R
Solution: (C)
l
Q.16
ia
The addition of 0.01mol of which of the following to 100mL of H2O will give the most alkaline
er
aqueous solution?
at
(A) NH3 (B) HONH2 (C) CH3NH2 (D) N2H4
yM
Solution: (C)
Q.17 A solution contained Na2CO3 and NaHCO3. 15mL of the solution required 5mL of N/10 HCl for
ud
neutralization using phenolpthalien as an indicator. Addition of methyl orange required a further

15mL of the acid for neutralization. The amount of Na2CO3 present in 600mL of solution is
St
(A) 21.2g (B) 2.12g (C) 0.212g (D) 4.24g
Solution: (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Paragraph for Q.18 – 19
Q.18 In which of the following compound, delocalization is not possible
l
ia
er
Solution: (A)
at
Q.19 Select the correct option related to stability of following structure.
yM
ud
St
Solution: (C)
Q.20 Arrange in decreasing order of their K a1 value.

oxalic acid, succinic acid,
I II
malonic acid, adipic acid
III IV (all dibasic)
(A) III < II < I < IV (B) II > III > I > IV
(C) I > III > II > IV (D) II > I > III < IV
Solution: (C)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.21 Identify localized + delocalized lp in the following examples
Solution: (3)
2+1=3
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.22 How many of the folllowing reagents would cause symmetrical cleavage in diborane?
ud
(CH3)3N, (CH3)3P, THF, CO, CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH, NH3

Solution: (4)
St
Q.23 (A) Find the number of compounds which liberate NO2 as one of the products on heating : the
number is ‘x’
LiNO3, KNO3, Ca(NO3)2
(B) Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba , K and Na : how many elements are alkaline earth metals : the number is ‘y’
Then what is x + y ?
Solution: (6)
Q.24 What is the difference in number of sigma bonds and lone pairs in hydrated borax?
Solution: (0)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.25 A sparingly soluble salt gets precipitated only when the product of concentration of its ions in the
solution (Qsp) becomes greater than its solubility product. If the solubility of BaSO4 in water is
8*10-4 mol/dm3 Calculate its solubility in 0.01 mol/dm3 of H2SO4. Express your answer in scientific
notation of x * 10-y then what is y ?
Solution: (5)
Q.26 How many statements are correct?

(a) On increasing temperature, pH of pure water decreases
(b) On increasing temperature pOH of pure water decreases
(c) On increasing dilution, dissociation of weak electrolyte increases.
(d) pH of 10-7M NaOH(aq) is 5 at 250C.
l
(e) At equivalence point (during titration of acid and base) solution has to be neutral
(f) Generally, pH of buffer solution does not change on dilution.

ia
er
(g) pH of salt of weak acid and weak base depends on concentration of salt.
at
Solution: (4)
yM
statements are correct a,b,c and f
Q.27 Consider the following groups

ud
St
(a) How many groups can show −𝑀 effect when attached to a conjugated system?
(b) How many groups can show +𝑀 effect when attached to a conjugated system?
(c) How many groups can show +I effect?
What is a + b + c?
Solution: (10)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.28 When 0.36g of iron pyrites (FeS2) was heated strongly heated in air following reaction takes place
FeS2 (s) + O2(g) --> Fe2O3 (s) + SO2 (g)
The SO2(g) produced was titrated with acidified K2Cr2O7 solution. Calculate the volume in mL of
1M K2Cr2O7 solution used in the redox reaction. [ fe-56 and S:32amu]
Solution: (2)
Q.29 If average oxidation state of O in CrO5 is ’x’. Then find out the value of |y|, if y = x * (10/3).
Solution: (4)
Q.30 Which of the following is aromatic
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Solution: (9)
all are aromatic
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
𝐴 𝐵 3
Q.1 If in a triangle ABC, 𝑏 cos2 + 𝑎 cos2 = 𝑐, then a, c, b are:
2 2 2
(A) in A.P. (B) in G.P. (C) in H.P. (D) None

Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.2 If in a triangle ABC, (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑏 + 𝑐 − 𝑎) = 𝑘. 𝑏𝑐 then:

(A) 𝑘 < 0 (B) 𝑘 > 6 (C) 0 < 𝑘 < 4 (D) 𝑘 > 4
Solution: (C)
ud
St
 1 − cos 2 ( x − 2 ) 
Q.3 lim  
x →2  x−2 
 
1
(A) equals √2 (B) equals −√2 (C) equals (D) Does not exist
√2
Solution: (D)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1 𝜋
Q.4 The numerical value of tan (2 tan−1 − ) is
5 4
−7 7 17 2
(A)
17
(B) (C) (D) −
17 7 3
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.5 lim
(1 + x ) 2 − 1 is
x →0 1
(1 + x ) 3 − 1
ud
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 3/2 (D) ∞

St
Solution: (C)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
 2   2 
Q.6 If f ( x ) = cos   x + sin  −  x, where [x] denotes the greatest integer function, then which of the
2  2
following is not correct -
 1  
(A) f (0) = 1 (B) ) f   = (C) f   = 0 (D) f (  ) = 0
 
3 3 +1 2
Solution: (D)
− log0.3 ( x − 1)
Q.7 The domain of the function f ( x ) = is
l
x 2 + 2x + 8
(A) (1, 4 ) (B) ) ( −2,4 ) (C) ( 2, 4 ) (D) ( 2, )
ia
er
Solution: (D)
at
yM
ud
Q.8 The function f (x) = cot −1 ( x + 3) x + cos −1 x 2 + 3x + 1 is defined on the set S, where S is equal to :
(A) 0,3 (B) ( 0,3) (C) 0, −3 (D)  −3, 0
St
Solution: (C)
f ( x ) = cot −1 x( x + 3) + cos −1 x 2 + 3x + 1
for domain
x( x + 3)  0 and 0  x 2 + 3x + 1  1
 x  ( −, −3]  [0, ) and x 2 + 3x + 1  0 and x 2 + 3x  0   [−3,0]
Taking intersection
x {−3,0}
2 x2 − x + 5
Q.9 Let f : R → R be a function defined by f ( x ) = then f is :
7 x 2 + 2 x + 10
(A) one –one but not onto (B) onto but not one –one
(C) onto as well as one –one (D) neither onto nor one –one
Solution: (D)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.10 Let f : R → R be a function defined by f ( x ) = x 3 + x 2 + 3x + sin x. Then f is :

(A) One –one & onto (B) One –one & into
(C) many one & onto (D) Many one & into
ud
Solution: (A)
St
Q.11 The fundamental period of the function,

f ( x) = x + a − [ x + b] + sin  x + cos2 x + sin3 x + cos4 x + ..... + sin(2n − 1) x + cos 2n x
for every a, bR is : (where [ ] denotes the greatest integer function)
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 1 (D) 0
Solution: (A)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1
Q.12 The domain of the function, f ( x ) = is
( x − 1) cos ( 2 x + 1) tan 3x
−1
 
(A) (–1,0) (B) ( −1,0) − − 
 6
     
(C) ( −1,0) − − , −  (D)  − ,0 
 6 2  6 
Solution: (D)
l
ia
er
at
 
Q.13 If f : R + →  0,  , f ( x ) = cot −1 x and g : R → R, g ( x ) = 2 x − x2 Then the range of the function
 2
yM
fog ( x ) wherever it is defined is

        
(A)  0,  (B)  0,  (C)  ,  (D)  
 2  4 4 2 4
ud
Solution: (C)
St
 x
Q.14 Let f ( 2,4) → (1,3) be a function defined by f ( x ) = x −   (where [. ]denotes the greatest integer
2
−1
function), then f ( x ) is equal to :
x
(A) 2x (B) x +   (C) x + 1 (D) x − 1
2
Solution: (C)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
 x2 x3   x4 x6  
Q.15 If sin −1  x − + − ......  + cos−1  x 2 − + − ......  = for 0    2, then x equals
 2 4   2 4  2
l
ia
(A) 1 /2 (B) 1 er (C) –1/2 (D) –1
Solution: (B)
at
yM
ud
St
Q.16 If we consider only the principle values of the inverse trigonometric functions then the value of
 1 4 
tan  cos −1 − sin −1  is
 5 2 17 
29 29 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 29 29
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (D)
Q.17 Let R be a relation on the set N of natural numbers defined by 𝑛𝑅𝑚, if n divides m. Then, 𝑅 is
(A) reflexive and symmetric but not transitive
(B) transitive and symmetric but not reflexive
(C) equivalence
(D) reflexive, transitive but not symmetric
l
Solution: (D)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.18 The relation R = {(1,2), (2,2), (1,1), (4,4), (1,3), (3,3), (3,2)} defined on the set {1,2,3,4} is
(A) reflexive and symmetric but not transitive (B) symmetric and transitive but not reflexive
St
(C) reflexive and transitive but not symmetric (D) none of these
Solution: (C)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 Consider the statement: P ( n ) : n 2 − n + 41 is prime’’.
Then which one of the following is true?
(A) 𝑃(5) is false but 𝑃(3) is true (B) 𝑃(3) is false but 𝑃(5) is true
(C) Both 𝑃(3) and 𝑃(5) are false (D) Both 𝑃(3) and 𝑃(5) are true
Solution: (D)
Q.20 A vertical lamppost of height 9 m stands at the corner of a rectangular field. The angle of elevation
of its top from the farthest corner is 30∘ , whereas from another corner it is 45∘ . The area of the field
is
(A) 81√2 m2 (B) 9√2 m2 (C) 81√3 m2 (D) 9√3 m2
l
Solution: (A)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
NUMERICAL TYPE
𝐵 𝐶
Q.21 In a ∆ 𝐴𝐵𝐶 if 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 3𝑎, then cot . cot has the value equal to
2 2
Solution: (2)
1 𝑘
Q.22 If 2𝑓(𝑥 + 1) + 𝑓 ( ) = 2𝑥 and 𝑥 ≠ −1, then 𝑓(2) is equal to . Then the value of 𝒌 is
𝑥+1 6
Solution: (10)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.23 The number of integer values of 𝑚 for which 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 𝑚𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 − 11 is invertible, is

Solution: (7)
ud
St
Q.24 Find the minimum number of elements that must be added to the relation
R = ( 4, 4) , ( 6,6) , ( 4,6 ) , ( 6, 4 ) , ( 6,8) , (8,6 ) defined on the set A = 4,6,8 so that it becomes an
equivalence relation
Solution: (3)
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1
Q.25 A flagstaff on the top of the tower 80 meter high, subtends an angle tan−1 ( ) at a point on the
9
ground 100 meters away from the foot of the tower. Find the height of the flag-staff (in metres)
Solution: (20)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.26 If 𝑓(𝑥) is a function satisfying
𝑓(𝑥 + 𝑦) = 𝑓(𝑥)𝑓(𝑦) ∀𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ N
such that 𝑓(1) = 3 and ∑𝑛𝑥=1 𝑓(𝑥) = 120, then the value of 𝑛 is
Solution: (4)
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
3𝜋 9
Q.27 If sin−1 𝑥 + sin−1 𝑦 + sin−1 𝑧 = , then the value of 𝑥100 + 𝑦100 + 𝑧100 − is
2 𝑥 100 +𝑦 100 +𝑧 100
Solution: (0)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.28 Number of solutions of the equation |ln |𝑥|| = |𝑥 2 − 4| is
Solution: (6)
ud
St
Q.29 If 𝑓(𝑥) be a polynomial of degree 4 with leading coefficient 1 satisfying 𝑓(1) = 10, 𝑓(2) =
20, 𝑓(3) = 30, where 𝑓(12) + 𝑓(−8) = (3968)𝜆, then the value of 𝜆 is
Solution: (5)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 If 𝑥 = sin−1(𝑎6 + 1) + cos −1(𝑎4 + 1) − tan−1(𝑎2 + 1) , for some 𝑎 ∈ 𝑅, then the value of sec 2 𝑥
is
Solution: (2)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
12
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF GRAND BTEST - DATED 7th May 2023
l
ia
er
at
y M
ud
St
- BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2024 GRAND BTEST PHYSICS PAPER-1
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 Equation of plane progressive transverse wave in a medium has general form
y  Aex sin b  t  Bx 
where  , A, B, C are constant, x & y are displacement & t is time. Dimensions of &B
respectively are -
(A) MºL–1Tº, MºL–1T–1, MºLT–1 (B) MºL1Tº, MºLº T–1, MºL–1T1
(C) MºL–1T1, MºL–1T, MºLºT–1 (D) MºL–1Tº, MºLº T–1, MºL–1T1
Solution : (D)
By def.
 [] = MºL–1Tº
l
[x] = 1
[Bx] = [t]  [B] = MºL–1T1
ia
–1
er
[t] = 1  [] = MºLºT
Q.2 Three identical blocks of masses m = 2 kg are drawn by a force F = 10.2 N on a frictionless surface,
at
then what is the tension (in N) in the string between the blocks B and C?
yM
C B A F
(A) 9.2 (B) 8 (C) 3.4 (D) 9.8

ud
Solution : (C)
a= , T = 2 × 1.7 = 3.4 N
St
Q.3 Two blocks are connected by a massless string through an ideal pulley as shown. A force of 22N is
applied on block B when initially the blocks are at rest. Then acceleration of centre of mass of block
A and block B, 2 sec, after the application of force is (masses of A and B are 4 kg and 6 kg
respectively and surfaces are smooth) –
B F = 22 N
A 6kg
4kg
(A) 1.4 m/s2 (B) 1 m/s2 (C) 2 m/s2 (D) None of these
Solution : (A)
F – 2T = 6a and T = 4 × 2a
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
∴ F – 16 a = 6a
⇒ a= ⇒ a = 1m/s2
∴ aCM = = 1.4 m/s2
Q.4 A uniform chain of length L and mass M is lying on a smooth table and one-third of its length is
hanging vertically down over the edge of the table. If g is acceleration due to gravity, the work
required to pull the hanging part on to the table is –
(A) MgL (B) MgL/3 (C) MgL/9 (D) MgL/18
Solution : (D)
Mass of hanging portion is (one-third) and centre of mass c, is at a distance below the table
top.
Therefore, the required work done is,
L
l
h=
ia
6
C
M
Mass =
3
er
at
yM
W = mgh = (g)( ) =
Q.5 A particle is given an initial speed u inside a smooth spherical shell of radius R = 1 m that it is just
able to complete the circle. Acceleration of the particle when its velocity is vertical is -
ud
St
R
u
(A) g √ (B) g (C) g √ (D) 3g

Solution : (A)
u2 = 5gR
 v = u – 2gR
2 2
= 5gR – 2gR = 3gR
v
B
Tangential acceleration at B is
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
at = g (downwards)
Centripetal acceleration at B is
aC = = 3g
 Total acceleration will be
a=√ =g√
Q.6 Two spheres each of mass M and radius are connected with a massless rod of length 2R as shown
in the figure. What will be the moment of inertia of the system about an axis passing through the
centre of one of the spheres and perpendicular to the rod -
M M
R/2 R/2
2R
l
MR2 (B) MR2 (C) MR2 MR2
ia
(A) (D)
Solution : (A)
er
I = I1 + I2 = ( ) [ ( ) ]
at
=
yM
ud
2R
St
Q.7 Figure shows a body of arbitrary shape ‘O’ is the centre of mass of the body and mass of the body is
M. If ICC’ = I0 then IAA’ will be equal to -
A C
O
d d
A C
(A) ICC’ + Md2 (B) ICC’ – Md2 (C) ICC’ + 3Md2 (D) ICC’ + 4Md2
Solution : (C)
Let BB’ be an axis passing through centre of mass and parallel to CC’.
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
A C B
d d
A C B
 IAA’ = IBB’ + 4 Md
2
= ICC’ – Md2 + 4 Md2

IAA’ = ICC’ + 3 Md2
Q.8 Water of volume 2 litre in a container is heated with a coil of 1 kW at 27ºC. The lid of the container
is open and energy dissipates at rate of 160 J/s. In how much time temperature will rise from 27ºC to
77ºC?
[Given specific heat of water is 4.2 kJ/kg]
l
(A) 8 min 20 s (B) 6 min 2 s (C) 7 min (D) 14 min
Solution : (A)
ia
er
Energy gained by water (in 1 s)
= energy supplied – energy lost
at
= (1000 J – 160 J) = 840 J
yM
Total heat required to raise the temperature of water from 27ºC to 77ºC is ms .
Hence, the required time
ms 
ud
t=
rate by which energy is gained by water
St
2  (4.2 10 3 )  50
=
840
= 500 s
= 8 min 20 s
Q.9 A uniform rod of length L and mass M is pivoted at the centre. Its two ends are attached to two
springs of equal spring constants k. The springs are fixed to rigid supports as shown in the figure,
and the rod is free to oscillate in the horizontal plane. The rod is gently pushed through a small angle
in one direction and released. The frequency of oscillation is –
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
(A) 1 √ (B) 1 √ (C) 1 √ (D) 1 √
2 2 2 2
Solution : (C)
Restoring torque
For small angular displacement ,
Restoring torque ( )
where is angular acceleration of the rod
Restoring torque ( )
l
this is equation of simple harmonic motion where angular frequency is given by
ia
⇒ √ √
er
at
frequency is given by √
yM
Q.10 Four springs & mass is connected as shown in figure. If mass M is displaced horizontally then what
is the frequency of S.H.M.?
ud
K
2K 2K
M 2K
St
(A) √ (B) √ (C) √ (D) √
Solution : (B)
K
2K 2K
M 2K
Connected in series so
so now
K
K
M 2K
Now all in parallel so
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Keq = K + K + 2K = 4K
& so frequency
f= √
Q.11 Two simple harmonic motions are represented by the equations :
Y1 = 10 sin ( )
and Y2 = 5(sin 3t + √ cos 3t)

Their amplitudes are in the ratio of -
(A) 2 : 1 (B) 3 : 1 (C) 1 : 3 (D) 1 : 1
Solution : (D)
Y1 = 10 sin (3t + /4),
√
Y2 = 5 × 2 [ ]
l
ia
= 10 sin ( ) So, =1:1 er
Q.12 A small uniform tube is bent into a circular tube of radius R and kept in the vertical plane. Equal
volumes of two liquids of densities  and ( > ) fill half of the tube as shown.  is the angle which
at
the radius passing through the interface makes with the vertical –
yM
ud
R
O

St


– –
(A)  = tan–1 ( ) (B)  = tan–1 ( ) (C)  = tan–1 ( ) (D)  = tan–1 ( )
–
Solution : (A)
According to question,
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
∴
Q.13 A massless rod of length L is suspended by two identical strings AB and CD of equal length. A block
of mass m is suspended from point O such that BO is equal to ‘x’. Further it is observed that the
frequency of 1st harmonic in AB is equal to 2nd harmonic frequency in CD. ‘x’ is –
l
A C
ia
B
er
D
x L
m
at
(A) (B) (C) (D)
yM
Solution : (A)
Frequency of the first harmonic of √ ,

ud
when 1 is the length of the two strings.
Frequency of the harmonic of √

St
Given that the two frequencies are equal.
√ √ ⇒
⇒ … (i)
For rotational equilibrium of massless rod taking torque about point .
… (ii)
Solve to get,
Q.14 The equation for the displacement of a stretched string is given by:
y = 4 sin 2( – )
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Where y and x are in cm and t in sec. The
(i) frequency
(ii) velocity of the wave
(iii) maximum particle velocity are -
(A) 50 Hz, 50 m/s, 20 m/s (B) 50 Hz, 20 m/s, 50 m/s
(C) 50 Hz, 50 m/s, 2 m/s (D) 50 Hz, 50 m/s, 4 m/s
Solution : (D)
y = 4 sin ( – )
compare it with the standard eqn
y = A sin 2 ( – )
So T = 0.02 sec
n= = = 50 Hz .....(i)
l
ia
 = 100 cm = 1 m er
Wave velocity v = n = 50 m/sec
Maximum particle velocity Vmax = A
at
= 4 (2 × 50) = 400 cm/sec
yM
= 4 m/sec
Q.15 A transverse wave is travelling along a string from left to right. The figure below represents the
shape of the string at a given instant. At this instant, among the following, choose the wrong
ud
statement -
y
St
C
B D
A x
E H
F
G
(A) Points D, E, F have upwards positive velocity

(B) Points A, B and H have downwards negative velocity
(C) Point A and E have zero velocity
(D) Point C and G have zero velocity
Solution : (C)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
y
C
B
D
A y
E H
F
G
A, B & H has velocity along (–)ve y-axis

D, E & F has velocity along (+)ve y-axis
C & G are instantaneously at rest.
Q.16 Speed of sound wave in a gas is v1 and rms speed of molecules of the gas at the same temperature is v2.
Then -
(A) v1 = v2 (B) v1 < v2 (C) v1 > v2 (D) v1  v2
Solution : (B)
l
V1 = √ , V2 = √
So As max = 1.67
ia
er
Q.17 In the figure the intensity of waves arriving at D from two coherent sources s1 and s2 is I0. The
at
wavelength of the wave is  = 4 m. Resultant intensity at D will be –
4m
yM
s1 D
3m
s2
ud
(A) 4I0 (B) I0 (C) 2I0 (D) zero

Solution : (C)
St
s1 4m
D
3m
5
s2
xD = 5 – 4 = 1 =
2
 = = 2  I0 = I0 + I0 + 0 = 2I0

Q.18 Boiling water is changing into steam. At this stage the specific heat of water is-
(A) < 1 (B)  (C) 1 (D) 0
Solution : (B)
C= ; as  = 0, hence c becomes 
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 Three rods of equal length are joined to form an equilateral triangle ABC. D is midpoint of AB. The
coefficient of linear expansion is 1 for AB, and 2 for AC and BC. If the distance DC remains
constant for small changes in temperature, then–
A D  B
 
(A) 1 = 2 (B) 1 = 22 (C) 1 = 42 (D) 1 = 2
Solution : (C)
The correct option is
l
ia
er
at
Let I be the side length of the triangle.
yM
is midpoint of
Before heating,
ud
St
After heating,
[ ]
We can neglect the higher powers of as the coefficient of thermal expansion is generally a very
small number.
As DC is constant,
⇒
⇒
⇒
Hence, option (C) is the correct answer.
Q.20 Three rods of the same dimensions have thermal conductivities 3k, 2k and k. They are arranged as
shown, with their ends at 100ºC, 50ºC and 0ºC. The temperature of their junction is –
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
50°C
2k
100°C
3k
k
0°C
(A) 75ºC (B) (C) 40ºC (D)
Solution : (B)
Let the temperature at the point of contact of three rod is , as we know that total incoming of heat
is equal to total outgoing heat. we know that heat flow is given as
so
therefore
l
( )
ia
er
at
NUMERICAL TYPE
yM
Q.21 The wavelength of light incident on a metal surface is reduced from 300 nm to 200 nm (both are less
than threshold wavelength). What is the change in the stopping potential (closest value) for
ud
photoelectrons emitted from the surface.

(Take h = 6.6 × 10– 34 J-sec)
St
Solution : (2)
eV1 = –
eV2 = –
e(V2 – V1) = hc ( )
hc
V2 – V1 = ( )
e
–
= –
× –
= × 10–34 + 8 + 2 + 19 + 5
= = 2.0625 volt 2 volt
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.22 A physical quantity A is dependent on other four physical quantities p, q, r and s as given below
√
A= . The percentage error of measurement in p, q, r and s are 1%, 3%, 0.5% and 0.33%
respectively, then what is the maximum percentage error in A?

Solution : (4)
( )
= = 2 + 1 + 1 = 4%
Q.23 A particle is projected from O on the ground with velocity u = 5√ m/s at angle  = tan–1 (0.5). It
strikes at a point C on a fixed plane AB having inclination of 37º with horizontal as shown, then the
x-coordinate of point C in meters is
(g = 10m/s2)
Y
l
B
ia
C
u
 37º
er
O X
10/3m A
at
Solution : (5)
yM
C( + x, y)
= tan 37º  y = x
ud
 uy t – gt2 = [ ]
t = 0.5
St
so x coordinate = 10 × 0.5 = 5
Q.24 Each of the blocks shown in figure has mass 1 kg. The rear block moves with a speed of 2m/s
towards the front block kept at rest. The spring attached to the front block is light and has a spring
constant 50 N/m. The maximum compression of the spring is given by m, then find X.
k= 50 N/m
1 kg 1 kg
Solution : (2)
For maximum compression, velocity of each block is same.
By momentum conservation.
1×2=1×v+1×v
v = 1 m/s
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
By energy conservation.
× 1 × 22 = × 1 × (1)2 + × 1 × (1)2 + kx2
 x = 0.2 m
= 2/10 m
X = 2m
Q.25 A pendulum of mass m = 2kg is pulled from position ‘A’ by applying a constant horizontal force F =
mg/3. Velocity (in m/s) at point ‘B’ shown in figure -
37°
 = 2m
B
A F = mg/3
m
l
Solution : (0)
Wnet = K
ia
er
 (F sin . l– mg l (1 – cos ) = mv
2
at
where  = 37º , F =
yM
 v={ } =0
Q.26 Figure shows the variation of internal energy (U) with the pressure (P) of 2.0 mole gas in cyclic
ud
process abcda. The temperature of gas at c and d are 300 and 500 K. The heat absorbed by the gas
during the process is given by K (100)R n 2. Find the value of K.
St
U
a d
b c
P0 2P0 P
Solution : (4)
Change in internal energy for cyclic process
(U) = 0
for process a  b, (P = constant)
Wa  b = PV = nRT = – 400 R
for process b  c, (T = constant)
Wb  c = – 2R (300) ln2
for process c  d (P = constant)
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Wc  d = + 400R
for process d a, (T = constant)
Wd  a = 2R (500) ln2
W = Wa  b + Wb  c + Wc  d + Wd  a
W = 400R ln2
Q = W
Q = 400 R ln 2 = 4(100) R ln2
K=4
Q.27 The adjacent graph shows the extension (l) of a wire of length l m suspended from the top of a roof
at one end and with a load W connected to the other end. If the cross-sectional area of the wire is 10–6
m2, The Young’s modulus of the material of the wire is n × 1011 N/m2. Find n.
(× 10–4 m)
l
ia
4 er
3
2
at
1
yM
W(N)
20 40 60 80
ud
Solution : (2)
l =( ).W
St
i.e., graph is a straight line passing through origin
(as shown in question also), the slope of which is .
 Slope = ( )
Y = ( ) ( )
–
=( –
) –
= 2.0 × 1011 N/m2.
–
Therefore n = 2.
Q.28 If photons of ultraviolet light of energy 12eV are incident on a metal surface of work function of
4eV, then the stopping potential (in eV) will be –
Solution : (8)
eVs = hv – W
14
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
= 12eV – 4eV
eVs = 8eV
Vs = 8V
Q.29 Two particles are moving with velocity ⃗ ̂ ̂ and ⃗ ̂ ̂ respectively Time at
which they are moving perpendicular to each other is.
Solution : (2)
Since they are perpendicular to each other, there dot product will be ⃗ ⃗ ⇒
Q.30 A point P is located on the rim of wheel of radius r = 0.5 m which rolls without slipping along a
horizontal surface then the total distance traversed by the point P in meters between two successive
moments it touches the surface.
Solution : (4)
l
v
ia

P er
VP = √ –
at
 VP = 2 Vsin( )
yM
Now VP = = .
 VP =  =
ud
V
 = 2Vsin(/2)
R
St
 ds = 2Rsin(/2) d
 S = 2R ∫ ( )d = 8R = 4m
15
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
C24 GRAND BTEST CHEMISTRY (PAPER-1)
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 Photochemical smog consists of excessive amount of X, in addition to aldehydes, ketones,

peroxyacetyl nitrates (PAN) and so X is
(A) CH4 (B) CO (C) CO2 (D) O3
Solution: (D)
Q.2 50 mL of CO is mixed with 20 mL of oxygen and sparked, After the reaction, the mixture is treated
with an aqueous KOH solution. Choose the correct option:
(A) The volume of CO that reacts = 30 mL
(B) Volume of CO2 formed = 50 mL
(C) Volume of CO that remains after treatment with KOH = 10 mL
l
(D) The volume of the CO that remains after treatment with KOH = 20 mL
ia
Solution: (C)
er
Bottle (A) contain 320 mL of H2 O2 solution & labeled with 10 V H2 O2 & Bottle (B) contain 80 mL
at
Q.3
H2 O2 having normality 5N. If bottle (A) & bottle (B) mixed & solution filled in bottle (C). Select
yM
the correct lable for bottle (C) in term of volume strength & in term of g / litre.
(A) 13.6 "V" & 41.285 g/L (B) 11.2 "V" & 0.68 g/L
(C) 5.6 "V" & 0.68 g/L (D) 5.6 "V" & 41.285 g/L
ud
Solution: (A)
St
2 moles of H2 O2 produce 1 mole of O2 .

1 mole of O2 occupies 22.4 litres at STP which is formed from 2 × 34 = 68 g/mol (molecular
weight of H2 O2 )
10×2
So, if a solution produces 10 V of O2 , then moles of H2 O2 is per litre.
22.4
5
Moles of H2 O2 in solution B is = 2.5
2
If 2 solutions of same compound are mixed, then M1 V1 + M2 V2 = M3 (V1 + V2 )

M1 V1 + M2 V2
M3 =
(V1 + V2 )
10×2
22.4
× 0.32 + 2.5 × 0.08
M3 = = 1.21
0.08 + 0.32
M3 = 1.21
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Amount of H2 O2 in the new solution is 1.21 × 34 which is approximately = 41.285 g
1.21
M3 is 1.21 and so, volume strength of new solution is × 22.4 which is 13.6 liters.
2
Hence, the correct option is A
Q.4 Certain metal M of the s-block have following properties:

(I) Give red colouration in flame test
(II) Forms partially covalent chloride salt
(III) Have strongest reducing nature in presence of water
The s-block metal M is:
(A) Li (B) Ca (C) Sr (D) Rb
Solution: (A)
Lithium (Li) have such properties among the metals given in the options.
l
ia
Q.5 Which of following compound will produce a linear silicone polymer on hydrolysis followed by
er
condensation in presence of H2 SO4 ?
(A) (CH3 )3 SiCl (B) (Ph)2 SiCl2
at
(C) (CH3 )2 SiCl(CH2 CH3 ) (D) CH3 SiCl3
yM
Solution: (B)
The silicon compound with two Si − X(X = E. N. atom like halogen) can give linear silicone
polymer.
ud
Q.6 A sample of hard water is boiled and it gives precipitate of a metal hydroxide. Hardness in the
sample is mainly due to:
St
(A) Ca(HCO3 )2 (B) CaCl2 (C) MgSO4 (D) Mg(HCO3 )2
Solution: (D)
A sample of hard water having Mg(HCO3 )2 gives Mg(OH)2 (s) on boiling.
Mg ( HCO3 )2 ⎯⎯⎯⎯
Heating
→ Mg ( OH )2  +2CO2 
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.7 Xe(g) + F2 ⟶ P(g)
Xe(g) + 2F2 (g) ⟶ Q(g)
Xe(g) + 3F2 (g) ⟶ R(g)
Compound P, Q and R have Xe atoms as their respective central atoms. The increasing order of
number of lone pairs over the central atoms is:
(A) P < Q < R (B) Q < P < R (C) R < P < Q (D) R < Q < P
Solution: (D)
Q.8 Select correct statement:

(A) Excess of CO2 in air can cause abundance of carboxy heamoglobin in human blood
l
ia
(B) CFC's are greenhouse gases and also cause ozone depletion
(C) Dissolution of N2 O in clouds cause acid rain
er
(D) High B.O.D value of a water body means high purity of the water
at
Solution: (B)
Except B, all other statements are incorrect.
yM
Q.9 Metal carbonate of maximum solubility in water, among IA group and IIA group are:
ud
(A) Li2 CO3 and BeCO3 (B) Cs2 CO3 and BaCO3
(C) Li2 CO3 and BaCO3 (D) Cs2 CO3 and BeCO3
St
Solution: (D)
Order of solubility of metal carbonates.
LA : Li2 CO3 < Na2 CO3 < K 2 CO3 < Rb2 CO3 < Cs2 CO3
IIA : BeCO3 > MgCO3 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3
Q.10 Let 𝑣1 be the frequency of the series limit of the Lyman series, 𝑣2 be the frequency of the first line of
the lyman series, and 𝑣3 be the frequency of the series limit of the Balmer series :-
(A) 𝑣1 − 𝑣2 = 𝑣3 (B) 𝑣2 − 𝑣1 = 𝑣3 (C) 𝑣3 = 1/2(𝑣1 − 𝑣3 ) (D) 𝑣1 + 𝑣2 = 𝑣3
Solution: (A)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 When the following five anions are arranged in order of decreasing ionic radius, the correct sequence
is:
(A) Se2− , I − , Br − , O2− , F − (B) I − , Se2− , Br − , F − , O2−
(C) Se2− , I− , Br − , F − , O2− (D) I− , Se2− , Br − , O2− , F −
Solution: (D)
Q.12 Which of the following statements about aspirin is not true?

(A) It is effective in relieving pain (B) It is a neurologically active drug
l
(C) It has antiblood clotting action (D) It belongs to narcotic analgesic.
Solution: (D)
ia
er
Q.13 An organic compound has molecular formula C6 H10 O2 . Which of the following class of compounds
at
cannot have this molecular formula?
yM
(A) An unsaturated, acyclic carboxylic acid

(B) A dialdehyde
(C) A diketone
ud
(D) An unsaturated, acyclic diol with one double bond

St
Solution: (D)
C6 H10 O2 has two degree of unsaturation, therefore it can be an unsaturated acylic carboxylic acid
(one degree of unsaturation from double bond and one from −COOH), a dialdehyde (each - CHO has
one degree of unsaturation) a diketone (each > C = O has one degree of unsaturation). An
unsaturated, acyclic diol with one double bond has just one degree of unsaturation.
Q.14 An aqueous solution contains 2M − AlCl3 and 3M − SnCl4 . If the molarity and molality of Cl− ion in
the solution is same. Calculate density (g/mL) of solution assume complete dissociation of AlCl3
and SnCl4 (Al = 27, Sn = 119, Cl = 35.5)
(A) 2.05 (B) 4.10 (C) 3.4 (D) 5.5
Solution: (A)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.15 Match List-I with List-II:

ud
List-I List-II
(Mixture) (Separation Technique)
St
(A) CHCl3 + C6 H5 NH2 (I) Steam distillation
(B) C6 H14 + C5 H12 (II) Differential extraction
(C) C6 H5 NH2 + H2 O (III) Distillation
(D) Organic compound in H2 O (IV) Fractional distillation
(A) A - IV, B - I, C - III, D – II (B) A - III, B - IV, C -I, D-II

(C) A - II, B - I, C - III, D - IV (D) A - III, B -I, C-IV, D-II
Solution: (B)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.16 The correct order of acidic strength of oxides of nitrogen is
(A) NO < NO2 < N2 O < N2 O3 < N2 O5
(B) N2 O < NO < N2 O3 < N2 O4 < N2 O5
(C) NO < N2 O < N2 O3 < N2 O5 < N2 O4
(D) NO < N2 O < N2 O5 < N2 O3 < N2 O4
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
Q.17 Which statement is not true:
at
(A) Aqueous solution of Borax can be used as a buffer
(B) Borax is made up of two triangular BO3 units and two tetrahedral BO4 units
yM
(C) Borazine is having non-polar bonds but still polar inorganic compound.
(D) B2 H6 is an electron-deficient compound
ud
Solution: (C)
St
Q.18 Enthalpy of neutralization of HCl by NaOH is −57.1 kJ/mol and by NH4 OH is −51.1 kJ/mol.
Calculate the enthalpy of dissociation of NH4 OH.
(A) 2 kJ/mol (B) 4 kJ/mol (C) 6 kJ/mol (D) 8 kJ/mol
Solution: (C)
Given that, H+ (aq) + NH4 OH(aq) ⟶ NH4+ (aq) + H2 O(ℓ) ΔH = −51.1 kJ/mole
We may consider neutralization in two steps.

(i) Ionization NH4 OH(aq) ⟶ NH4+ (aq) + OH − (aq) ΔH1 =?
(ii) Neutralization H + (aq) + OH − (aq) ⟶ H2 O(ℓ) ΔH2 = −57.1 kJ/mole
Thus, ΔH = ΔH1 + ΔH2
Therefore, ΔH1 = ΔH − ΔH2 = −51.1 kJ/mol + 57.1 kJ mol−1 = 6.0 kJ/mol
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 STATEMENT -1 : Alkali metals dissolve in liquid ammonia to give blue solution.
STATEMENT -2 : Alkali metals in liquid ammonia give solvated species of the type
[M(NH3 )𝑛 ]+ (M = alkali metals).
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for
Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True
Solution: (B)
Blue colour of solution is due [e(NH3 )y]−
Q.20 BOD value of clean water is less than 𝑥 ppm whereas highly polluted water could have a BOD value
of 𝑦 ppm or more, then value of (𝑥 + 𝑦) is__________.
l
(A) 45 (B) 15 (C) 22
ia (D) 9
er
Solution: (C)
at
Clean water BOD less than 5 ppm

yM
Highly polluted water BOD is 17 ppm
NUMERICAL TYPE
ud
Q.21 1 mole of a real gas is enclosed in a container of volume 5dm3 where it exerts 4.6 atm pressure at
St
27∘ C. Assuming that molar excluded volume (b) is negligible as compared to volume of the
container, find the value of Vander Waal constant "a" for the gas (in units atm L2 /mole2 )_____.
[Take RT = 24.6 atm L/ mole at 27∘ C]
Solution: (8)
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.22 Atomic number of the element with maximum first electron affinity is 𝑧1 . Atomic number of the
element with maximum first ionisation energy is 𝑧2 . Atomic number of the element with maximum
electronegativity is 𝑧3 . Value of 𝑧1 − 𝑧2 − 𝑧3 is:
Solution: (6)
𝑧1 = 17[Chlorine], 𝑧2 = 2[Helium] , 𝑧3 = 9[Flourine]
𝑧1 − 𝑧2 − 𝑧3 = 17 − 11 = 6
Q.23 50 mL of 0.4% NaOH solution is mixed with 100 mL of 0.365% HCl solution. The resulting
solution can completely neutralise a mixture " 𝑍 "; having x millimoles of Na2 CO3 and 20 millimoles
of NaHCO3 in presence of phenolphthalein as the indicator. The mole % of Na2 CO3 in the mixture Z
is:
Solution: (20)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
A mixture of H2 SO4 and H2 C2 O4 (oxalic acid) and some inert impurity weighing 3.185 g was
St
Q.24
dissolved in water and the solution made up to 1 litre, 10 mL of this solution required 3 mL of
0.1 N NaOH for complete neutralization. In another experiment 100 mL of the same solution in hot
condition required 4 mL of 0.02M KMnO4 solution for complete reaction. The wt. % of H2 SO4 in the
mixture was:
Solution: (40)
Let 𝑥 and 𝑦 be the milimoles of H2 SO4 and H2 C2 O4 in given mixture when both reacted with base.
Meq. of acids = Meq. of base
1000
(𝑥 + 𝑦) × 2 = 3 × 0.1 ×
10
𝑥 + 𝑦 = 15
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
In second experiment, only KMnO4 reacted with
H2 C2 O4 in which Mn7+ converted into Mn2+ and C2 O2−
4 converted into CO2 .
∴ Milli-equivalent of H2 C2 O4 = milli-equivalent of KMnO4 .

1000
𝑦 × 2 = 4 × 0.02 × 5 ×
100
𝑦=2
∴ 𝑥 = 13
Weight of H2 SO4 = 13 × 10−3 × 98 = 1.274 g.
1.274
Weight % of H2 SO4 in sample = × 100 = 40%.
3.185
Q.25 Given the following standard enthalpies of formation: CO2 (g), −400 kJ/mol ; H2 O(ℓ), −300 kJ/
mol; C4 H8 (g), 200 kJ/mol. Calculate the heat of combustion (ΔHcomb ) of one mole of C4 H8 in kJ if
the equation describing the process is: C4 H8 (g) + 6O2 (g) ⟶ 4CO2 (g) + 4H2 O(ℓ). Fill answer
l
ia
Hcomb er
100
at
Solution: (30)
yM
C4 H8 (g) + 6O2 (g) ⟶ 4CO2 (g) + 4H2 O(ℓ)
ΔHcomb = 4 × Δf H ∘ (CO2 ) + 4 × Δf H ∘ (H2 O) − Δf H ∘ (C4 H8 )

ud
= 4 × (−400) + 4 × (−300) − 200 = −3000 kJ/mol

St
Hcomb −3000
= = 30
100 100
Q.26 0.5 gm of an organic compound was treated according to Kjeldahl method. The ammonia evolved
was absorbed in 100ml of N/2 sulphuric acid. The excess of the acid required 60 ml N/2 alkali
solution for neutralisation. Find the percentage of nitrogen in the compound. (fill answer to nearest
integer).
Solution: (56)
Wt. of organic compound = 0.5 gm

Vol. of N/2H2 SO4 taken = 100 ml.
Vol. of N/2 alkali required for the neutralisation of the excess of the acid = 60 ml.
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
∴ Vol. of N/2 acid used for neutralising NH3 = 100 − 60ml = 30 ml.
Hence, percentage of nitrogen in the compound
1.4 × N × V 1.4 × 1 × 40
= = = 56%
Wt. of substance 2 × 0.5
Q.27 In the determination of nitrogen by Duma's method, 0.200gm of compound gave 21ml of moist
nitrogen at 15∘ C and 776 mm pressure. Calculate the percentage of nitrogen(assume as Z) in the
compound
(Aq. tension at 15∘ C = 16 mm; 1 litre of nitrogen of S.T.P. weighs 1.25gm) at STP.
Fill answer as Z  2
Solution: (25)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
1.5
Q.28 At critical set of condition the value of compressibility factor , the value of ' x ' is:
𝑥
Solution: (4)
8𝑎 𝑎
𝑇𝑐 = , 𝑉𝑐 = 3𝑏, 𝑃𝑐 =
27𝑅𝑏 27𝑏 2
𝑃𝑐 𝑉𝑐 3 1.5
𝑍𝑐 = = =
𝑅𝑇𝑐 8 4
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.29 Bond energies of N ≡ N; H − H and N − H bonds are 945, 463 & 391 kJ mol−1 respectively, the
magnitude of enthalpy of the following reaction is:
N2 (g) + 3H2 (g) ⟶ 2NH3 (g)
Solution: (12)
Q.30 Balance the chemical reaction given below:
𝑥Mn(NO3 )2 + 𝑦KOH + S → K 2 MnO4 + K 2 SO4 + NO + 𝑧H2 O
l
 x+y+z
ia
Find   2
 10 
er
Solution: (3)
at
S ⟶ K 2 SO4 + 6e− ……….(1)
yM
Mn(NO3 )2 + 2e− ⟶ K 2 MnO4 + 2NO ……….(2)
3Mn(NO3 )2 + S ⟶ K 2 SO4 + 3K 2 MnO4 + 6NO

ud
Now balance K by adding 8 KOH on left side.

St
3Mn(NO3 )2 + S + 8KOH ⟶ K 2 SO4 + 3K 2 MnO4 + 6NO + 4H2 O
x+y+z 3+8+4
= = = 1.5 ∗ 2 = 3
10 10
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
C24 GRAND BTEST MATH (PAPER 1) - MAINS
SINGLE CORRECT
𝑥 𝜋
Q.1 The equation 2cos2 ⁡ sin2 ⁡𝑥 = 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 −2 ; 0 < 𝑥 ≤ has
2 2
(A) no real solution (B) one real solution
(C) more than one solution (D) none of these
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
sin⁡𝑥 cos⁡𝑥 cos⁡𝑥

𝜋 𝜋
The number of distinct real roots of |cos⁡𝑥 sin⁡𝑥 cos⁡𝑥| = 0 in the interval − 4 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 4 is
St
Q.2
cos⁡𝑥 cos⁡𝑥 sin⁡𝑥
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 3
Solution: (C)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
Q.3 The general solution of sin𝑥 − 3sin2𝑥 + sin3𝑥 = cos𝑥 − 3cos2𝑥 + cos3𝑥 is
yM
𝜋 𝑛𝜋 𝜋 n𝜋 𝜋 3
(A) 𝑛𝜋 + (B) + (C) (−1)n + (D) 2𝑛𝜋 + cos −1 ⁡
8 2 8 2 8 2
Solution: (B)
ud
St
Q.4 If 𝑎 ∈ R and the equation −3(𝑥 − [𝑥])2 + 2(𝑥 − [𝑥]) + 𝑎2 = 0 (where [𝑥] denotes the greatest
integer ≤ 𝑥 ) has non integral solution, then all possible values of a lie in the interval:
(A) (−2, −1) (B) (−∞, −2) ∪ (2, ∞)

(C) (−1,0) ∪ (0,1) (D) (1,2)
Solution: (C)
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
If n  N then
 n ! is
2
yM
Q.5
 n!
n
(A) Integer only for n < 3 (B) Integer only for n  3

ud
(C) Integer for all values of n (D) Non-integer for some values of n
St
Solution: (C)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.6 Consider all possible permutations of the letters of the word ENDEANOEL. The number of
permutations in which none of the letters D, L, N occurs in the last five positions are-
(A) 5 (B) 7  5! (C) 2  5! (D) 21 5!
Solution: (C)
𝑥 3 10
Q.7 The coefficient of 𝑥 4 in ( − 𝑥 2 ) is
2
405 504 450
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
256 259 263
l
ia
Solution: (A) er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.8 The positive integer just greater than (1 + 0.0001)10000 is
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 2 (D) 3
Solution: (D)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.9 Let the positive numbers 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐, 𝑑 be in A.P. Then 𝑎𝑏𝑐, 𝑎𝑏𝑑, 𝑎𝑐𝑑, 𝑏𝑐𝑑 are
(A) NOT in A.P./G.P.H.P. (B) in A.P.

(C) in GP. (D) in H.P.
Solution: (D)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.10 An infinite GP. has first term ' 𝑥 ' and sum ' 5 ', then 𝑥 belongs to
St
(A) 𝑥 < −10 (B) −10 < 𝑥 < 0 (C) 0 < 𝑥 < 10 (D) 𝑥 > 10
Solution: (C)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.11 The sum of the series
1 1 1
− + … … …. up to ∞ is equal to
1.2 2.3 3.4
4
(A) log 𝑒 ⁡( ) (B) 2log 𝑒 ⁡2 (C) log 𝑒 ⁡2 − 1 (D) log 𝑒 ⁡2
𝑒
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
If 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 , 𝑥3 as well as 𝑦1 , 𝑦2 , 𝑦3 , are in G.P. with the same common ratio, then the points
at
Q.12
(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) and (𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ).
yM
(A) lie on a straight line (B) lie on an ellipse

(C) lie on a circle (D) are vertices of a triangle
ud
Solution: (A)
St
Q.13 Let 𝑃𝑄𝑅 be a right angled isosceles triangle, right angled at 𝑃(2,1). If the equation of the line 𝑄𝑅 is
2𝑥 + 𝑦 = 3, then the equation representing the pair of lines 𝑃𝑄 and 𝑃𝑅 is
(A) 3𝑥 2 − 3𝑦 2 + 8𝑥𝑦 + 20𝑥 + 10𝑦 + 25 = 0 (B) 3𝑥 2 − 3𝑦 2 + 8𝑥𝑦 − 20𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 25 = 0

(C) 3𝑥 2 − 3𝑦 2 + 8𝑥𝑦 + 10𝑥 + 15𝑦 + 20 = 0 (D) 3𝑥 2 − 3𝑦 2 − 8𝑥𝑦 − 10𝑥 − 15𝑦 − 20 = 0
Solution: (B)
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.14 The incentre of the triangle with vertices (1, √3), (0,0) and (2,0) is
ud
√3 2 1 2 √3 1
(A) (1, ) (B) ( , ) (C) ( , ) (D) (1, )
St
2 3 √3 3 2 √3
Solution: (D)
Q.15 If the two circles (𝑥 − 1)2 + (𝑦 − 3)2 = 𝑟 2 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 8 = 0 intersect in two

distinct points, then
(A) 2 < 𝑟 < 8 (B) 𝑟 < 2 (C) 𝑟 = 2 (D) 𝑟 > 2
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.16 If a circle passes through the point (𝑎, 𝑏) and cuts the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑘 2 orthogonally, then the
equation of the locus of its centre is
ud
(A) 2𝑎𝑥 + 2𝑏𝑦 − (𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑘 2 ) = 0

(B) 2𝑎𝑥 + 2𝑏𝑦 − (𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 + 𝑘 2 ) = 0
St
(C) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 3𝑎𝑥 − 4𝑏𝑦 + (𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 𝑘 2 ) = 0

(D) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑎𝑥 − 3𝑏𝑦 + (𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 − 𝑘 2 ) = 0.
Solution: (A)
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
Q.17
ia
Find the equation of the circle whose radius is 5 and which touches the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 − 4𝑦 −
20 = 0 at the point (5,5).
er
(A) x 2  y2  18x  16y  120  0 (B) x 2  y2 18x 16y 120  0
at
yM
(C) x 2  y2  18x  16y 120  0 (D) x 2  y2 18x 16y  120  0
Solution: (D)
ud
St
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
𝑥 𝑥
[sin⁡( )+cos⁡( )+𝑖tan⁡(𝑥)]
2 2
Q.18 If the expression 𝑥 is real, then the set of all possible values of 𝑥 is
[1+2𝑖sin⁡( )]
2

(A) n  ; nZ (B) 2n ; n  Z
4
 
(C) 2n , n  ; nZ (D) 2n , 2n  ; nZ
4 4
Solution: (C)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.19 The locus of 𝑧 which lies in shaded region (excluding the boundaries) is best represented by
(A) 𝑧: |𝑧 + 1| > 2 and |arg⁡(𝑧 + 1)| < 𝜋/4 (B) 𝑧: |𝑧 − 1| > 2 and |arg⁡(𝑧 − 1)| < 𝜋/4
(C) 𝑧: |𝑧 + 1| < 2 and |arg⁡(𝑧 + 1)| < 𝜋/2 (D) 𝑧: |𝑧 − 1| < 2 and |arg⁡(𝑧 + 1)| < 𝜋/2
Solution: (A)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
1 1 1
1 √3
Q.20 Let 𝜔 = − + 𝑖
2 2
, then the value of the det. |1 −1 − 𝜔2 𝜔2 | is
1 𝜔2 𝜔4
(A) 3𝜔 (B) 3𝜔(𝜔 − 1) (C) 3𝜔2 (D) 3𝜔(1 − 𝜔)
Solution: (B)
11
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
INTEGER TYPE
Q.21 Suppose sin3 𝑥⁡sin3𝑥 = ∑𝑛𝑚=0 𝐶𝑚 cos⁡𝑚𝑥 is an identity in 𝑥, where 𝐶0 , 𝐶1 , … . . 𝐶n are constants, and
𝐶𝑛 ≠ 0. then the value of 𝑛 is _______
Solution: (6)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.22 Determine the smallest positive value of 𝑥 (in degrees) for which
tan⁡(𝑥 + 100∘ ) = tan⁡(𝑥 + 50∘ )tan⁡(𝑥)tan⁡(𝑥 − 50∘ )
Solution: (30)
12
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
Q.23 Let (𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧) be points with integer coordinates satisfying the system of homogeneous equations :
yM
3𝑥 − 𝑦 − 𝑧 ⁡= 0
−3𝑥 + 𝑧 ⁡= 0
−3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 𝑧 ⁡= 0
ud
Then the number of such points for which 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2 ≤ 100 is

St
Solution: (7)
13
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.24 A box contains two white balls, three black balls and four red balls. In how many ways can three
balls be drawn from the box if at least one black ball is to be included in the draw?
(Considering all the balls distinct)
Solution: (64)
Q.25 The sum of the series
1 + (1 + 2 + 4) + (4 + 6 + 9) + (9 + 12 + 16) + ⋯ . +(361 + 380 + 400) is k. Find the sum of

the digits in k
l
ia
Solution: (8) er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.26 A line cuts the x-axis at 𝐴(7,0) and the y-axis at 𝐵(0, −5). A variable line 𝑃𝑄 is drawn
perpendicular to 𝐴𝐵 cutting the x − axis in 𝑃 and the y-axis in 𝑄. If 𝐴𝑄 and 𝐵𝑃 intersect at 𝑅 then
the locus of R would be x 2  y2  2gx  2fy  c  0 . Find the value of g  f  c
Solution: (1)
14
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
If the equation of the circle passing through (-4, 3) & touching the lines x + y = 2 & x – y = 2 is
St
Q.27
x 2  y2  2gx  2fy  c  0 then find 8g  f  c
Solution: (25)
15
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.28 If 𝑧 is any complex number satisfying |𝑧 − 3 − 2𝑖| ≤ 2, then the minimum value of |2𝑧 − 6 + 5𝑖| is
Solution: (5)
ud
St
Q.29 The value of
𝐶0 − 22 𝐶1 + 32 𝐶2 − ⋯ … … … + (−1)𝑛 (𝑛 + 1)2 𝐶𝑛 is -
(𝑛 = 12, where 𝐶𝑟 = ⁡𝑛 𝐶𝑟 )
Solution: (0)
16
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.30 If 𝑧1 and 𝑧2 are two complex numbers such that |𝑧1 | < 1 < |𝑧2 | then the integer just greater than
1−𝑧1 𝑧‾2
|𝑧 | is
1 −𝑧2
l
Solution: (1)
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
17
COMP 2024
SYLLABUS OF GRAND BTEST - DATED 7th May 2023
l
ia
er
at
y M
ud
St
- BT TEAM
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
COMP2023 GRAND BTEST PHYSICS PAPER-2
SINGLE CORRECT TYPE
Q.1 A particle of mass 0.2 kg moves along a path given by the relation: r⃗ = 2 cos ωt î + 3 sin ωt ĵ. Then
the torque on the particle about the origin is :
2 3
(A) √13 k̂ Nm (B) √ k̂ Nm (C) √ k̂ Nm (D) 0 Nm
3 2
Solution : (D)
⃗L⃗ = m[r⃗ × ⃗V⃗]
⃗⃗ = −2ω sin ωt î + 3ω cos ωt ĵ
V
î ĵ k̂
⃗⃗ = | 2cos ωt
L 3sin ωt
2 2
0| = K̂[6ω cos ωt + 6ω sin ωt] = 6ω k̂ (constant)
−2ω sin ωt 3ω cos ωt 0
l
ia
Q.2 er
at
yM
A rod at its natural length at temperature T is kept as shown. If we increase the temperature by ΔT.
Find the stress developed.
ud
(α = coefficient of linear expansion for rod, y = young's modulus of rod)

ΔT is very small
St
Y α ΔT Y
(A) y − y α ΔT (B) (C) (D) y + y α ΔT
1+α ΔT α ΔT
Solution : (B)
Conceptual.
Q.3 for the given curve find ratio of Vavg to Vrms
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
1 4 8 4
(A) (B) (C) √ (D) √
3√2 3√2 3π 3π
Solution : (B)
∫ VdN 40 dN
𝑉avg = = = 5V
∫ dN 3 dV
∫ V 2 dN
𝑉ams = √ = 10√2
∫ dN
Q.4 If Cp and Cv denote the specific heats of nitrogen per unit mass at constant pressure and constant
volume respectively, then
(A) Cp − Cv = R/28 (B) Cp − Cv = R/14
(C) Cp − Cv = R (D) Cp − Cv = 28R
Solution : (A)
CP − CV = R u
l
ia
R
For any gas: R u =
molar mass
er
Molar mass of nitrogen = 2 × 14 = 28
R
at
∴ For N2 , R u = = CP − CV
28
yM
Q.5 Student I, II and III perform an experiment for measuring the acceleration due to gravity (g) using a
simple pendulum. They use different lengths of the pendulum and /or record time for different
number of oscillations. The observations are shown in the table.
ud
Least count for length = 0.1 cm

Least count for time = 0.1 s
St
Length of the Number of Total time for Time period

Student
pendulum (cm) oscillations (n) (n) oscillations (s) (s)
I 64.0 8 128.0 16.0
II 64.0 4 64.0 16.0
III 20.0 4 36.0 9.0

Δg
If EI , EII and EIII are the percentage errors in g, i.e., ( × 100) for students I, II and III,
g
respectively,
(A) EI = 0 (B) EI is minimum (C) EI = EΠ (D) EII is maximum
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution : (B)
1 4π2 1
T = 2π√ ⇒ g = T2
g
Δg Δl 2ΔT
⇒ = +
g l T
0.1 2×0.1
For student I, EI = ( + ) × 100 = 0.3125%
64.0 128.0
0.1 2×0.1
For student II, EII = ( + ) × 100 = 0.4688%
64.0 64.0
0.1 2×0.1
For student III, EIII = ( + ) × 100 = 1.056%
20.0 36.0
Q.6 A wedge of mass ' m ' and triangular cross section (AB = BC = CA = 2R) is moving with a constant
velocity-v î towards a sphere of radius R fixed on a smooth horizontal table as shown in the figure.
The wedge makes an elastic collision with the fixed sphere and returns along the same path without
any rotation. Neglect all friction and suppose that the wedge remains in contact with the sphere for a
⃗⃗ on the wedge. The sphere is
very short time Δt, during which the sphere exerts a constant force F
l
always fixed.
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Let ' h ' denote the perpendicular distance between the centre of mass of the wedge and the line of
action of force ⃗F⃗. Find the torque due to the normal force ⃗N
⃗⃗ about the centre of the wedge, during the
St
time Δt.
4mvh 4mvh 2mvh 2mvh
(A) z⃗ = − ĵ (B) ĵ (C) ĵ (D) − ĵ
√3Δt √3Δt √3Δt √3Δt
Solution : (A)
Let us Resolve the force F acting on the, wedge ⇒ Fx = F cos 30∘ , Fy = f sin 30∘
The collision is elastic and since the sphere is fined, the wedge will return back with same velocity
(in magnitude).
Now, The force responsible to charge the velocity of the wedge. in x-direction is fx
⇒ fx × Δt = mv − (−mv)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
⇒ (impulse) = change in momentum
2mv 2mv
Therefore, fu = ⇒ Fcos 30∘ =
Δt Δt
4mv
⇒F= N
√3Δt
Now, Torque on wedge about the Com of the wedge
⇒ F × h − Torque, due to N + Mg(0) = 0 N − m
⇒ F × h = τ due to Normal reaction.
4mv
⇒ Nτ = ×h N−m
√3Δt
4mvh
Hence, Torque due to Normal force about centre of Wedge is Newton metre.
√3Δt
l
Q.7 Wavelength and intensity of monochromatic light falling on a photoelectric cell as a function of time
ia
is given by λ = 10000e−t/10 Å and I = 1000(1 − e−t/10 ). The threshold wave length of metal used
er
in cell is 3700Å.
at
(A) Work function of metal plate is equal to 3.35 eV.
(B) At t = 0 sec photo current is zero.
yM
(C) At t = 5 sec photo current is zero.

(D) At t = 20 sec photo current is zero.
ud
Solution : (ABC)
hc
work function =
St
λth
At t = 0, I=0 ⇒ i=0
t = 5 sec λ = 10000 × e−1/2 A∘ = 16462 A∘
λ > λth
t = 20 sec λ = 10000 × e−2 = 1362 A∘
λ < λth
Q.8 Two identical balls each of mass m moving on straight track approaching towards each other with
same speed. Final kinetic energy of the two ball system is equal to the total energy loss during
collision. E is the total kinetic energy of the balls before collision and E ′ is after collision and
coefficient of restitution is e. Then choose the correct options
E 1 1 E
(A) =2 (B) e = (C) e = (D) = √2
E′ 2 √2 E′
Solution : (AC)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
E = mu2
1 m
ΔE = ( ) (2u)2 (1 − e2 ) = mu2 (1 − e2 )
2 2
E = E − ΔE = mu2 (1 − 1 + e2 ) = mu2 e2
′
since E ′ = ΔE
mu2 e2 = mu2 (1 − e2 )
1 1
e2 = 1 − e2 ⇒ e2 = ⇒ e=
2 √2
E 1
and ′ = 2 = 2
E e
Q.9 A force F (power of F is p = constant) is applied on block A of mass m as shown in figure, F is
parallel to the inclined plane. Then:
l
ia
er
at
yM
P
ud
(A) The maximum speed of block A is

mg sin θ
P
(B) The maximum speed of block A is
St
mg cos θ
(C) The speed of block A first increases and then becomes constant
(D) Speed of block A continuously increases
Solution : (AC)
Conceptual.
Q.10 If the tension in a string is increased by 21 percent, the fundamental frequency of the string changes
by 15 Hz. Which of the following statements will also be correct?
(A) The original fundamental frequency is nearly 150 Hz
(B) The velocity of propagation changes nearly by 4.5%
(C) The velocity of propagation changes nearly by 10%
(D) The fundamental wavelength changes nearly by 10%
Solution : (AC)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Vα√T
fα√T
1/2
f T 10
=( 21T) =
f + 15 T+ 11
100
11f = 10f + 150
f = 150 Hz
Q.11 A gaseous mixture consists of equal number of moles of two ideal gases having adiabatic exponents
γ1 and γ2 and molar specific heats at constant volume Cv1 and Cv2 respectively. Which of the
following statements is/are correct?
γ1 +γ2
(A) Adiabatic exponent for gaseous mixture is equal to
2
Cv1 +Cv2
(B) Molar specific heat at constant volume for gaseous mixture is equal to
2
Cv1 +Cv2 +R
(C) Molar specific heat at constant pressure for gaseous mixture is equal to 2
l
2R
ia
(D) Adiabatic exponent for gaseous mixture is 1 +
Cv1 +Cv2
er
Solution : (BD)
Conceptual.
at
Q.12 Two vibrating tuning forks produce sound waves given by y1 = 4 sin 500 πt, y2 = 2 sin 508 πt. If
yM
they are mixed, then choose the correct statements:

(A) An equivalent sound of frequency 252 Hz will be produced in which the intensity will be
maximum 4 times per second.
ud
(B) An equivalent sound of frequency 4 Hz will be produced in which the intensity will be minimum
St
4 times per second.

(C) The ratio of maximum to minimum equivalent intensity will be 3: 1
(D) The ratio of maximum to minimum equivalent intensity will be 9: 1
Solution : (AD)
Comparing given equation with standard equations y = A sin ωt y = A sin ωt
We get A1 = 4, ω1 = 500π
and A2 = 2, ω2 = 508π
ω
Frequency n =
2π
ω1 500π
∴ n1 = = = 250
2π 2π
ω2
n2 = = 254
2π
∴ number of beats
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
= n2 − n1 = 254 − 250 = 4
Imax (A +A )2 (4+2)2 6 2 9
Imin
= (A1 −A2)2 = (4−2)2 = ( ) =
1 2 2 1
NUMERICAL TYPE
Q.13 Two coherent sources of light S1 and S2 , equidistant from the origin, are separated by a distance 2λ
as shown. They emit light of wavelength λ. Interference is observed on a screen placed along the
circle of large radius R. Point is seen to be a point of constructive interference. Then angle θ (other
than 0∘ and 90∘ ) is in degree
l
ia
er
at
yM
Solution : (60)
ud
St
Δx = d cos θ = nλ( for maxima)

nλ n
cos θ = d
⇒ cos θ = 2
For maxima, n = 1
∘
⇒ θ = 60
Q.14 A uniform solid sphere of mass M and radius R is rotating with respect to its diameter, with a
constant angular velocity ω in free space (i.e. there is no one to exert any force on sphere). Consider
an hemispherical part of the sphere (Such that axis of rotation lies in the plane dividing the sphere in
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Mω2 R
two hemispheres), net force on this hemisphere due to another hemisphere is F = n ( 64
). Here n
is an integer. Find n :
Solution : (12)
M 2 3R
F= ω ( )
2 8
3Mω2 R
F=
16
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.15 Consider two solid spheres P and Q each of density 8 gm cm−3 and diameters 1cm and 0.5cm,
respectively. Sphere P is dropped into a liquid of density 0.8 gm cm−3 and viscosity η = 3
ud
poiseulles. Sphere Q is dropped into a liquid of density 1.6 gm cm−3 and viscosity η = 2 poiseulles.
St
The ratio of the terminal velocities of P and Q is :

Solution : (3)
6πηr v + ρ𝐿 Vg = ρ0 Vg
vp (ρp Vp − ρL Vp )g 6πηQ rQ
= ×
vQ 6πηp rp (ρQ VQ − ρL VQ )
rp3 (8 − 0.8) rQ ⋅ ηQ
= ×
ηp rp (8 − 1.6) rQ3
2
rp ηQ 7.2 7.2 2
= ( ) ×( )×( )= 4× × =3
rQ ηp 6.4 6.4 3
Q.16 The mass, specific heat capacity and initial temperature of a sphere is 1000gm, 1/2cal/gm∘ C and
80∘ C respectively. The mass of the liquid and the calorimeter are 900gm and 200gm respectively,
and initially both were at room temperature 20∘ C. Both calorimeter and the sphere are made of same
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
material. If the hot sphere is dropped in the calorimeter, the steady-state temperature atter mixing is
found to be 40∘ C, then find the specific heat capacity of unknown liquid in cal/gm∘ C.
Solution : 1)
(1000)(1/2)(80∘ − 40∘ ) (200)(1/2)
S2 = − = 1cal/gm∘ C
900(40∘ − 20∘ ) 900
Q.17 A body A falls freely from some altitude H (≪ Re ). At the moment the first body starts falling
another body B is thrown from the earth's surface which collides with the first at an altitude h = H/
2. The horizontal distance of that point of collision is ℓ from the starting point of B the initial
l2
velocity is V = √ngH (1 + ). Find n.
H2
l
ia
Solution : (1)
er
H
distance covered by free falling body
at
2
H 1 H
= gt 2 , t = √
yM
2 2 g
ud
St
H H H 1 H
In same time, projectile also travel vertical distance , then = v sin α√ − g
2 2 2 2 g
v sin α = √gH … (i)

H g
also l = v cos α√ , v cos α = l√ … (ii)
g H
From equation (i) and (ii)
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
H g
tan α = l v 2 sin2 α + v 2 cos2 α = gH + l2 H
l2
v = √gH (1 + )t
H2
Q.18 A block of mass m is placed on top of a block of mass 2 m which in turn is placed on fixed
horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction between all surfaces is μ = 1. A massless string is
connected to each mass and wraps halfway around a massless and frictionless pulley, as shown. The
pulley is pulled by horizontal force of magnitude F = 6mg towards right as shown. If the magnitude
X
of acceleration of pulley is
2
m/s 2 , fill the value of X. (Take g = 10 m/s2 )
l
ia
Solution : (25)
The F.B.D of both blocks is as shown.
er
at
yM
3mg−mg
a1 = = 20 m/s 2
m
4mg−3mg
a2 = = 5 m/s2
ud
2m
a1 +a2 25 x
∴ apulloy =
2
= = . Hence X = 25
2 2
St
10
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
C24 GRAND BTEST CHEMISTRY (PAPER-2)
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 For equilibrium ZnSO4 . 7H2 O(s) ⇌ ZnSO4 . 2H2 O(s) + 5H2 O(g), K p = 84.8 × 10−10 atm5 and
vapour pressure of water is 0.03 atm at 298 K. ZnSO4 . 7H2 O (s) is efflorescent (lose water) when
5
relative humidity is. given ⇒ √84.8 = 2.43
(A) more than 74.6% (B) less than 74.60%
(C) less than 81% (D) Above than 81%
Solution: (C)
5
K P = (PH2 O ) = 84.8 × 10−10
l
(PH2 O ) = (84 ⋅ 8 × 10−10 )1/5 = (84.8)1/5 × 10−2 = 2.43 × 10−2 atm
Parital pressure
ia
er
% Relative humidity = × 100
Vapour pressure
at
0.0243
= × 100 = 81% (less than 81%)
yM
0.03
Q.2 A solution contains [NaCl] = [Na2 CO3 ] = CM. Upon gradually adding AgNO3 (s) : (Assume no
hydrolysis of any ion).
ud
(A) Out of AgCl & Ag 2 CO3 , one having lesser K sp will start precipitating first.
(B) Out of AgCl & Ag 2 CO3 , one having greater K sp will start precipitating first.
St
Ksp (Ag2 CO3 ) Ksp (AgCl)

(C) If, √ < then Ag 2 CO3 will start precipitating first.
C C
Ksp (Ag2 CO3 ) Ksp (AgCl)

(D) If, √ C
<
C
then AgCl will start precipitating first.
Solution: (C)
(A) & (B) : when number of ions being produced per salt molecule is different, K sp alone cant judge
which salt precipitates first.
Ksp (AgCl) Ksp (Ag2 CO3 )
(C) & (D) : [Ag + ]min. req. for first salt's pptn. = & [Ag + ]min. req. for second salt's pptn. = √
C C
So, whichever is minimum, will precipitate first.
Theory
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Selective Precipitation: On gradually adding 𝐴𝑝 𝐵𝑞 (s ; readily soluble) to a solution containing
C1 MX W− & C2 MY z−
w Ksp (Aw Xq ) z Ksp (Az Yq )
[Aq+ ] req. for Aw X q pptn = √ (C1 )q
; [Aq+ ] req. for Az Yq pptn = √ (C2 )q
Minimum value of [Aq+ ] req. will tell which salt will precipitate first.
Solubility exchange : Upon treating a solution of Cp Dq /Cp Dq (s) (readily soluble) with Ax By (s)/
saturated solution of Ax By (sparingly soluble) such that some Ax By gets converted to Ap Dy
(sparingly soluble), then :
𝑥 𝐾𝑠𝑝 (𝐴𝑥 𝐵𝑦 ) 𝑝 𝐾𝑠𝑝 (𝐴𝑝 𝐷𝑦 )

√ = √
[𝐵 𝑥− ]𝑓𝑦 [𝐷𝑝− ]𝑓𝑦
Q.3 A new flurocarbon of molar mass 102 g mol−1 was placed in an electrically heated vessel. When the
l
pressure was 650 torr, the liquid boiled at 77∘ C. After the boiling point had been reached, it was
ia
found that a current of 0.25 A from a 12.0 volt supply passed for 600sec vaporises 1.8 g of the
er
sample. The molar enthalpy & internal energy of vaporisation of new flourocarbon will be :
at
(A) ΔH = 102 kJ/mol, ΔE = 99.1 kJ/mol (B) ΔH = 95 kJ/mol, ΔE = 100.3 kJ/mol
(C) ΔH = 107 kJ/mol, ΔE = 105.1 kJ/mol (D) ΔH = 92.7 kJ/mol, ΔE = 97.4 kJ/mol
yM
Solution: (A)
ud
Molar mass = 102 gram/mole

𝑃 = 650 torr ; 𝑇 = 77 + 273 = 350 K
St
𝑄 = 𝑖 × 𝑡 = 0.25 × 600 = 150

𝐸 = 𝑄 × 𝑉 = 150 × 12 = 1800 J
This heat is supplied to the system at constant pressure that's why this is used for change in enthalpy
∵ For vaporisation of 1.8 gram, amount of heat required 𝑞 = 1800 J
1800
∴ For vaporisation of 102 gram, amount of heat required 𝑞 = × 102 J
1.8
= 102 × 103 J = 102 KJ/mole
ΔH = ΔU + PΔV
ΔH = ΔU + Δng RT
For determination of ΔU per mol (Δng = 1)
102(KJ/mol) = ΔU + (1 × 8.3 × 350) × 10−3 ΔU = 102 − 2.9 = 99.1 kJ/mole
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.4 Internal pressure of a perfect gas (ideal gas) is :
(A) Zero (B) infinite
(C) Calculated by PV = nRT (D) Can not say directally
Solution: (A)
In a perfect gas is no energy of interaction between the molecules of the gas, so change the distance
between the molecular by changing the volume of the gas cannot affect the internal energy of the
gas. U is independent of V. Hence internal pressure is zero.
Q.5 The Fischer projection formula that represents the following compounds is
l
ia
er
at
yM
Solution: (D)
Q.6 Among the following reaction which favours forward reaction?

ud
St
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (C)
MULTIPLE CORRECT
Q.7 Following two equilibria are established seperately in 2 different containers of unequal volume.
PCl5 (g) ⇌ PCl3 (g) + Cl2 (g)
COCl2 (g) ⇌ CO(g) + Cl2 (g)
Now the containers are connected together by a thin tube of negligible volume.
Select incorrect statement(s). (Assume T constant)
(A) Degree of dissociation of both PCl5 (g) & COCl2 (g) will decrease
(B) Degree of dissociation of both PCl5 (g) & COCl2 (g) will increase
(C) Degree of dissociation of PCl5 (g) may increase ; decrease or remain the same irrespective of
l
effect on degree of dissociation of COCl2 (g).
ia
(D) Degree of dissociation of PCl5 (g) may increase, decrease or remain the same, but the effect
er
would be same as that on degree of dissociation of COCl2 .
at
Solution: (ABCD)
yM
Q.8 Choose the correct statement(s) about buffer capacity during titration of NH4 OH with HCl :
(A) Buffer capacity during titration first increases, then decreases.
ud
(B) Buffer capacity reaches to maximum at equivalence point.

(C) Initial Buffer capacity will increase if initial concentration of NH4OH increases.
St
(D) Buffer capacity value will remain same if strong acid HCl is replace by H2 SO4 of equal [H3 O+ ].
Solution: (ACD)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.9 Identify the following processes in which non P − V work is involved:
(A) Transfer of electron through a resistor.
(B) Stirring of liquid through mechanical agitator.
(C) Falling of an apple on Newton's head.
(D) Attraction of iron filings towards a magnet.
Solution: (ABCD)
Q.10 Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

(A) Gauche conformation of ethane 1,2 Diamine is more stable than its anti conformation.
(B) Gauche conformation of 2 fluoro Ethanol is more stable than its anti conformation at room
temperature.
(C) On increasing temperature, dipole moment of pure 1,2 difluoro Ethane increases.
(D) In case of 1, 4-Dihydroxycyclohexane chair conformer is most stable.
l
Solution: (ABC)
ia
er
Due to Hydrogen bonding Gauche conformation of H2 N − CH2 − CH2 − NH2 and HO − CH2 −
at
CH2 − F are more stable than anti conformations. In case of ClCH2 CH2 Cl on increasing temperature
yM
% of Gauche conformation increases. Hence dipole moment increases. In case of option (D) boat
conformation is more stable.
ud
Q.11 Which of the following options are correct:

(A) p chloro phenol is more acidic than p fluoro phenol
St
(B) Squaric acid dianion have identical R.S.
(C) Squaric acid dianion have all C − O bonds identical

(D) Squaric acid dianion have all C − C bonds identical
Solution: (ABCD)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.12 Consider the following elements with their period number and valence electrons.
Elements Period number Total valence e−

P 2 4
Q 2 6
R 3 7
S 3 3
T 3 6
U 3 4
According to the given informations, answer the following questions :
Choose incorrect statement

(A) UR 4 cannot act as lewis acid. (B) PQ2 cannot act as lecois acid
(C) SR 3 acts as lewis base. (D) R & S combines each other & form 𝑆𝑅5 type compound.
l
Solution: (ABCD)
ia
er
UR 4 ⇒ SiCl4 acts like lewis acid 𝑆𝑅3 ⇒ AlCl3 acts like lewis acid
at
R ⇒ CI S ⇒ Al ie. AlCl5 doesn't form 𝑃𝑄2 ⇒ CO2 acts like lewis acid.
yM
NUMERICAL TYPE
ud
St
Q.13 A2 (g) and B2 (g) having partial pressures 80 mm of Hg & 62 mm of Hg respectively, are present in a
closed vessel. At equilibrium, partial pressure of AB(g) is 28 mm of Hg. If all measurements are
made under similar condition, then calculate percentage of dissociation of AB(q).
(Round of answers to nearest integer).
Solution: 80
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
Q.14 When pure water is saturated with both CaCO3 and CaC2 O4 , the concentration of calcium ion in the
at
solution under equilibrium is 8 × 10−5 M. If the ratio of the solubility product of CaCO3 to that of
yM
CaC2 O4 is 3, what is the solubility product of CaCO3 in pure water? Report your answer after
multiplying by 109 and rounding it off to nearest whole number.
ud
Solution: (5)
St
KSP (CaCO3 ) x
= =3 ⇒ 𝑥 = 3y
KSP (CaC2 O4 ) y
(𝑥 + 𝑦) = 8 × 10−5
(3𝑦 + 𝑦) = 8 × 10−5 ⇒ 𝑦 = 2 × 10−5 ; 𝑥 = 6 × 10−5
K SP (CaCO3 ) = [Ca+2 ][CO−2

3 ]
= 8 × 10−5 × 6 × 10−5
= 48 × 10−10
K SP (CaCO3 ) = 4.8 × 10−9
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.15 Consider the following data : Δf H ∘ (N2 H4 , ℓ) = 50 kJ/mol, Δf H ∘ (NH3 , g) = −46 kJ/mol B.E. (N −
H) = 393 kJ/mol and B.E. (H − H) = 436 kJ/mol,
Δvap H(N2 H4 , ℓ) = 18 kJ/mol

Find energy (in KJ) required to break N − N bond in 0.1 mole N2 H4 (g) is :
Report your answer after dividing by 10.
Solution: (19)
1 3
N2 (g) + H2 (g) ⟶ NH3 (g)
2 2
Let B. E. of N ≡ N is X
𝑥 3
l
−46 = + × 436 − 3 × 393 ⇒ 𝑥 = 958
ia
2 2 er
N2 H4 (I) ⟶ N2 (g) + 2H2 (g);
at
Δ1 H = −50 kJ/mol,
yM
Δvap H( N2 H4 , I)
B.E. (N ≡ N)
Δ1 H = [+4 × B ⋅ E ⋅ (N − H)] − ( )
+2B ⋅ E ⋅ (H − H)
+ B.E. (N − N)
ud
−50 = (18 + 4 × 393 + 𝑦) − (958 + 2 × 436)

St
−50 = (1590 + 𝑦) − (1830)
B.E. (N − N) or 𝑦 = 190 kJ/mol
190
⇒ = 19
10
Q.16 An organic compound P exists in two enantiomeric forms, which have specific optical rotation
values [𝛼] = ±100∘ . The optical rotation of a mixture of these two enantiomers is −50∘ . Calculate
the percentage of that enantiomer which is in lower concentration in the mixture.
Solution: (25)
observed rotation −50∘

Enantiomeric excess = = −100∘ × 100 = 50%
specific rotation of pure enantiomer
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
% of laevorotatory isomer = 50 + 25%
% of dextrorotatory isomer = 25%
Q.17 How many of the following compounds react with NaHCO3 and liberate CO2 (g)
(1) Salicylic acid (2) Pthalic acid (3) Picric acid (4) Resorcinol
(5) Carbolic acid (6) Aspirin (7) Anisole (8) Tartaric acid
Solution: (5)
 1, 2,3,6,8
Q.18 How many of the following minerals are oxides of metals.

(i) Bauxite (ii) Corundum (iii) Dolomite (iv) Malachite
(v) Magnetite (vi) Pyrolusite (vii) Argentite (viii) Horn silver
l
ia
(ix) Quartz (x) Cryolite (xi) Siderite (xii) Zincite
(xiii) Calamine (xiv) Sylvine (xv) Carnallite
er
Solution: (6)
at
(i) (ii) (v) (vi) (ix) (xii)
yM
ud
St
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
C24 GRAND BTEST MATH (PAPER 2) - ADV
SINGLE CORRECT
Q.1 The solution set of the inequality ( ) ( ) is
( ), then ( ) is equal to
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) -3 (D) 1
Solution: (D)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
( )
Q.2
St
(( ) )
(A) 1 (B) (C) -1 (D) does not exist
Solution: (B)
1
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.3 Let ( ) ( ) . If ( ) is the function whose graph is the reflection of

the graph of ( ) with respect to line , then ( ) equals to
(A) ( √ ) (B) ( √ )
l
ia
(C) ( √ ) (D) ( er √ )
Solution: (B)
at
yM
ud
St
2
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
( ) ( ) ( )
Q.4 If ( ) { where denotes the greatest integer function and
( ) | |
( ) ( ) | |
, then
(A) ( ) is continuous and differentiable at , when
(B) ( ) is continuous and differentiable at , when
(C) ( ) is continuous but not differentiable at , when
(D) ( ) is neither continuous nor differentiable, at , when
Solution: (B)
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
Q.5 If , then sum of series
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . upto
infinite terms, is
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution: (A)
3
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
Q.6 Let a function be defined as ( ) { , (where [.] denotes greatest integer

St
function), then number of points of discontinuity of ( ) in [-2, 2] are

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) N.O.T
Solution: (B)
4
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.7 Let ( ) ( ) ( ), where is the greatest integer function less than or equal
to . Then which of the following alternatives is/are true?
(A) ( ) is many one but not even function (B) ( ) is periodic function
(C) ( ) is bounded function (D) Graph of ( ) remains above -axis
Solution: (ABCD)
l
ia
er
at
yM
Q.8 If & , then is
(A) (B) (C) (D)

ud
Solution: (D)
St
( )
( )
  
log x1 3
Q.9 If lim log3 ax 2  3x  1  , where is a finite real number then
x 2
(A) (B) can have more than one values

(C) (D)
Solution: (AD)
5
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.10 Which of the following function/s is/are bijective?

(A)
( )
(B) f : R R
( )
l
(C) f:
( ) ( )
ia
er
(D)
at
( )
yM
Solution: (ABC)
ud
St
( ) ( )
Q.11 If , then is equal to :
( )
(A) ( ( )) (B) ( ) ( ( ) )
(C) (( ) ( )) (D) ( ( ) )
6
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Solution: (BD)
l
ia
er
at
Suppose is a function that satisfies the equation ( ) ( ) ( )

yM
Q.12 for all real

( )
numbers and . If , then
(A) ( ) for and ( ) for (B) ( )
(C) ( ) (D) ( ) is a constant for all real
ud
Solution: (ABD)
St
7
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
INTEGER TYPE
Q.13 Find if is the fundamental period of ( ) ( ) ( ), where [.] denotes greatest

integer function.
Solution: (6)
l
ia
Q.14 If ( ) ( ) and ( ), then
er at is
at
Solution: (1)
In original eqn, Replace with
yM
( ) ( )
El f( )
ud
( ) … (i)
St
6
 28f '  x   8  2
x
x  1
 28f '  1  8  6
1
 f '  1   0.5 ...(ii)
2
( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) (i) (ii)
[ ]
8
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
2f  x  is
√ ( )
Q.15 If ( ) , then lt
( ) 
x
4
Solution: (3)
√ [√ ( )]
√ )
( )
√ √
( ) ( )( )
i
Let ( ) [ ( )
l
Q.16
ia
i
if ( ) is continuous at then is equal to
er
Solution: (1)
at
yM
ud
St
Q.17 Let ( ) || | | | and number of points where ( ) is not differentiable is ' ', then
the value of ' ' is
Solution: (5)
9
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS
Q.18 If ( ( √ )) find value of ( )
Solution: (2)
( √ ) √
( √
)
( √ ) √
)
√ ( √ )
Diff.
√ √ √
( )
l
ia
er
at
yM
ud
St
10

C24 Btests Till GBT Class XI

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

C24 Btests Till GBT Class XI

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

C24 Btests Till GBT Class XI

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS-IIT

Exam Pattern: – Mains Level Exam Mode: BT Online Portal

 Concentration Terms (Excl. Normality)

(A) 3cos  = 2 / 62 (B) 2cos  = −3 / 62

(C) cos  = 7 / 62 (D) 2cos  = −3cos  = 7cos 

(A) 5.0 (B) 10 (C) 11.5 (D) 20

component is : ( î and ĵ are unit vectors along x & y axes)

(A) 21.7iˆ (B) −21.7ˆj (C) 12.5jˆ (D) −12.5jˆ

Q.6 Resultant of which of the following may be equal to zero?

(A) Zero (B) 1/ 2m / s 2 towards north-west

(C) 1/ 2m / s 2 towards north-east (D) 1/ 2m / s 2 towards north

half of the magnitude of vector v , The angle between u and v in degrees is

(A) 120 (B) 60 (C) 90 (D) 150

Q.11 Choose the wrong statement

Q.13 If |A + B| = |A| + |B| , then angle between A and B will be

Q.14 If | A − B | = | A | = | B |, the angle between A and B is

Q.16 The sum of these three vectors is :

(A) 4𝑖ˆ + 4𝑗 (B) 5𝑖ˆ − 2𝑗 (C) 4𝑖ˆ + 3𝑗 (D) 5𝑖ˆ + 8𝑗ˆ

Q.17 For the figure

(A) A + B = C (B) B + C = A (C) C + A = B (D) A + B + C = 0

(A) 274 (B) 38 (C) 238 (D) 560

Q.20 In the regular hexagon shown in figure AB + AC + AD + AE + AF can be expressed as

(A) 4AO (B) 3AD (C) 8AD (D) Zero

The horizontal component of a force of 10 N inclined at 30 to vertical is :

Q.27 The distance between the point p (2 m, 3 m, 4 m) and the x-axis is

the value of sin 2  + sin 2  + sin 2 

Q.2 30 g of element contains 18.069 × 10 atoms of . Calculate gram-molecular mass of .

6.02 × 10 atoms will have wt.

Q.3 If a sample of CuSO ⋅ 5H O contains 64 g S. Calculate mass of present in sample.

Q.4 Volume at STP (1 atm) of 0.44 gm CO2 is the same as that of

(a) 0.02 gm of hydrogen gas (b) 0.085 gm of (NH3) ammonia gas

other oxide. The data illustrates:

(A) NH 3 and NCl3 (B) H 2S and SO 2

(C) CuO and Cu 2 O (D) CS2 and FeSO 4

3.18 moles of H ⟶ × 3.18 mole

(a) be noble gases (b) have equal volumes

(c) H 2 O, PH 3 , P2 O3 (d) SnCl2 ,SnCl4

(A) Law of multiple proportion (B) Law of constant proportion

(C) Law of reciprocal proportion (D) None of the above

one atom of = 9 amu

(A) law of definite proportion (B) law of multiple proportion

(C) law of reciprocal proportion (D) None

Q.16 Select incorrect statement regarding Dalton’s theory:

Q.17 The number of electrons in 3.1mg NO is :

No of e = 1.6 × 10 × 6.02 × 10 = 9.6 × 10

mole of Neutron = 0.025 × 8

Q.19 The largest number of molecules is in :

(B) moles = = 0.63

Q.20 Weight of 9.5 gm atoms of He is (He = 4)

Q.24 In the following reaction

at constant temperature and pressure conditions?

Q.25 The molecular mass of SO2 is x amu. Find x

Q.26 Number of moles of atoms present in 98 g- molecule of H 2SO4 is x. Find x.

Q.28 Ratio of number of protons in 20g of Ne to 10 g of Ca is x : 1. Find x.

Q.1 If = 3 − √8 , then + is equal to

(A) 6 (B) 198 (C) 6 √2 (D) 102

Cubing on both sides we get, + + 3( + ) = 216 ,

= , which gives x+2=-2+2x or x=4

Q.3 Let ∈ , ∈ , Which of the following statement is always WRONG?